Mammals of Bolivia, taxonomy and distribution.

MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA,
TAXONOMY
AND
DISTRIBUTION
SYDNEY
ANDERSON
BULLETIN
OF
THE
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
NUMBER
231
NEW
YORK:
1997

Recent
issues
of
the
Bulletin
may
be
purchased
from
the
Museum.
Lists
of
back
issues
of
the
Bulletin,
Novitates,
and
Anthropological
Papers
published
during
the
last
five
years
are
available
free
of
charge.
Address
orders
to:
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
Library,
Department
D,
Central
Park
West
at
79th
St.,
New
York,
New
York
10024.
TEL:
(212)
769-5545.
FAX:
(212)
769-5009.
E-MAIL:
[email protected] .

MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA,
TAXONOMY
AND
DISTRIBUTION
SYDNEY
ANDERSON
Curator
Emeritus,
Department
of
Mammalogy
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
BULLETIN
OF
THE
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Number
231,
652
pages,
785
figures,
21
tables
Issued
April
29,
1997
Price:
$52.00
a
copy
Copyright
C)
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
1997
ISSN
0003-0090

CONTENTS
Abstract
.......
..............................................................
3
Introduction
..............................
. .
.....................
3
Acknowledgments
.......................
5
Objectives
and
Organization
.............
......................................
6
Taxonomic
Concepts.
6
List
of
Taxa
...
...
................................................
8
Keys
to
the
Mammals
of
Bolivia
...............................................
21
Methods
and
Materials
..............
61
Faunal
Analysis
and
Biogeography
............
64
Geographical
Position
and
Topography
..............
64
Climate
..............
66
Vegetation
...........
66
Faunal
Analysis
...........
72
Management
and
Conservation
............
79
Abbreviations
and
Acronyms
............
80
Mammalogical
Gazetteer
of
Bolivia
..............
82
History
of
Collecting
............
120
Chronology
...........
120
Persons
and
Institutions
.....................................................
126
Systematic
Accounts
..............
138
Hypothetical
List
...........
516
References
...........
521
Tables
...........
569
Index
to
Scientific
Names
of
Mammals
...........
623
2

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
ABSTRACT
Studies
of
published
records
and
of
about
36,900
specimens
of
native
mammals
from
Boliv-
ia
reveal
that
at
least
327
species
occur
there.
Probably
more
than
20
other
species,
either
new
to
science
or
new
to
Bolivia,
remain
to
be
dis-
covered.
In
addition
to
these
species
names,
some
44
additional
subspecies
names
are
used.
Most
of
the
subspecies
names
reflect
taxonomic
history
more
than
detailed
knowledge
of
geographic
van-
ation.
In
this
report,
the
taxonomic
status
of
each
taxon
within
Bolivia
is
noted.
Scientific
names
that
have
been
used
for
Bolivian
specimens
are
given
for
each
species
and
subspecies,
and
all
known
publications
that
have
specifically
referred
to
Bolivian
specimens
are
cited,
along
with
a
few
other
works
selected
for
special
reasons.
Speci-
mens
are
listed,
and
localities
are
mapped,
includ-
ing
the
prediction
of
the
probable
distribution
of
each
species
within
Bolivia.
Illustrated
keys
are
based
primarily
on
external,
cranial,
and
dental
characters
and
include
10
domestic
and
intro-
duced
species
in
addition
to
native
species.
The
number
of
species
present
in
most
local
areas
ranges
from
about
50
to
180.
Analysis
indicates
four
major
faunal
areas:
lowland
tropics,
lowland
temperate
zone
(including
the
chacoan
area),
for-
ested
yungas,
and
highlands
(altiplano).
The
high-
land
and
lowland
faunas
are
almost
mutually
ex-
clusive;
the
break
between
temperate
and
tropical
is
indistinct.
INTRODUCTION
This
work
is
dedicated
to
the
hypothesis-
testers
of
this
world.
Everything
concluded
here
is
subject
to
further
testing.
I
expect
much
of
this
information
to
be
substantiated,
but
not
everything.
Bolivia
is
a
country
of
amazing
biological
diversity,
with
faunal
and
floral
richness
aris-
ing
from
its
geographic
location
in
the
center
of
South
America
and
its
great
topographic
range.
Its
position
at
the
juncture
of
the
trop-
ical
and
temperate
zones
has
allowed
the
Bo-
livian
area
to
draw
from
and
contribute
to
the
faunal
complements
of
those
zones
over
mil-
lions
of
years
of
evolution
as
well
as
over
the
shorter
time
span
of
ecological
changes
in the
last
10,000
years.
The
task
of
disen-
tangling
the
effects
of
these
long-
and
short-
term
processes
makes
biogeography
both
dif-
ficult
and
fascinating.
The
uplifting
of
the
high
Andes,
resulting
from
the
collision
of
two.
tectonic
plates
in
the
earth's
crust
in
the
last
10
to
15
million
years,
is
a
relatively
recent
event
in
the
long
sweep
of
geological
time
(Roeder,
1988).
Some
of
the
changes
and
their
possible
ef-
fects
on
the
eventual
development
of
present-
day
savannahs
in
Beni
were
presented
by
Hanagarth
(1993).
Most
of
what
is
known
of
fossil
mammals
in
Bolivia
relates
to
pre-Pleistocene
time
and
an
earlier
fauna.
There
are
later
deposits
near
Tarija
(Ameghino,
1902;
Boule
and
Thev-
enin,
1920;
Hoffstetter,
1963).
For
other
in-
formation
see
MacFadden
et
al.
(1985,
1994),
Hoffstetter
(1986),
Marshall
(1987),
Marshall
and
Muizon
(1988),
and
Janis
(1993).
Although
the
details
of
changes
in
local
climates
and
vegetation
occurring
over
lon-
ger
periods
are
poorly
known,
we
can
safely
conclude
that
the
relative
extents
of
different
habitats
have
fluctuated.
At
a
given
time,
tropical
forests
might
be
continuous
and
widespread
and
enclose
smaller
and
more
dispersed
areas
of
grassland,
savanna,
or
oth-
er
habitats.
At
other
times,
tropical
forests
might
be
reduced
to
smaller
dispersed
patch-
es
(see
Patton
et
al.,
1990,
for
a
discussion
of
vicariant
versus
gradient
models
of
faunal
evolution
in
the
Andean
region).
The
organization
of
this
faunal
report
is
similar
to
that
of
an
earlier
report
on
the
mammals
of
Chihuahua,
Mexico
(Anderson,
1972).
The
theoretical
and
practical
advan-
tages
and
disadvantages
of
faunal
studies
that
I
discussed
there
apply
with
equal
or
greater
force
to
the
present
situation.
Bolivia
and
Chihuahua
are
similar
in
sev-
eral
respects.
The
southwestern
part
of
each
is
of
greater
elevation
than
other
parts.
A
coastline
lies
to
the
west
of
both,
but
is
sep-
arated
by
a
relatively
narrow
belt in
another
political
division
with
a
largely
different
hab-
itat.
However,
the
size
of
Chihuahua
is
only
about
23%
the
size
of
Bolivia.
In
1972,
6600
Chihuahuan
specimens
were
available
for
3
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
study.
This
quantity
is
equal
only
to
about
18%
the
36,900
available
for
study
in
Bolivia
in
1994.
And
yet,
the
stage
of
development
of
taxonomic
knowledge
for
Bolivia
was
not
as
advanced
in
1994
as
it
was
for
Chihuahua
in
1972.
In
some
ways
the
taxonomy
for
Bo-
livian
mammals
is
comparable
in
develop-
ment
to
that
of
western
North
America
at
about
the
beginning
of
the
20th
century,
be-
fore
the
publication
of
revisions
for
such
widespread,
common,
and
diverse
genera
as
Microtus
(Bailey,
1900),
Perognathus
(Os-
good,
1900),
and
Peromyscus
(Osgood,
1909).
See
also
discussions
of
taxonomic
comparability
of
the
continents
by
Mares
(in
Mares
and
Genoways,
1982:
11)
and
by
Pine
(op.
cit.:
27).
Most
of
the
abundant
and
di-
verse
South
American
genera,
such
as
Ako-
don,
Proechimys,
Oligoryzomys,
and
Oryzo-
mys,
as
well
as
rarer
genera,
such
as
Tho-
masomys
and
Rhipidomys,
need
critical
and
comprehensive
revisions
at
the
level
of
spe-
cies
and
subspecies.
These
revisions
can
pro-
vide
basic
data
needed
for
analyses
of
rela-
tionships
at
intermediate
and
higher
taxo-
nomic
levels.
I
have
found
time
to
deal
with
only
a
few
of
these
problems
and
have
done
what
I
could
to
encourage
and
expedite
the
work
of
others
on
these
taxa,
although
it
is
frustrating,
in
a
way,
to
leave
so
many
of
them
unresolved.
This
is
very
much
a
work
in
progress,
not
the
final
word
on
taxonomy
and
distribution
of
Bolivian
mammals.
During
the
years
since
1980,
when
I
be-
gan
intensive
work
on
this
manuscript,
tax-
onomic
advances
changed
our
understanding
of
Bolivian
taxonomy
sufficiently
to
cast
doubt
on
some
identifications
made
in
earlier
years.
I
have
not
been
able
to
restudy
all
of
these
specimens,
or
I
was
uncertain
of
their
identities
the
first
time
I
studied
them,
and
so
have
listed
them
as
unknown
species
un-
der
the
appropriate
genus.
Some
unidentified
specimens
are
known
to
exist
but
I
have
not
examined
them;
others
are
incomplete
or
oth-
erwise
difficult
or
impossible
to
identify
as
to
species.
I
hope
that
listing
these
1293
specimens
(about
3.5%)
will
bring
unsolved
problems
to
the
attention
of
future
students
and
expedite
their
finding
relevant
material.
I
should
note,
also,
that
my
research
notes
(on
some
10,000
5
by
8-in.
cards,
with
mu-
seum
catalog
numbers
and
other
data)
are
available
in
the
archives
of
the
Department
of
Mammalogy
and
may
be
consulted
there.
The
mammalian
fauna
of
South
America,
in
general,
has
been
studied
less
intensively
than
that
of
North
America,
as
noted
above.
The
major
faunal
summary
for
South
Amer-
ican
mammals
is
still
the
annotated
checklist
by
Cabrera
(1958,
1961a).
Regional
or
na-
tional
accounts
are
few.
Books
on
Suriname
(Husson,
1978)
and
Chile
(Osgood,
1943)
are
the
only
detailed
recent
accounts
of
an
entire
national
mammalian
fauna.
A
sum-
mary
of
the
literature
for
Peru
published
by
Soukup
(1960-1961)
and
a
booklet
for
Ar-
gentina
by
Olrog
and
Lucero
(1981)
in
"field
guide"
format,
with
general
range
maps
and
illustrations
but
without
supporting
docu-
mentation,
are
examples
of
what
has
been
available.
Recently
published
popular
ac-
counts
on
the
living
mammals
of
the
nearby
provinces
of
Salta
and
Tucumain
in
Argentina
(Mares
et
al.,
1989;
Barquez
et
al.,
1991)
and
on
the
mammals
of
tropical
and
southern
regions
(Emmons
and
Feer,
1990;
Redford
and
Eisenberg,
1992)
have
contributed
to
knowledge
of
South
American
mammals.
At
the
request
of
Bolivian
colleagues,
a
list
of
scientific
names
of
Bolivian
mammals
was
published
in
Bolivia
to
provide
a
work-
ing
preliminary
summary
(Anderson,
1985b),
as
well
as
lists
of
selected
large
mammals
in
parks
and
reserves
(Cardozo
et
al.,
1988).
An
annotated
list,
with
informa-
tion
on
general
geographic
distribution
with-
in
Bolivia
for
each
species
and
with
illus-
trated
keys
to
Bolivian
mammals
was
pre-
pared
in
1987
for
publication
in
Spanish
and
was
published
later
(Anderson,
1993).
These
lists
provided
a
comparative
basis
for
a
series
of
short
reports
of
additional
distributional
records
(Yensen
and
Tarifa,
1993;
Ibaniiez
et
al.,1994;
Salazar
et
al.,
1994;
Yensen
et
al.,
1994)
and
a
more
comprehensive
discussion
of
biogeography
(Salazar
et
al.,
in
press).
A
number
of
shorter
technical
reports
on
taxonomy
and
distribution
have
been
pro-
duced
in
the
course
of
the
larger
faunal
study.
These
are
cited
in
the
appropriate
spe-
cies
accounts.
Since
collecting
by
field
parties
from
the
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
re-
sumed
in
1963
(after
earlier
work
in
1915,
1926,
and
1929),
we
have
made
specimens
4
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
and
information
from
our
work
available
to
qualified
scholars.
These
materials
have
been
used
in
various
studies
(e.g.,
Hershkovitz,
1966;
Davis,
1973,
1976;
Eger,
1977).
During
the
years
of
preparation
of
this
re-
port,
draft
copies
of
various
sections
or
spe-
cially
extracted
summaries
of
data
(e.g.,
on
the
mammals
of
Chuquisaca,
Tarija,
Pando,
Beni,
the
Cochabamba
Valley,
the
yungas
of
La
Paz,
the
altiplano,
Rodentia,
Chiroptera,
certain
genera,
etc.)
have
been
provided
to
Bolivian
institutions
and
to
investigators
there
and
elsewhere.
These
institutions
in-
clude
Coleccion
Boliviana
de
Fauna
(formed
by
combining
the
collections
of
the
Instituto
de
Ecologia
and
the
Museo
Nacional
de
His-
toria
Natural),
Centro
de
Datos
para
la
Con-
servacion,
Instituto
Boliviano
de
Biologia
de
Altura
(all
in
La
Paz),
and
Centro
Nacional
de
Enfermidades
Tropicales
and
Parque
Zoologico
de
Fauna
Sud
Americana
(in
Santa
Cruz).
Information
on
Bolivian
bats
was
published
(Anderson
et
al.,
1982)
and
later
brought
up
to
date
by
Anderson
and
Webster
(1983)
and
by
Anderson
(1991).
In
some
cases,
catalog
numbers
are
also
given
in
lists
or
in
text
where
changes
of
identification
have
occurred
or
specimens
from
one
presumed
series
have
been
subse-
quently
placed
in
more
than
one
taxon.
Fu-
ture
workers
may
need
to
know
exactly
which
specimens
are
involved.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Before
his
death
in
1953,
G.
H.
H.
Tate
began
to
write
an
account
of
"the
living
land
mammals
of
Latin
America
and
the
West
In-
dies."
He
did
not
complete
the
work.
A
copy
in
the
archives
of
the
Department
of
Mam-
malogy
provided
some
ideas
on
what
might
be
useful
in
the
introductory
remarks
for
var-
ious
taxa.
Each
of
the
many
authors
whose
works
are
cited
below
has
contributed
to
this
report,
as
have
the
many
field
collectors
listed
in
the
sections
on
history,
each
to
a
greater
or
lesser
degree.
Many
small
contributions,
in
the
ag-
gregate,
amount
to
a
significant
part
of
the
total
body
of
knowledge
compiled
and
syn-
thesized
here.
The
curators
and
other
persons
responsible
for
all
the
collections
cited
have
been
most
helpful.
I
am
grateful
to
Dr.
Leslie
Marcus
for
extracting
data
from
my
comput-
er
files
and
then
preparing
the
final
distri-
bution
maps
with
a
computer.
Walter
de
Gruyter
and
Co.
granted
permission
to
quote
from
Koopman
(1994)
on
bats.
Dr.
Kurt
Bauer
of
Vienna,
Austria,
sent
information
on
the
journey
of
J.
Natterer
in
1829.
No-
buko
E.
Pine
translated
pertinent
parts
of
a
number
of
Japanese
articles.
My
wife,
friend,
field
assistant,
and
pho-
tographer,
R.
Justine
Anderson,
helped
throughout
this
protracted
project.
Ted
Dan-
forth
volunteered
to
prepare
the
initial
draft
of
the
gazetteer.
The
late
Marie
Lawrence
was
of
great
help
in
bibliographic
matters.
Nancy
Olds
collaborated
in
the
lab
and
the
field,
and
as
an
Exxon
Fellow
obtained
and
compiled
many
of
the
measurements
for
ta-
bles.
Muriel
V.
Williams
provided
highly
competent
secretarial
services,
including
nu-
merous
reshufflings
and
revisions
of
com-
puter
files.
A
host
of
students
and
other
vol-
unteers
have
assisted
in
the
lab
in
ways
too
numerous
to
mention.
In
addition
to
essential
and
important
support
for
curatorial,
techni-
cal,
secretarial,
administrative,
and
library
services,
the
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
provided
direct
financial
support
for
fieldwork
and
travel
to
study
other
collec-
tions
through
the
Koopman
Taxonomic
Mammalogy
Fund
and
the
Bolivian
Expedi-
tions
Fund.
Fieldwork
in
1964
and
1965
was
support-
ed
in
part
by
the
U.S.
Army
Medical
Re-
search
and
Development
Command
through
grant
number
DA-MD-49-193-63-G82.
The
principal
purpose
was
to
conduct
a
survey
of
mammals
and
their
ectoparasites,
but
many
other
vertebrates
and
arthropods
were
col-
lected
as
well.
Collaborative
fieldwork
in
most
of
the
years
from
1985
to
1993
was
supported
in
part
by
grants
from
the
National
Science
Foundation
to
the
American
Museum
of
Nat-
ural
History,
the
University
of
New
Mexico,
and
the
University
of
California
at
Davis,
in-
cluding
the
following:
BSR-83-16740,
BSR-
84-08923,
BSR-86-12329,
BSR-89-20617,
BSR-90-24816,
and
INT-92-12839.
Another
grant
was
received
from
the
National
Insti-
tutes
of
Health
(DRR-RRO8139).
Graduate
students
working
with
us
obtained
grants,
largely
on
their
own
initiatives,
from
the
5
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
American
Society
of
Mammalogists,
Sigma
Xi,
the
Hayward
Foundation,
and
the
Tinker
Foundation
and
the
Mellon
Foundation
(via
the
Latin
American
Institute
of
the
Univer-
sity
of
New
Mexico).
Semifinal
drafts
of
this
paper
were
reviewed
by
David
M. Arm-
strong,
Janet
K.
Braun,
Karl
E
Koopman,
Michael
A.
Mares,
Bruce
D.
Patterson,
James
L.
Patton,
Ronald
H.
Pine,
Jorge
Salazar
B.,
and
Terry
L.
Yates.
OBJECTIVES
AND
ORGANIZATION
The
primary
objective
of
this
volume
is
to
summarize
the
present
state
of
knowledge
(and,
by
implication,
its
important
reciprocal,
ignorance)
of
the
taxonomy
and
distributions
of
native
mammals
in
present-day
Bolivia.
The
reader
needs
to
look
elsewhere
for
illus-
trations
in
color,
illustrations
of
whole
ani-
mals,
or
general
summaries
of
biology
of
the
species
treated
here.
Information
contained
in
those
sources
is
not
summarized,
although
a
few
are
cited
for
the
convenience
of
read-
ers.
The
focus
is
on
taxonomy
and
distribu-
tion,
on
new
information,
and
on
specimens
or
studies
within
Bolivia.
Some
notes
on
top-
ics
other
than
taxonomy
and
distribution
are
included
when
they
are
based
on
work
within
Bolivia.
In
most
such
cases,
although
the
data
are
of
limited
scope,
the
paucity
of
such
information
warrants
its
inclusion.
For
ex-
ample,
under
the
category
of
"reproduc-
tion,"
a
few
scattered
records
of
litter
size,
months
of
pregnancies,
and
presence
of
young
may
be
given.
Fieldwork
and
collecting
by
Bolivians,
in
collaboration
with
foreign
workers,
have
in-
creased
in
recent
years.
Because
taxonomic
studies
are
continuing,
we
can
look
forward
to
continued
progress
in
understanding
the
distribution
and
taxonomy
of
Bolivian
mam-
mals.
But
considering
what
needs
to
be
learned,
work
has
just
begun.
Account
after
account
will
mention
or
imply
more
unre-
solved
questions
than
resolved
ones.
The
keys,
tables
of
measurements,
synonymies,
maps,
lists
of
specimens,
and
other
infor-
mation
here
offered
should
provide
a
basis
for further
work.
In
piecing
together
the
details
of
geo-
graphic
distributions
of
animals
or
plants,
it
is
not
sufficient
to
have
only
a
list
of
local-
ities
from
specimen
labels
or
other
sources.
One
needs
to
know
the
detailed
itineraries
of
the
individual
collectors.
Sometimes
routes
of
travel
are
described
in
original
fieldnotes.
In
other
cases,
when
notes
were
not
avail-
able,
the
itinerary
needed
to
be
reconstructed
by
comparing
dates
and
locality
designations
for
an
entire
collection.
If
the
collector
was
available,
he
or
she
might
be
consulted
di-
rectly,
and
I
have
done
this
in
several
cases.
Published
maps
or
descriptions
of
expedi-
tions
are
helpful
in
other
cases.
In
every
case,
geographic
and
taxonomic
detective
work
is
required.
For
example,
there
are
dozens
of
places
named
San
Ram6n
in
Bolivia.
In
fact
there
may
be
as
many
as
three
different
lo-
cations
named
San
Ramon
in
one
province
within
a
single
department.
A
section
titled
Mammalogical
Gazetteer
of
Bolivia
provides
further
detail
on
all
known
collecting
local-
ities.
Unresolved
problems
are
also
noted.
Subsequent
sections-Collecting
in
Bolivia
and
Persons
and
Institutions-also
help
es-
tablish
precise
localities.
Acronyms
for
col-
lections
housing
Bolivian
specimens
are
in-
cluded.
All
cited
material
is
listed
in
the
Refer-
ences
except
some
papers
in
which
names
above
the
level
of
species
were
proposed.
These
may
be
found
in
other
sources
such
as
Wilson
and
Reeder
(1993).
TAXONOMIC
CONCEPTS
The
use of
the
genus
as
an
essential
part
of
a
hierarchical
classification
dates
from
the
arbitrarily
established
beginning
of
scientific
nomenclature
in
zoology
(Linnaeus,
1758).
A
genus
is
a
taxon
at
a
slightly
higher
level
in
a
classification
than
a
species.
In
theory,
if
a
genus
is
regarded
as
a
group,
then
the
idea
of
a
genus
containing
only
one
species
seems
redundant.
However,
about
one-half
of
living
mammalian
species
are
placed
in
gen-
6
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
era
with
only
one
species.
These
are
the
monotypic,
or
at
least
monospecific,
genera.
Monotypic
genera
are
reasonable
in
terms
of
the
traditional
use
of
a
phenetic
criterion
by
which
the
degree
of
morphological
differ-
ence
is
considered.
Other
criteria
may
be
considered,
for
example
phylogeny
or
strict
monophyly
are
more
important
in
a
cladistic
approach
to
classification.
For
most
mam-
malian
genera,
no
careful
cladistic
analysis
has
been
done
and
thus
no
well
established
hypothesis
of
detailed
phylogenetic
relation-
ships
exists.
The
future
completion
of
such
analyses
and
hypotheses
is
desirable.
How-
ever,
for
practical
taxonomy
now,
I
am
in-
clined
to
continue
using
the
existing
classi-
fication
until
additional
and
reasonably
strong
evidence,
as
opposed
to
a
mere
dif-
ference
of
opinion,
is
presented
in
favor
of
a
change.
This
view
is
eclectic,
not
strictly
phenetic
or
cladistic,
and,
in
the
interests
of
nomenclatural
stability,
my
taxonomy
is
cau-
tiously
conservative.
Another
consideration
is
the
convenience
for
readers
when
an
au-
thor
uses
some
readily
available
and
familiar
classification,
and
then
documents
only
the
departures
therefrom.
For
this
reason,
the
classification
used
here
is
generally
that
of
Wilson
and
Reeder
(1993).
Their
classifica-
tion
did
not
deal
with
subspecies.
Some
of
the
implications
and
ramifications
of
these
different
taxonomic
approaches
were
dis-
cussed
earlier
(Anderson,
1974,
1985a)
and
need
not
be
repeated
here.
Another
recent
re-
view
of
taxonomic
trends
in
mammalogy
is
that
of
Engstrom
et
al.
(1994).
The
concept
of
species
in
systematic
biol-
ogy
has
an
interesting
and
varied
history
and
no
one
definition
can
be
applied
to
all
groups.
Furthermore,
different
biologists
may
have
different
concepts
for
the
same
group
of
or-
ganisms.
For
Recent
mammals,
I
think
that
the
so-called
"biological
species
concept"
of
actually
or
potentially
interbreeding
popula-
tions
of
individuals
has
more
advantages
than
any
alternative
concept.
I
hold
this
view
in
full
awareness
that
the
actual
entities
we
deal
with
are
individual
specimens
and
that
inter-
breeding
is
rarely
observed,
but
is
an
infer-
ence
from
morphological
data.
Most
species
have
relatively
small
geo-
graphic
ranges
and
may
be
expected
to
exhibit
little
geographic
variation.
However
the
ma-
jority
of
species
that
have
larger
geographic
ranges
may
be
expected
to
exhibit
some
sig-
nificant
degree
of
geographic
variation.
Sub-
species,
with
trinomial
names,
have
been
used
generally
for
formal
recognition
of
selected
contiguous
geographic
populations
that
have
both
some
degree
of
morphological
homoge-
neity
and
some
degree
of
difference
from
oth-
er
subspecies.
The
literature
displays
a
wide
range
of
taxonomic
opinions
about
what
de-
grees
of
distributional
contiguity
of
local
pop-
ulations
within
a
subspecies-or
what
degree
of
morphological
(karyological,
biochemical,
etc.)
homogeneity-should
be
recognized
by
formal
subspecies.
Likewise,
opinions
vary
on
the
degree
of
difference
that
should
be
re-
quired
before
separate
subspecies
are
recog-
nized,
or
whether
the
concept
should
simply
be
abandoned.
The
concept
has
not
been
abandoned,
and
I
do
not
propose
to
do
so
(again,
I
refer
to
an
earlier
discussion
in
An-
derson
and
Nelson,
1965).
A
recently
pub-
lished
set
of
papers
(Kimbel
and
Martin,
1993)
nicely
summarizes
the
ongoing
saga
of
species
concepts
in
taxonomy.
Now,
having
stated
my
intention
to
use
genera,
species,
and
subspecies,
let
me
em-
phasize
several
qualifications
and
limitations,
in
the
context
of
current
knowledge
of
the
taxonomy
of
Bolivian
mammals.
Every
tax-
on
recognized
here,
from
the
subspecies
on
up,
should
be
regarded
as
a
taxonomic
hy-
pothesis
subject
to,
or
in
most
cases
in
crit-
ical
need
of,
further
testing.
Every
student
who
sits
down
and
attempts
to
identify
a
specimen
using
this
publication
should
un-
derstand
that
he
or
she
is
testing
the
current
taxonomic
and
biogeographic
hypotheses.
The
specimen
may
be
of
a
species
or
sub-
species
not
previously
known
from
Bolivia.
It
may
be
of
a
species
unknown
to
science.
It
may
be
from
a
local
population
with
some-
what
different
characters
than
any
examined
before.
It
may
demonstrate
that
the
morpho-
logical
limits
of
the
species,
as
presently
un-
derstood,
need
to
be
redefined.
It
may
dem-
onstrate
that
one
or
more
of
the
characters
used
in
the
keys
are
wrong
or
need
modifi-
cation.
The
essential
point
is
that
taxonomy
is
not
a
static
body
of
knowledge,
but
a
dy-
namic
process
leading
to
better
understand-
ing,
not
to
absolute
truth.
1997
7

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
LIST
OF
TAXA
All
native
species
(321,
including
Homo
sapiens)
of
mammals
represented
by
speci-
mens
in
collections
are
listed
here
and
pre-
sented
in
the
following
accounts.
Also
in-
cluded
(and
noted
as
such
in
this
list)
are
ten
domestic
species,
two
that
are
native
to
the
Americas
and
eight
that
have been
intro-
duced
from
the
Old
World.
At
least
three
oth-
er
introduced
species
(of
the
genera
Mus,
Rattus,
and
Lepus)
exist
as
feral
populations.
Imbedded
among
the
accounts
of
known
spe-
cies,
and
in
a
separate
summary
following
these
accounts,
are
references
to
species
of
postulated
occurrence,
which
are
not
includ-
ed
in
this
list.
The
sequence
of
orders,
families,
subfam-
ilies,
and
tribes
is
mostly
that
of
Wilson
and
Reeder
(1993).
Orders
are
arranged
phylo-
genetically,
i.e.,
with
more
"primitive"
groups
placed
before
more
"derived"
or
"specialized"
groups.
The
published
litera-
ture
reflects
uncertainty
about
this
somewhat
traditional
sequence
and
has
resulted
in
var-
Order
Marsupialia
Family
Didelphidae
Subfamily
Caluromyinae
Genus
Caluromys
C.
lanatus
lanatus
..................
Genus
Glironia
G.
venusta
........................
Subfamily
Didelphinae
Genus
Chironectes
C.
minimus
minimus
................
Genus
Didelphis
D.
albiventris albiventris
............
D.
albiventris
pernigra
.............
D.
marsupialis
marsupialis
..........
Genus
Gracilinanus
G.
aceramarcae....................
G.
agilis
buenavistae
...............
G.
agilis
chacoensis
................
G.
agilis
unduaviensis
..............
Genus
Lutreolina
L.
crassicaudata
crassicaudata
......
Genus
Marmosa
M.
lepida
.........................
M.
murina
........................
ious
placements
of
orders
such
as
the
Xe-
narthra,
Cetacea,
and
others.
In
Wilson
and
Reeder
(1993),
families
and
subfamilies
are
arranged
alphabetically
in
some
orders
and
phylogenetically
in
others.
These
"phyloge-
netic"
arrangements
must
be
somewhat
ar-
bitrary
because
the
phylogeny
produced
by
evolution
is
a
branching
tree
and
not
a
linear
sequence.
The
arrangement
of
taxa
at
the
ge-
neric,
subgeneric,
specific,
and
subspecific
levels
is
alphabetical.
This
arrangement
is
for
the
convenience
of
readers,
most
of
whom
know
the
alphabet
better
than
they
know
the
currently
postulated
phylogenetic
relation-
ships
at
this
level.
The
List
of
Taxa
has
page
references
and
thus
can
serve
both
as
a
checklist
and
as
a
table
of
contents.
Numbers
of
localities
and
numbers
of
specimens
are
given
also,
to
pro-
vide
an
overview
of
commonness
and
rarity.
For
species
with
more
than
one
subspecies,
the
totals
are
for
the
entire
species
rather
than
the
separate
subspecies.
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
140
140
141
143
144
145
146
147
148
148
149
150
150
7
20
2 2
2
8
25
62
77
249
2
25
3
68
4
10
2
7
7
13
8
NO.
231

1997
ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
9
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Marmosops
M.
dorothea
.........
.................
151
23
46
M.
impavidus
.........
................
152
5
6
M.
noctivagus
keaysi
......
............
154
17
45
M.
parvidens
.........
................
154
1
1
Genus
Metachirus
M.
nudicaudatus
bolivianus
............
155
22
45
Genus
Micoureus
M.
constantiae
budini
......
...........
156
55
142
M.
constantiae
constantiae
.....
........
156
M.
regina
..........
..................
157
11
13
Genus
Monodelphis
M.
adusta
..........
..................
158
1
2
M.
brevicaudata
.......
...............
158
6
12
M.
domestica
.........
................
159
25
85
M.
emiliae
..........
.................
159
1
1
M.
kunsi
...........
..................
160
3
3
M.
osgoodi
..........
.................
160
3
4
Genus
Philander
P.
opossum
canus
.......
..............
162
71
186
Genus
Thylamys
T.
macrurus
.........
.................
163
1
1
T.
pallidior
..........
.................
163
19
48
T.
pusillus
..........
..................
164
14
48
T.
venustus
..........
.................
165
52
181
Family
Caenolestidae
Genus
Lestoros
L.
inca
...............................
166
1
1
Order
Xenarthra
Family
Bradypodidae
Genus
Bradypus
B.
variegatus
.........
................
167
18
51
Family
Choloepidae
Genus
Choloepus
C.
hoffnanni
.........
................
168
2 2
Family
Dasypodidae
Subfamily
Chlamyphorinae
Genus
Chlamyphorus
C.
retusus
retusus
.......
..............
169
3
6
Subfamily
Dasypodinae
Tribe
Dasypodini
Genus
Dasypus
D.
kappleri
beniensis
......
............
170
3
3
D.
novemcinctus
novemcinctus
..........
171
42
429
D.
septemcinctus
.......
...............
172
5
9
Tribe
Euphractini
Genus
Chaetophractus
C.
nationi
..........
..................
173
8
24
C.
vellerosus
.........
................
174
9
12
C.
villosus
..........
.................
174
3
8

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Euphractus
E.
sexcinctus
boliviae
......
............
175
23
44
Tribe
Priodontini
Genus
Cabassous
C.
unicinctus
squamicaudis
.....
........
177
4
4
Genus
Priodontes
P.
maximus
...........................
177
10
16
Tribe
Tolypeutini
Genus
Tolypeutes
T.
matacus
..........
.................
178
14
29
Family
Myrmecophagidae
Genus
Cyclopes
C.
didactylus
catellus
......
............
179
8
36
Genus
Myrmecophaga
M.
tridactyla
tridactyla
......
..........
180
15
22
Genus
Tamandua
T.
tetradactyla
........
................
181
46
129
Order
Chiroptera
Family
Emballonuridae
Genus
Peropteryx
P.
kappleri
..........
.................
184
2
5
P.
macrotis
macrotis
......
............
185
7
16
Genus
Rhynchonycteris
R.
naso
.............
.................
185
17
55
Genus
Saccopteryx
S.
bilineata
..........
.................
186
15
75
S.
Ieptura
...........
.................
187
3
12
Family
Noctilionidae
Genus
Noctilio
N.
albiventris
affinis
.......
............
189
41
522
N.
leporinus
rufescens
......
...........
190
26
50
Family
Mormoopidae
Genus
Pteronotus
P.
(Chilonycteris)
personatus
personatus
191
1
1
P.
(Phyllodia)
parnellii
rubiginosus
.....
192
3 3
P.
(Pteronotus)
gymnonotus
............
192
1
1
Family
Phyllostomidae
Subfamily
Phyllostominae
Genus
Chrotopterus
C.
auritus
............
................
193 7 7
Genus
Lonchorhina
L.
aurita
..............
...............
194
1
1
Genus
Macrophyllum
M.
macrophyllum
........
.............
194
7 9
Genus
Micronycteris
M.
(Barticonycteris)
daviesi
............
195
1
1
M.
(Micronycteris)
megalotis
megalotis
..
196
2
3
M.
(M.)
minuta
.......
.................
197
7
9
M.
(Trinycteris)
nicefori
......
.........
197
1
2
10
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Mimon
M.
crenulatum
longifolium
.....
........
198
5
6
Genus
Phyllostomus
P.
discolor discolor
.......
............
199
10
31
P.
elongatus
...........
...............
200
15
24
P.
hastatus
hastatus
.......
............
201
46
132
P.
stenops
boliviensis
.......
...........
202
6
8
Genus
Tonatia
T.
brasiliense
..........
...............
203
3 3
T.
carrikeri
............
...............
203
1
1
T.
saurophila
maresi
.......
...........
204
5 5
T.
sylvicola
sylvicola
.......
...........
205
16
30
Genus
Trachops
T.
cirrhosus
cirrhosus
.......
..........
207
15
21
Genus
Vampyrum
V.
spectrum
...........
...............
207
1
1
Subfamily
Lonchophyllinae
Genus
Lonchophylla
L.
thomasi
............
...............
208
9
12
Subfamily
Glossophaginae
Genus
Anoura
A.
caudifer
.............
..............
209
20
42
A.
cultrata
............
...............
210
1
2
A.
geoffroyi
geoffroyi
.......
...........
211
25
83
A.
geoffroyi
peruana
.......
...........
211
Genus
Choeroniscus
C.
intermedius
.........
...............
212
1
1
C.
minor
...........
..................
212
3
3
Genus
Glossophaga
G.
soricina
soricina
.......
............
213
124
728
Genus
Lichonycteris
L.
obscura
............
...............
215
1
1
Subfamily
Carolliinae
Genus
Carollia
C.
brevicauda
..........
..............
216
100
413
C.
castanea
............
..............
218
22
123
C.
perspicillata
.........
..............
219
180
1597
Genus
Rhinophylla
R.
pumilio
.............
...............
222
10
45
Subfamily
Stenodermatinae
Genus
Artibeus
A.
anderseni
............
..............
223 68
183
A.
glaucus glaucus
........
............
225
33
100
A.
glaucus
gnomus
.......
.............
226
A.
hartii
..............
...............
226
6 6
A.
jamaicensis
fallax
.......
...........
228
123
720
A.
lituratus
lituratus
.......
............
230
135
932
A.
obscurus
............
..............
232
133
381
Genus
Chiroderma
C.
salvini
salvini
......................
235
10
16
11
1997

12
BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
NO.
231
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
C.
trinitatum trinitatum
......
..........
236
20
61
C.
villosum
villosum
.......
............
237
32
105
Genus
Mesophylla
M.
macconnelli
macconnelli
............
238
17
34
Genus
Platyrrhinus
P.
brachycephalus
.....................
239
5
7
P.
dorsalis
.............
..............
239
12
78
P.
helleri
incarum
........
.............
241
87
426
P.
infuscus
..............
.............
242
17
39
P.
lineatus
lineatus
........
............
243
34
175
P.
lineatus
nigellus
.............
244
P.
vittatus
............
................
244
2
9
Genus
Pygoderma
P.
bilabiatum
magna
.......
...........
245
18
53
Genus
Sphaeronycteris
S.
toxophyllum
.........
...............
246
9
11
Genus
Sturnira
S.
erythromos
.........................
246
44
237
S.
lilium
lilium
.........
...............
248
146
669
S.
magna
............
.................
250
7
20
S.
oporaphilum
........
...............
251
38
310
S.
tildae
..............................
252
16
42
Genus
Uroderma
U.
bilobatum
bilobatum
......
..........
254
97
374
U.
bilobatum
thomasi
.......
...........
254
U.
magnirostrum
........
..............
255
69
192
Genus
Vampyressa
V.
bidens
.............................
257
5
11
V.
pusilla
thyone
........
..............
258
4
8
Genus
Vampyrodes
V.
caraccioli
major
.......
.............
259
4
21
Subfamily
Desmodontinae
Genus
Desmodus
D.
rotundus
..........
................
259
95
392
D.
youngii
...........
................
261
13
20
Genus
Diphylla
D.
ecaudata
..........
................
262
2
2
Family
Thyropteridae
Genus
Thyroptera
T.
discifera discifera
.......
...........
264
1
14
T.
tricolor
tricolor
.......
.............
264
6
18
Family
Vespertilionidae
Genus
Eptesicus
E.
andinus
........
...................
265
2
3
E.
furinalis
chapmani
.......
...........
266
36
128
E.
furinalis
furinalis
.......
............
267
E.
furinalis
montosus
.......
...........
267
Genus
Histiotus
H.
montanus
laephotis
......
...........
268
5
7
H.
velatus
...........
.................
268
4
4

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Lasiurus
L.
blossevillii
frantzii
.......
...........
269
12
15
L.
cinereus
villosissimus
......
.........
270
10
11
L.
ega
ega
...........
................
271
19
38
Genus
Myotis
M.
(Leuconoe)
albescens
......
.........
272
36
282
M.
(L.)
levis
dinellii
.......
............
274
5 8
M.
(L.)
oxyotus
oxyotus
......
..........
275
6
12
M.
(L.)
riparius
.........
..............
275
3
4
M.
(L.)
simus
..........
...............
276
4
48
M.
(Selysius)
keaysi
keaysi
.....
........
277
10
12
M.
(S.)
nigricans
nigricans
.....
........
278
99
1544
Genus
Rhogeessa
R.
tumida
............
................
280
1 1
Family
Molossidae
Genus
Eumops
E.
auripendulus
auripendulus
...........
282
11
49
E.
bonariensis
beckeri
......
...........
282
16
396
E.
glaucinus
glaucinus
......
...........
283
8
25
E.
hansae
............
................
284
2
2
E.
perotis perotis
.......
..............
285
6
52
E.
perotis
trumbulli
.......
............
285
Genus
Molossops
M.
abrasus
...........
................
285
1 1
M.
planirostris
planirostris
.....
........
287
8
25
M.
temminckii
temminckii
......
........
287
17
59
Genus
Molossus
M.
molossus
crassicaudatus
............
289
90
1839
M.
rufus
.............
................
290
17
67
Genus
Nyctinomops
N.
aurispinosus
........
...............
291
3
10
N.
laticaudatus
europs
......
...........
292
13
130
N.
laticaudatus
laticaudatus
............
292
N.
macrotis
...........................
293
3
3
Genus
Promops
P.
centralis
occultus
.......
............
293
3
5
P.
nasutus
ancilla
........
.............
294
3
4
Genus
Tadarida
T.
brasiliensis
brasiliensis
......
........
295
11
67
Order
Primates
Family
Callitrichidae
Subfamily
Callimiconinae
Genus
Callimico
C.
goeldii
....
.........................
296
2
3
Subfamily
Callitrichinae
Genus
Callithrix
C.
melanura
..........
................
298
13
31
Genus
Cebuella
1997
13

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
C.
pygmaea
..........................
299
1
1
Genus
Saguinus
S.
fuscicollis
weddellii
......
...........
301
9
22
S.
imperator
imperator
......
..........
302
1
1
S.
labiatus
labiatus
.......
.............
302
8
16
Family
Cebidae
Subfamily
Alouattinae
Genus
Alouatta
A.
caraya
..........
..................
304
17
75
A.
guariba
beniensis
..........
.........
305
2
6
A.
seniculus
sara
...........
...........
307
35
128
Subfamily
Aotinae
Genus
Aotus
A.
azarai
azarai
....................
309
49
145
A.
azarai
boliviensis
.......
............
309
A.
nigriceps
..........................
310
3
4
Subfamily
Atelinae
Genus
Ateles
A.
chamek
..............
311
33
93
Subfamily
Callicebinae
Genus
Callicebus
C.
brunneus
..........................
313
6
9
C.
donacophilus donacophilus
..........
314
18
86
C.
donacophilus
pallescens
.............
315
C.
modestus
..........................
315
1
2
C.
olallae
............................
316
1
1
Subfamily
Cebinae
Genus
Cebus
C.
albifrons
cuscinus
..................
317
24
59
C.
albifrons
unicolor
..................
317
C.
apella
pallidus
.....................
319
57
174
C.
apella
paraguayanus
................
320
Genus
Saimiri
S.
sciureus
boliviensis
......
...........
322
54
232
Subfamily
Pitheciinae
Genus
Pithecia
P.
irrorata
irrorata
.......
.............
324
3
3
Family
Hominidae
Genus
Homo
H.
sapiens
...........................
325
Order
Carnivora
Family
Canidae
Genus
Atelocynus
A.
microtis
..........
.................
325 4
4
Genus
Canis
(domestic,
introduced)
C.
familiaris
.........
.................
326
12
15
Genus
Cerdocyon
C.
thous
entrerianus
.......
............
327
40
116
Genus
Chrysocyon
C.
brachyurus
........
................
328
5
4
14
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Pseudalopex
P.
culpaeus
andina
.......
.............
330
16
23
P.
gymnocercus
gymnocercus
...........
331
12
43
Genus
Speothos
S.
venaticus
venaticus
......
...........
332
3
8
Family
Felidae
Genus
Felis
F.
(Felis)
catus
(domestic,
introduced)
...
332
2 2
F.
(Herpailurus)
yaguarondi
eyra
.......
333
6
24
F.
(Leopardus)
pardalis
steinbachi
......
334
26
68
F.
(L.)
wiedii
boliviae
......
...........
335
12
24
F.
(Lynchailurus)
pajeros
garleppi
......
336
4
6
F.
(Oncifelis)
geoffroyi
euxantha
........
337
10
22
F.
(Oreailurus)
jacobita
......
.........
337
9
14
F.
(Puma)
concolor
acrocodia
..........
339
23
38
F.
(P.)
concolor
osgoodi
......
.........
339
Genus
Panthera
P.
onca
palustris
........
..............
341
22
28
P.
onca
peruviana
.......
.............
341
Family
Mustelidae
Subfamily
Lutrinae
Genus
Lutra
L.
longicaudis
enudris
......
...........
343
17
30
Genus
Pteronura
P.
brasiliensis
paranensis
......
........
344
2
6
Subfamily
Mephitinae
Genus
Conepatus
C.
chinga
rex
..........
...............
345
18
24
Subfamily
Mustelinae
Genus
Eira
E.
barbara
barbara
.......
............
346
26
71
E.
barbara
peruana
.......
............
346
Genus
Galictis
G.
cuja
luteola
.........
..............
347
10
10
G.
vittata
andina
........
..............
348
6
9
Genus
Mustela
M.
frenata
boliviensis
..................
349
5
6
Family
Procyonidae
Subfamily
Potosinae
Genus
Bassaricyon
B.
alleni
..............
...............
349
4
4
Genus
Potos
P.
flavus
chapadensis
.......
...........
351
15
39
Subfamily
Procyoninae
Genus
Nasua
N.
nasua
boliviensis
.......
............
352
58
278
N.
nasua
dorsalis
........
.............
352
N.
nasua
spadicea
.......
.............
353
Genus
Procyon
P.
cancrivorus
cancrivorus
.............
354
13
30
1997
15

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Family
Ursidae
Genus
Tremarctos
T.
ornatus
..........
..................
354
9
19
Order
Odontoceti
Family
Platanistidae
Genus
Inia
L.
geoffrensis
boliviensis
...............
359
12
18
Order
Perissodactyla
Family
Equidae
(domestic,
introduced)
Genus
Equus
E.
asinus
...........
..................
360
1
2
E.
caballus
..........
.................
360
1
1
Family
Tapiridae
Genus
Tapirus
T.
terrestris
spegazzinii
......
..........
360
24
35
Order
Artiodactyla
Family
Suidae
(domestic,
introduced)
Genus
Sus
S.
scrofa
...........
..................
361
2
3
Family
Tayassuidae
Genus
Catagonus
C.
wagneri
..........
.................
362
4
5
Genus
Tayassu
T.
pecari
albirostris
.......
............
363
36
213
T.
tajacu
tajacu
........
...............
364
57
316
Family
Camelidae
Genus
Lama
L.
(Lama)
glama
(domestic,
native)
.....
366
2
3
L.
(L.)
guanicoe
guanicoe
.....
.........
366
9
11
L.
(Vicugna)
pacos
(domestic,
native)
...
367
7
17
L.
(V.)
vicugna
........
...............
368
25
50
Family
Cervidae
Subfamily
Odocoileinae
Genus
Hippocamelus
H.
antisensis
.........
................
369
6
12
Genus
Mazama
M.
americana
...........
370
24
53
M.
bricenii
chunyi
.......
..............
372
2
2
M.
gouazoupira
gouazoupira
...........
373
34
83
Genus
Odocoileus
0.
(Blastocerus)
dichotomus
.....
.......
374
16
62
0.
(Odocoileus)
virginianus
peruvianus
375
1
0
0.
(Ozotoceros)
bezoarticus
leucogaster
376
2
5
Family
Bovidae
(domestic,
introduced)
Subfamily
Bovinae
Genus
Bos
B.
taurus
..............
...............
376
1 1
Subfamily
Caprinae
Genus
Capra
C.
hircus
..............
...............
377
1
1
16
NO.
231

1997
ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
17
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Ovis
0.
aries
.............
.................
377
1
1
Order
Rodentia
Suborder
Sciurognathi
Family
Sciuridae
Genus
Sciurus
S.
ignitus
argentinius
......
............
378
59
149
S.
ignitus
boliviensis
.......
............
379
S.
ignitus
ignitus
........
..............
379
S.
spadiceus
..........
................
380
48
183
Family
Muridae
Subfamily
Murinae
(introduced,
commensal)
Genus
Mus
M.
musculus
..........
................
382
66
731
Genus
Rattus
R.
rattus
............
.................
383 57
328
Subfamily
Sigmodontinae
Tribe
Oryzomyini
Genus
Microryzomys
M.
minutus
..........
.................
385
10
28
Genus
Neacomys
N.
spinosus
spinosus
......
............
386
43
124
Genus
Nectomys
N.
squamipes
garleppii
......
.......... 388
13
24
Genus
Oecomys
0.
bicolor
bicolor
.......
..............
389
32
193
0.
concolor
.........
.................
389
3
3
0.
mamorae
.........
.................
390
44
132
0.
roberti
...........
.................
391
2
3
Genus
Oligoryzomys
0.
andinus
..........
.................
392
6
14
0.
chacoensis
........
................
392
20
144
0.
destructor
.........
................
393
53
181
0.
flavescens
group,
sp.
B
.............
395
33
239
0.
microtis
..........
.................
396
126
618
Genus
Oryzomys
0.
capito
.............................
399
78
313
0.
legatus
...........
.................
400
13
45
0.
levipes
...........
.................
401
36
248
0.
nitidus
...........
.................
402
103
508
0.
subflavus
.........
.................
404
56
320
0.
yunganus
.........
.................
405
8
11
Genus
Rhipidomys
R.
couesi
austrinus
.......
.............
407
20
72
R.
leucodactylus
rex
.......
............
408
4
4
R.
nitela
............
.................
408
3
3
Genus
Thomasomys
T.
aureus
aureus
........
..............
409
11
20
T.
daphne
australis
.......
.............
410
12
44

18
BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
NO.
231
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
T.
ladewi
.............................
410
4
12
T.oreas
...............
411
1
2
T.
taczanowskii
..........
.............
411
1
2
Tribe
Akodontini
Genus
Akodon
A.
aerosus
baliolus
....................
413
37
206
A.
albiventer
berlepschii
...............
415
45
191
A.
boliviensis
.........................
416
54
342
A.
dayi
..............................
418
41
257
A.
fumeus
............................
419
50
253
A.
lutescens
caenosus
..................
421
53
371
A.
lutescens
lutescens
..................
422
A.
lutescens
puer
......................
422
A.
mimus
..............
423
28
533
A.
pervalens
..............
............
424
6
10
A.
siberiae
...........................
425
6
35
A.
simulator
tartareus
.................
426
10
122
A.
subfuscus
subfuscus
.................
427
16
75
A.
toba
..............................
427
10 91
A.
varius
.............................
428
42
345
Genus
Bolomys
B.
amoenus
.............
430
4
13
B.
lactens
lactens
.....................
431
6
15
B.
lenguarum
tapirapoanus
.............
431
116
913
Genus
Chroeomys
C.
andinus
dolichonyx
.................
434
9
25
C.
jelskii
bacchante
...................
435
17
113
C.
jelskii
ochrotis
.....................
435
C.
jelskii
pulcherrimus
.................
436
C.
jelskii
sodalis
......................
436
Genus
Lenoxus
L.
apicalis
boliviae
........
............
436
5
35
Genus
Oxymycterus
0.
hucucha
...........................
437
4
5
0.
inca
doris
.........................
437
27
91
0.
inca
iris
...........................
438
0.
paramensis
jacentior
...............
439
55
352
0.
paramensis
nigrifrons
...............
439
0.
paramensis
paramensis
.............
440
Tribe
Scapteromyini
Genus
Kunsia
K.
tomentosus
tomentosus
..............
440
3
4
Tribe
uncertain
Genus
Pseudoryzomys
P.
simplex
...............
441
5
6
Tribe
Phyllotini
Genus
Andinomys
A.
edax
edax
............
.............
442
23
69
Genus
Auliscomys
A.
(Maresomys)
boliviensis
boliviensis
...
444
9
48

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
A.
(Auliscomys)
pictus
.................
444
11
30
A.
(A.)
sublimis
leucurus
...............
445
24
175
A.
(A.)
sublimus
sublimis
...............
445
Genus
Calomys
C.
callosus
callosus
...................
447
135
2829
C.
laucha
............................
449
4
21
C.
lepidus
carillus
..........
..........
450
44
248
C.
lepidus
ducillus
..........
..........
451
C.
musculinus
........................
451
26
99
C.
tener
...............
452
3
3
C.
venustus
.............
453
30
85
Genus
Chinchillula
C.
sahamae
..........................
454
6
15
Genus
Eligmodontia
E.
puerulus
...........................
455
24
77
Genus
Galenomys
G.
garleppii
..........................
456
4
12
Genus
Graomys
G.
domorum
domorum
.........
........
458
41
255
G.
domorum
taterona
.........
.........
459
G.
griseoflavus griseoflavus
............
460
15
210
G.
pearsoni
dorbignyi
.................
461
1
2
Genus
Neotomys
N.
ebriosus
ebriosus
...................
462
9
26
N.
ebriosus
vulturnus
..................
462
Genus
Phyllotis
P.
caprinus
...........................
462
7
58
P.
chilensis
...........................
463
9
66
P.
osilae
osilae
.......................
465
39
198
P.
osilae
phaeus
...........
...........
465
P.
wolffsohni
.........................
465
36
201
P.
xanthopygus
rupestris
...............
467
73
493
Genus
undescribed
.......................
469
1
2
Tribe
uncertain
Genus
Holochilus
H.
sciureus
amazonicus
................
470
49
263
Tribe
Ichthyomyini
Genus
Chibchanomys
C.
unidentified
........................
471
1 1
Suborder
Hystricognathi
Family
Erethizontidae
Genus
Coendou
C.
bicolor
simonsi
..........
..........
472
13
16
C.
prehensilis
boliviensis
...............
473
14
50
Family
Chinchillidae
Genus
Chinchilla
(probably
extinct
in
Bolivia)
C.
chinchilla
.........................
473
3
12
Genus
Lagidium
L.
viscacia
cuscus
.......
..............
476
47
138
L.
viscacia
cuvieri
.......
..............
476
L.
viscacia
perlutea
.......
............
477
19
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Genus
Lagostomus
L.
maximus
inmollis
.......
............
478
7
16
Family
Dinomyidae
Genus
Dinomys
D.
branickii
...........
...............
478
2
3
Family
Caviidae
Subfamily
Caviinae
Genus
Cavia
(domestic
and
wild)
C.
tschudii
nana
.........
.............
480
45
149
Genus
Galea
G.
musteloides
auceps
......
...........
481
68
266
G.
musteloides
demissa
......
..........
481
G.
musteloides
musteloides
......
.......
482
G.
spixii
campicola
........
............
483
4
13
Genus
Microcavia
M.
niata
niata
..........
..............
484
12
46
M.
niata
pallidior
........
.............
484
Subfamily
Dolichotinae
Genus
Dolichotis
D.
salinicola
salinicola
......
..........
485
8
12
Family
Hydrochaeridae
Genus
Hydrochaeris
H.
hydrochaeris
hydrochaeris
..........
486
28
65
Family
Dasyproctidae
Genus
Dasyprocta
D.
punctata
boliviae
.......
............
488
55
248
D.
punctata
urucuma
.......
...........
489
D.
punctata
yungarum
......
...........
489
Family
Agoutidae
Genus
Agouti
A.
paca paca
..........
...............
490
43
146
Family
Octodontidae
Subfamily
Ctenomyinae
Genus
Ctenomys
C.
boliviensis
boliviensis
......
.........
492
27
486
C.
conoveri
...........................
493
10
15
C.
frater
frater
..........
..............
494
8
36
C.
frater
mordosus
........
............
494
C.
goodfellowi
..........
..............
495
2
4
C.
leucodon
...........
...............
495
8
29
C.
lewisi
.............
................
496
2
57
C.
minutus
............
...............
496
1
3
C.
opimus
opimus
........
.............
497
30
167
C.
steinbachi
..........
...............
498
14
86
undescribed
taxa
........
..............
499
Subfamily
Octodontinae
Genus
Octodontomys
0.
gliroides
...........
...............
499
10
44
20
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Locality
Total
Pg.
total
Spec.
Family
Abrocomidae
Genus
Abrocoma
A.
boliviensis
.........................
A.
cinerea
cinerea
.....................
Family
Echimyidae
Subfamily
Dactylomyinae
Genus
Dactylomys
D.
boliviensis
.........................
Subfamily
Echimyinae
Genus
Echimys
E.
didelphoides
.......................
Genus
Isothrix
L
bistriata
bistriata
...................
Subfamily
Eumysopinae
Genus
Mesomys
M.
hispidus...........................
Genus
Proechimys
P.
brevicauda
........................
P.
hilda
..............................
P.
longicaudatus
......................
P.
simonsi............................
P.
steerei
............................
Genus
Thrichomys
T.
apereoides
fosteri
...................
Family
Myocastoridae
Genus
Myocastor
M.
coypus
popelairi
...................
Order
Lagomorpha
Family
Leporidae
Genus
Lepus
(introduced,
feral)
L.
europaeus
.........................
Genus
Oryctolagus
(domestic,
introduced)
0.
cuniculus
..........................
Genus
Sylvilagus
S.
brasiliensis
gibsoni
.................
S.
brasiliensis
inca
....................
S.
brasiliensis
paraguensis
.............
500
501
501
502
503
504
505
507
508
509
510
512
513
513
514
515
515
516
2
7
6
2
41
13
2
2
3
3
73
8
30
8
15
1
4
3
4
485
10
153
13
71
1
S
1
1
0
0
35
86
KEYS
TO
THE
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
After
a
preliminary
identification
of
a
specimen
is
obtained
by
using
the
keys,
fur-
ther
testing
should
be
done
by
checking
the
distributional
map,
the
tables
of
measure-
ments,
and
the
individual
account.
In
difficult
cases,
comparison
with
specimens
in
collec-
tions
and
with
newer
literature
will
be
need-
ed.
The
following
28
illustrated
keys
are
in-
tended
to
aid
in
the
identification
of
native
and
introduced
species
of
mammals
known
or
hypothesized
to
occur
in
Bolivia
now
or
formerly
(i.e.,
within
historic
times).
Hypoth-
esized
species
not
actually
represented
by
a
specimen
in
a
museum
collection
are
indi-
cated
by
an
asterisk
(*).
A
number
of
species
that
I
might
include
if
I
were
rewriting
the
key
now
(1995)
are
not
here.
The
first
key
is
21
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
to
orders
and
families
and
it
refers
the
user
to
the
appropriate
family
key
if
more
than
one
species
of
the
family
is
involved.
The
illustrations
are
intended
to
help
the
user
who
is
not
already
familiar
with
the
technical
terminology
or
with
the
distinction
emphasized
in
the
key.
Both
external
and
in-
ternal
(cranial
and
dental)
features
are
used,
so
it
is
necessary
in
some
cases
to
have
a
specimen
consisting
of
both
skin
and
cleaned
skull.
Calipers
and
lenses
for
magnification
are
also
needed
in
some
cases.
If
there
is
doubt
about
a
given
choice,
proceed
to
both
of
the
alternatives
and
see
if
subsequent
choices
seem
relevant.
If
they
do
not
seem
relevant,
then
the
alternative
original
choice
is
indicated.
Ideas
and
illustrations
for
the
keys
have
been
derived
from
many
sources.
It
is
not
feasible
to
acknowledge
every
specific
source,
but
major
sources
were
the
follow-
ing:
Tate
(1933,
Marmosa
revision)
Goodwin
and
Greenhall
(1961,
bats
of
Trinidad,
drawings
used
here
as
figs.
65,
69-70,
103-104,
110,
114, 132,
135-138,
and
185-186)
Anderson
(1972,
Chihuahuan
keys,
drawings
used
here
as
figs.
172,
225,
261-262,
290-291)
Rouk
and
Carter
(1972,
drawings
from
the
de-
scription
of
V.
brachycephalus
used
here
as
fig.
157)
Pine
(1973a,
Brazilian
key)
Eger
(1977,
Eumops
revision,
source
of
figs.
190-
192)
Husson
(1978,
Surname,
drawings
used
here
as
figs.
3,
34,
and
35)
Langguth
and
Anderson
(1980,
Uruguayan
key,
drawings
by
Fran
Stiles
appear
here
as
figs.
249-250,
253-254,
259,
272-274)
Hall
(1981,
drawings
by
Victor
Hogg
used
here
as
figs.
43-46,
116-119,
133-134,
189,
and
193-194)
Albuja
(1982,
Ecuadorian
bat
key)
Anderson
and
Jones
(1984,
drawings
by
Marie
Dauenheimer,
used
here
as
figs.
9
and
218)
Linares
(1986,
Venezuelan
bat
key)
Olds
(1988,
the
genus
Calomys)
List
of
Numbered
Keys
1.
General
key
to
orders
and
families
2.
Didelphidae
3.
Emballonuridae
4.
Noctilionidae
5.
Mormoopidae
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6.
Phyllostomidae
7.
Thyropteridae
8.
Vespertilionidae
9.
Molossidae
L0.
Callitrichidae
and
Cebidae
L1.
Myrmecophagidae
L2.
Dasypodidae
L3.
Canidae
L4.
Procyonidae
L5.
Mustelidae
L6.
Felidae
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
Tayassuidae
Camelidae
Cervidae
Bovidae
Leporidae
Sciuridae
Muridae
Echimyidae
Octodontidae
and
Abrocomidae
Chinchillidae
Caviidae
Erethizontidae
KEYl1
ORDERS
AND
FAMILIES
OF
LIVING
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
I
Incisor
teeth
reduced
to
a
single
large
and
persistently
growing
pair
in
both
upper
and
lower
jaws
(fig.
1);
no
small
sec-
ondary
pair
behind
the
upper
pair;
wide
gap
between
incisors
and
grinding
teeth
..............
.Order
Rodentia,
23
Incisor
teeth
range
in
number
from
none
to
five
upper
and
none
to
four
lower
pairs,
but
are
never
a
single
pair
as
de-
scribed
above
......
.....
2
2(1)
Front
limbs
modified
as
wings;
bones
of
hand
and
fingers
greatly
elongated;
wing
membranes
connect
fingers
with
each
other
and
with
body
(fig.
2);
bones
of
skull
relatively
thin
and
fused
so
that
few
sutures
are
visible;
skull
shorter
that
54
mm
.
.
Order
Chiroptera,
34
Front
limbs
not
wings;
forelimbs
not
as
described;
bones
of
skull
relatively
heavy
and
many
sutures
visible;
skull
in
many
species
longer
than
54
......
3
3(2)
Ten
upper
incisors
and
eight
lower
inci-
sors
(fig.
3);
first
hind
toe
projecting
lat-
erally
(in
one
species
connected
by
web) and
without
claw
or
nail
(figs.
4,
97,
and
98)
....
Order
Marsupialia,
Family
Didelphidae,
Key
2
22
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fewer
incisors
above
and
below;
first
hind
toe
present
or
not;
if
present,
somewhat
opposable
or
not
(usually
not),
and
with
claw
or
nail
...
......
4
4(3)
Front
limbs
are
paddle
like;
no
hind
limbs;
distally,
tail
horizontally
flattened;
ex-
clusively
aquatic
......5.....
Not
as
above
...
........
6
5(4)
Tail
with
rounded
margin
(fig.
5);
anterior
grinding
teeth,
usually
noticeably
more
worn
than
posterior
ones;
teeth
with
cusps
or
lophs
and
not
simple
and
con-
ical;
skull
heavy,
bones
dense,
zygo-
matic
arch
massive
(fig.
7);
possibly
reach
extreme
northern
Bolivia
in
the
Abuna
River
.....................
*Order
Sirenia,
Family
Trichechidae,
Trichechus
inunguis
Tail
with
two
lateral
flukes
(fig.
6);
teeth
numerous,
mostly
simple
and
terminally
more
or
less
conical;
skull
with
thin
bones,
zygomatic
arch
incomplete
(fig.
8),
snout
long
and
slender
....
Order
Odontoceti,
Family
Platanistidae,
Inia
geoffrensis
6(4)
Teeth
absent
or
simple,
subcylindrical,
and
without
enamel,
no
incisors
present
..............
Order
Xenarthra,
7
Teeth
present
and
not
subcylindrical,
enamel
present,
incisors
present
or
ab-
sent
..........
10
[Order
Xenarthra
begins
here]
7(6)
No
teeth
whatsoever;
mouth
relatively
small,
tongue
very
long
and
vermiform;
eats
ants
and
termites
..............
.
.
Family
Myrmecophagidae,
Key
11
Teeth
present;
mouth
of
moderate
size,
tongue
not
extremely
long
and
vermi-
form;
food
not
exclusively
ants
and
ter-
mites
....
.........
8
8(7)
Dorsal
surface
well
haired
and
without
ar-
mor
of
plates;
limbs
relatively
long;
claws
long,
laterally
compressed
and
curved
for
hanging
from
branches;
movements
slow
and
deliberate;
climbs
trees;
eats
leaves
...........
9
Dorsal
surface
in
most
species
without
much
hair
and
with
a
bony
carapace
or
armor
of
plates;
limbs
relatively
short
and
stout;
claws
heavily
built
for
digging
(fig.
9);
movement
sometimes
rapid;
ground
dweller,
burrower,
eats
insects
...
.
. .
.
F
a
m
il
y
D
a
s
y
p
o
d
id
a
e
,
K
e
y
1
2
9(8)
Anterior
upper
tooth
smaller
than
next
tooth
and
space
between
them
less
than
length
of
crown
of
second
tooth;
alve-
olar
length
of
upper
tooth
row
less
than
30
mm;
three
claws
on
forefoot;
tail
not
rudimentary
(but
it
is
short,
less
than
one-tenth
of
length
of
head
and
body);
hair
relatively
short
and
crisp;
face
whitish
with
brown
circumorbital
areas
............
.Famil y
Bradypodidae,
Bradypus
variegatus
Anterior
upper
tooth
larger
than
next
tooth
and
space
between
them
greater
than
length
of
second
tooth;
alveolar
length
of
upper
tooth
row
more
than
30;
two
claws
on
forefoot;
tail
rudimentary;
hair
long;
face
brownish
........
Family
Choloepidae,
Choloepus
hoffmanni
10(6)
One
or
more
toes
of
each
foot
have
a
con-
spicuous
hoof
or
(in
camelids)
foot
with
two
large
padlike
toes,
each
with
a
nail-
like
hoof
at
the
front;
large
gap
(fig.
10A)
between
grinding
teeth
and
inci-
sors
at
front
of
lower
jaw
and
length
of
jaw
from
articular
process
(fig.
10)
more
than
85
mm
..............
11
No
toe
has
a
conspicuous
hoof
(but
toes
usually
have
claws
or
nails),
never
with
only
two
conspicuous
toes;
no
large
di-
astema
in
lower
tooth
row,
or,
if
so,
then
jaw
shorter
than
85
............
17
11(10)
Main
axis
of
foot
lies
in
middle
of
central
1997
23

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
7~~~~~~~
18
19t7
22
4S
24
25
30
v
31
33
I4G,
toe
that
is
larger
than
other
toes;
upper
incisor
teeth
present;
skull
as
shown
in
figs.
16
or
17
..........
Order
Perissodactyla,
12
Main
axis
of
foot
lies
between
two
toes
of
about
equal
size;
some
species
have
no
upper
incisors;
skull
as
shown
in
figs.
20, 21,
or
26-29
............
...........
Order
Artiodactyla,
13
[Order
Perissodactyla
begins
here]
12(11)
A
single
large
rounded
hoof
on
each
foot
(fig.
11);
nose
not
a
flexible
proboscis
although
lip
is
somewhat
flexible
(fig.
13);
nasal
bones
relatively
long
anteri-
orly
and
nasal
opening
on
skull
not
un-
usually
displaced
posteriorly
(fig.
16);
domesticated
......
Family
Equidae
More
than
one
conspicuous
hoof
on
each
foot
(four
front,
three
rear,
fig.
12);
nose
elongated
(fig.
14);
nasal
opening
of
skull
displaced
posteriorly
(fig.
17)
...
Family
Tapiridae,
Tapirus
terrestris
[Order
Artiodactyla
begins
here]
13(11)
Snout
piglike,
flattened,
with
rim,
and
somewhat
rounded
(fig.
15);
canine
teeth
large,
upper
incisors
present
and
not
reduced
to
a
single
lateral
pair
in
adults
.....
14
Snout
not
as
above;
canine
teeth
absent
or
relatively
small,
upper
incisors
absent
or
reduced
in
adults
to
a
single
lateral
pair
.....
15
14(13)
Four
toes
on
hind
feet
(fig.
18);
upper
ca-
nines
curving
outward,
three
pairs
of
upper
incisors
(fig.
20),
lower
third
mo-
lar
longer
than
35
mm,
first
lower
pre-
molar
sometimes
present;
tail
small
but
obvious
and
somewhat
curled;
domes-
ticated
...
Family
Suidae,
Sus
scrofa
Two
or
three
(fig.
19)
toes
on
hind
feet;
upper
canines
directed
downward
(fig.
21),
two
pairs
of
upper
incisors,
m3
considerably
shorter
than
35,
pl
never
present;
tail
scarcely
evident
externally
.......
.Family
Tayassuidae,
Key
17
15(13)
No
horns
or
antlers
at
any
time;
hind
part
of
body
contracted,
knee-joint
low,
thigh
appears
distinct
from
body
(fig.
22);
metapodials
of
cannon
bone
in
each
leg
somewhat
separated
distally
(fig.
24),
their
articular
surfaces
with
limited
keel,
but
not
strongly
grooved
or
pulley-shaped;
cutaneous
pad
on
each
of
two
toes;
nails
on
upper
sur-
faces
(rather
than
hoof
encasing
the
last
bone
of
each
toe);
two
pairs
of
canini-
form
teeth
in
upper
jaw
(one
a
pair
of
incisors,
the
other
a
pair
of
canines),
usually
a
pair
of
canines
below,
canines
larger
and
more
hooked
in
males,
three
pairs
of
lower
incisiform
teeth;
deep
medial
posterior
notch
of
palate
extends
considerably
farther
forward
than
lat-
eral
notches
do
(fig.
26)
...........
........
.Family
Camelidae,
Key
18
Horns
or
antlers
may
be
present
in
one
or
both
sexes,
continuously
or
at
certain
times
of
the
year;
thigh
not
so
distinctly
separate
from
body
(fig.
23);
cannon
bone
with
little
distal
separation
of
two
metapodials
(fig.
25);
articular
surfaces
strongly
grooved
or
pulley-shaped;
ca-
niniform
teeth
absent,
four
pairs
of
low-
er
incisiform
teeth
(lateral
pair
actually
canines),
anterior
end
of
medial
poste-
rior
notch
of
palate
even
with
or
pos-
terior
to
lateral
notches
(fig.
27)
. .
16
16(15)
Vacuity
conspicuous
between
lacrimal
and
nasal
bones
(fig.
28);
molariform
teeth
brachydont
(relatively
low-
crowned,
fig.
30,
young
animal,
unworn
tooth);
antlers
of
bony
material
and
24
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
yot3
4
36X536~~
7
,35
3
9.-
-(~;4IB~
44
"S
/
,
1
4
1<--
;
447
X42
X
r-
~4
4
9
with
no
permanent
covering,
present
in
males
at
least
part
of
year,
sometimes
branched
.
.
Family
Cervidae,
Key
19
Vacuity
inconspicuous
or
not
present
(fig.
29);
molariform
teeth
more
hypsodont
(high-crowned,
fig.
31,
young
animal,
unworn
tooth);
horns
(with
bony
core
and
covering
of
horn),
if
present,
not
shed
at
times,
never
branched,
in
some
species
present
in
both
sexes;
domestic
animals
...
Family
Bovidae,
Key
20
17(10)
Canine
teeth
absent,
major
gap
(diastema)
between
incisors
and
grinding
teeth
at
back
of
jaws
(fig.
32);
soles
of
feet
cov-
ered
with
hair
(fig.
33)
.......
Order
Lagomorpha,
Family
Leporidae,
21
Canine
teeth
present
and
often
noticeably
larger
than
adjacent
incisors
and
pre-
molars,
no
large
diastemal
gap;
soles
of
feet
not
covered
with
hair
.........
18
18(17)
Total
number
of
upper
and
lower
incisors:
12
(3
pairs
above,
3
pairs
below)
and
outer
upper
incisors
(13)
larger
than
oth-
er
pairs
(I1
or
12,
fig.
34);
neither
pair
of
limbs
especially
elongated
(except
in
Chrysocyon)
.
.
Order
Carnivora,
19
Total
number
of
upper
and
lower
incisors:
8
(2
pairs
above,
2
pairs
below)
and
12
smaller
than
I1
(fig.
35);
one
pair
or
both
pairs
of
limbs
noticeably
elongated
..............
.Orde r
Primates,
40
[Order
Carnivora
begins
here]
19(18)
Molariform
teeth
relatively
low
and
rounded
(fig.
36),
none
of
them
with
sharp
bladelike
edge
...........
20
Some
molariform
teeth
bladelike,
specifi-
cally
in
adults,
the
last
upper
premolar
(P4,
fig.
37)
and
first
lower
molar
(ml);
in
young
the
carnassial
teeth
are
P3
and
p4
....
..........
21
20(19)
Tail
very
short,
scarcely
noticeable;
large
(head
and
body
about
1.2
to
1.4
m;
fig.
38)
...........................
Family
Ursidae,
Tremarctos
ornatus
Tail
from
about
45%
of
head
and
body
length
to
1.3
times
that
length;
small
(head
and
body
length
about
400
mm)
to
medium
(780
mm)
.............
.......
.Famil y
Procyonidae,
Key
14
21(19)
Color
a
pattern
of
dark
spots
on
paler
background
(in
five
species)
or
relative-
ly
uniformly
brownish
or
reddish
dor-
sally
(in
two
species);
claws
sharp
and
retractable
(most
noticeably
on
front
feet,
fig.
39,
A
retracted,
B
extended)
...
. .
.
. .
.
. .
F
a
m
i
l
y
F
e
l
i
d
a
e
,
K
e
y
1
6
Color
never
a
pattern
of
dark
spots
on
pal-
er
background;
claws
duller
and
not
re-
tractable
...
.....
22
22(21)
Relatively
long
legs,
height
at
shoulders
usually
more
than
40%
of
length
of
head
and
body
(fig.
40),
or
if
not,
then
tail
less
than
40%
of
length
of
head
and
body
(fig.
41);
ears
often
relatively
large
and
erect;
facial
part
of
head
rel-
atively
longer,
eye
usually
about
mid-
way
between
end
of
nose
and
ear
open-
ing;
on
skull,
distance
between
orbit
and
anterior
nares
(fig.
43A)
more
than
interorbital
breadth
(fig.
43B);
braincase
not
extending
noticeably
behind
ears
(fig.
44)
..
Family
Canidae,
Key
13
Relatively
shorter
legs
(percentage
noted
above
usually
less
than
40,
or
if
not,
then
tail is
more
than
40%
of
length
of
head
and
body,
fig.
42);
ears
relatively
shorter
and
more
rounded;
facial
part
of
head
relatively
shorter,
eye
usually
nearer
to
end
of
nose
than
to
ear
open-
ing;
on
skull,
distance
between
orbit
and
anterior
nares
less
than
interorbital
breadth
(fig.
45);
braincase
extending
noticeably
behind
ears
(fig.
46)
......
........
.Famil y
M
ustelidae,
Key
15
25
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
loo
57
[Order
Rodentia
begins
here]
23(1)
Infraorbital
canal
not
conspicuously
en-
larged
(figs.
48,
49);
tail
present,
long
or
short
but
clearly
visible;
ears
tend
to
be
rounded;
head
and
body
length
never
more
than
320
mm
.............
24
Infraorbital
canal
conspicuously
enlarged
(fig.
47);
tail
absent
or
present
in
vari-
ous
lengths;
ears
tend
to
have
a
slight
posterior
concavity
of
the
margin;
head
and
body
in
some
species
longer
than
320
.
..................
25
24(23)
Tail
always
long
and
well
haired,
not
scaly;
arboreal
and
diurnal;
infraorbital
canal
small
(fig.
49);
more
than
three
teeth
in
upper
molariform
row
(fig.
50)
.........
Family
Sciuridae,
Key
22
Tail
of
various
lengths
but
never
covered
with
long
hair
(usually
with
some
short
hair),
scales
clearly
visible;
most
spe-
cies
not
especially
arboreal,
most
noc-
turnal;
infraorbital
canal
not
so
small
(fig.
48);
only
three
teeth
in
upper
mo-
lariform
row
(fig.
51)
.............
..........
Family
Muridae,
Key
23
25(23)
Tail
not
visible
or
scarcely
visible,
less
than
10%
of
length
of
head
and
body;
three
toes
on
hind
feet
large,
first
and
fifth
digits
much
reduced
........
26
Tail
clearly
visible
(more
than
10%
of
length
of
head
and
body;
more
than
three
large
toes
on
hind
foot,
first
and
fifth
digits
not
disproportionally
small
.............................
.2 9
26(25)
Head
and
body
longer
than
510
mm;
hind
foot
longer
than
100;
skull
longer
than
100;
greatest
distance
across
upper
mo-
lariform
teeth
more
than
16
......
27
Head
and
body
shorter
than
510;
hind
foot
shorter
than
100;
skull
shorter
than
100;
greatest
distance
across
first
upper
mo-
lariform
teeth
less
than
16
mm
......
..........
.Fam
ily
Cavildae,
Key
27
27(26)
Head
and
body
longer
than
900
mm,
skull
longer
than
200;
last
upper
tooth
larger
than
other
three
molariform
teeth
together
(fig.
52)
....
Family
Hydrochaeridae,
Hydrochaeris
hydrochaeris
Head
and
body
shorter
than
900;
skull
shorter
than
200;
last
upper
tooth
small-
er
than
other
three
molariform
teeth
to-
gether
(figs.
53,
54)
............
28
28(27)
Jugal
and
part
of
maxillary
expanded,
forming
a
thick
plate
with
rough
sur-
face;
skull
relatively
broad
(fig.
53);
pelage
brown
and
with
rows
of
whitish
or
yellowish
spots
or
lines;
five
toes
on
hind
foot
......................
.....
.Family
Agoutidae,
Agouti
paca
Zygomatic
arch
normally
developed,
no
large
plate,
skull
relatively
slender
(fig.
54);
pelage
blackish,
without
rows
of
spots
and
lines;
three
toes
on
hind
foot
...
.
.
.
.
... . .
F
a
m
ily
D
a
s
y
p
r
o
c
tid
a
e
,
Dasyprocta
and
Myoprocta
29(25)
Tail
relatively
well
haired
throughout
its
length
and
with
dorsal
crest
of
coarser,
longer
hairs
(many
more
than
30
mm)
toward
end
of
tail;
feet
and
ventral
side
of
tail
never
white;
upper
cheek
teeth
persistently
growing
and
with
tightly
pressed
transverse
laminae
(fig.
55)
.
.
......
.Fam
ily
Chinchillidae,
Key
26
Tail
in
most
species
scaled
and
with
few
hairs
(or,
in
Octodontomys,
longer
haired
distally
but
with
few
hairs
longer
than
30;
feet,
ventral
side
of
tail
white;
head
and
body
length
about
170,
thus
smaller
than
any
chinchillid
......
30
30(29)
Large,
head
and
body
longer
than
350
mm;
skull
longer
than
64
........
31
Smaller,
head
and
body
shorter
than
350;
skull shorter
than
64
mm
........
33
31(30)
Pelage
includes
heavy
sharp
quills;
skull
bulges
upward
between
eyes
(fig.
56);
tail
prehensile,
with
special
hairless
area
on
top
near
end
(fig.
57)
..........
...
. .
F
a
m
ily
E
r
e
th
i
z
o
n
tid
a
e
,
K
e
y
2
8
26
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
62
63
~A
66
6
64
Pelage
without
quills;
skull
relatively
flat
on
top;
tail
not
prehensile;
if
haired,
not
with
special
hairless
area
at
end
.
.
32
32(31)
Brown,
not
spotted;
tail
conspicuously
scaled,
more
than
half
as
long
as
head
plus
body;
five
hind
toes,
webbed,
ex-
cept
the
fifth
toe
(fig.
58)
...
Family
Myocastoridae,
Myocastor
coypus
Brown
or
black,
with
whitish
spots
and
stripes
(fig.
59);
scales
of
tail
concealed
by
hair,
tail
less
than
half
the
length
of
head
and
body
although
longer
than
hind
foot;
four
toes
on
each
foot,
un-
webbed
.
....
Family
Dinomyidae,
Dinomys
branickii
33(30)
Upper
cheek
teeth
relatively
simple,
shaped
like
figure
eight,
or
a
rounded
"L,"
enamel
around
edges
of
flattened
occlusal
surface
only
(fig.
60)
.....
........
Families
Abrocomidae
and
Octodontidae,
Key
25
Upper
cheek
teeth
more
complex,
not
as
above,
with
enamel
folds
and
isolated
enamel
islands
in
middle
of
occlusal
surface
(fig.
61B;
fig.
61A
shows
skull
of
Proechimys)
and
rooted
(not
persis-
tently
growing)
..................
.......
Family
Echimyidae,
Key
24
[Key
to
Chiroptera
begins
here]
34(2)
With
distinct
nose
leaf
(fig.
62;
reduced
in
Sphaeronycteris
[fig.
160]
and
in
vam-
pire
bats
[Desmodontinae],
which
have
large,
sharp-edged,
pointed,
cutting
up-
per
incisors
[fig.
64])
.............
...
.
.
F
a
m
ily
P
h
y
llo
s
t
o
m
id
a
e
,
K
e
y
6
Without
nose
leaf
(fig.
63)
and
with
upper
incisors
not
as
described
for
vampires
.............................
.3 5
35(34)
Tail
relatively
heavy
and
extending
no-
ticeably
beyond
edge
of
interfemoral
membrane
(fig.
65);
membranes
thick;
legs
relatively
short;
feet
heavy,
hairs
extend
beyond
claws
of
toes,
no
suction
discs
on
feet
....................
...
.
.
. .
.
.
F
a
m
i
l
y
M
o
l
o
s s
i
d
a
e
,
K
e
y
9
Tail
absent
or
present
but
not
as
above
(although
it
may
project
above
surface
of
interfemoral
membrane
or
slightly
beyond
its
edge,
the
latter
in
Thyrop-
tera,which
have
suction
discs
on
feet)
........ .
....................
36
36(35)
Gap
between
premaxillary
bones
at
front
of
skull
(fig.
66),
incisors
of
right
and
left
well
separated;
no
discs
on
base of
thumb
or
sole
of
hind
foot
......
.......
37
No
distinct
gap
between
premaxillary
bones
(fig.
67),
incisors
relatively
close
together
at
midline;
may
or
may
not
have
discs
on
thumb
and
hind
foot
.
.
.
.............................
.3 8
37(36)
Pocket
may
be
present
in
leading
wing
membrane
(fig.
69);
sometimes
skull
has
distinct
postorbital
process
(fig.
68
arrow);
hind
leg
slender;
end
of
tail
pro-
jecting
above
upper
surface
of
middle
of
interfemoral
membrane
or
tail
mostly
ventral
to
this
membrane
..........
...
.
.
F
a
m
ily
E
m
b
a
llo
n u
r
id
a
e
,
K
e
y
3
No
pocket
as
described;
never
has
distinct
postorbital
process;
hind
leg
moderate
in
build;
tail
reaching
to
edge
of
wide
interfemoral
membrane
...........
...
. .
F
a
m
ily
V
e
s
p
e
r
t
ilio
n
id
a
e
,
K
e
y
8
38(36)
Distinct
suction
discs
on
base
of
thumb
(fig.
70)
and
sole
of
hind
foot;
(in
the
two
species
now
known
from
Bolivia)
size
small,
head
and
body
shorter
than
75
mm
........................
......
.Famil y
Thyropteridae,
Key
7
No
suction
discs;
size
medium,
head
and
body
longer
than
75
............
39
39(38)
Hind
feet
enlarged
(longer
than
19
mm);
lips
full
(fig.
71);
skull
relatively
broad
(width
more
than
half
of
length)
.....
........
.Famil y
Noctilionidae,
Key
4
27
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Hind
feet
shorter
than
19;
lips
not
full
(fig.
72);
skull
relatively
narrow
(width
less
than
half
of
length)
..............
......
Family
Mormoopidae,
Key
S
[Order
Primates
begin
here]
40(18)
Large;
bipedal;
tailless;
only
two
upper
and
two
lower
premolars
on
each
side
(fig.
73,
shows
upper
teeth)
.......
...
Family
Hominidae,
Homo
sapiens
Small
to
medium
(up
to
675
mm
in
length
of
head
and
body);
tail
conspicuous;
three
upper
and
three
lower
premolars
on
each
side
(fig.
74,
shows
upper
teeth)
........
Families
Callitrichidae
and
Cebidae,
Key
9
KEY
2
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
DIDELPHIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
I
Tail
length
ranges
from
nearly
as
long
as
to
much
longer
than
head
and
body;
size
varies,
large
or
small
........
6
Tail
about
half
of
length
of
head
and
body;
skull
always
shorter
than
45
mm;
hind
foot
shorter
than
30
mm;
head
and
body
always
shorter
than
200
mm
...
..................
Monodelphis,
2
[Monodelphis
is
poorly
known;
for
ad-
ditional
notes
see
text]
2(1)
Head
and
body
longer
than
100
mm;
skull
longer
than
30
mm;
hind
foot
longer
than
17
.........
.......
3
Head
and
body
shorter
than
100;
skull
shorter
than
30;
hind
foot
shorter
than
17
....
...........
5
3(2)
Tail
furred
......
Monodelphis
emiliae
Tail
not
furred
throughout
its
length
.
.
4
4(3)
Lateral
pelage
rusty
and
contrasting
sharply
with
grayish
dorsal
pelage;
hind
foot
about
21
mm
long
...........
.........
Monodelphis
brevicaudata
Lateral
pelage
not
rusty
but
gray
or
yel-
lowish
and
blending
into
mid
dorsal
pelage
color;
hind
foot
about
19
.....
............
Monodelphis
domestica
5(2)
Rostrum
slender
(fig.
75);
larger,
skull
longer
than
23.5
in
adults,
head
and
body
longer
than
75
..............
...
Monodelphis
adusta
or
M.
osgoodi
Rostrum
less
slender
(fig.
76);
smaller,
skull
shorter
than
23.5;
head
and
body
shorter
than
75
. .
Monodelphis
kunsi
6(1)
Fur
intermixed
with
long
(more
than
20
mm)
coarse
guard
hairs
projecting
be-
85
/
t
>l)
8
7
86
yond
the
woollier,
softer
underhairs;
larger
as
adults,
skull
longer
than
83
...
.
. .
.
. .
.
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
...
D
i
d
e
lp
h
i
s
,
7
Fur
not
as
above
(few
if
any
hairs
longer
than
20);
smaller
as
adults,
skull
shorter
than
83
...................
8
7(6)
Ears
usually
white,
at
least
at
edges;
face
with
contrasting
blackish
(crown,
band
through
each
eye)
and
whitish
areas
(fig.
77);
skull
usually
more
slender
for
a
given
age
and
sex
(fig.
79,
adult
male)
...
. .
.
.
. . .
. . . .
D
id
e
lp
h
is
a
lb
iv
e
n
tr
is
Ears
usually
black;
face
without
much
contrast
between
darker
and
lighter
ar-
eas
(fig.
78);
skull
less
slender
(fig.
80,
adult
male)
...
Didelphis
marsupialis
8(6)
Webs
between
toes
of
hind
feet;
fur
of
back
with
striking
pattern
of
dark
mid-
line
stripe
and
saddle
like
blotches;
skull
relatively
broad
(fig.
81)
.....
...
...
.
. . ....
C
h
ir
o
n
e
c
te
s
m
in
im
u
s
No
webs
between
toes
of
hind
foot;
fur
of
back
not
as
above,
more
or
less
uniform
in
color;
skull
relatively
narrow
(figs.
82,
83)
...
........
9
9(8)
Distinct
pale
spot
in
blackish
surround-
ings
above
each
eye
............
10
Not
as
above
................
11
10(9)
Pelage
dark
gray
or
blackish
and
extend-
ing
for
about
50
to
75
mm
on
the
tail;
28
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
bottom
of
tail
near
base
fully
haired;
distinct
supraorbital
processes
(fig.
82)
...............
Philander
opossum
Pelage
usually
brownish
and
extending
less
than
30
on
the
tail;
tail
essentially
naked
below
from
anus
to
tip
(tail
rel-
atively
longer
and
more
slender
and
feet
more
slender,
but
direct
comparison
needed
to
visualize
these);
no
distinct
supraorbital
processes
(fig.
83)
......
..........
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
11(9)
Middorsal
streak
present
on
head
from
muzzle
to
between
ears,
dark
with
paler
areas
on
either
side,
or
pale
with
dark
areas
on
either
side
............
12
No
distinct
facial
streak
...........
14
12(11)
Middorsal
facial
streak
dark;
tail
not
haired
for
entire length;
head
and
body
of
adults
longer
than
210
mm;
hind
foot
about
40
in
adults;
supraorbital
process-
es
large
and
projecting
(fig.
84)
.....
...................
Caluromys
13
Middorsal
facial
streak
grayish;
tail
densely
haired
for
its
entire
length;
head
and
body
shorter
than
210;
hind
foot
about
30;
supraorbital
processes
in
form
of
conspicuous
shelf
over
each
orbit
(fig.
85)
.........
Glironia
venusta
13(12)
More
than
half
of
length
of
dorsal
surface
of
tail
well
haired
................
...............
Caluromys
lanatus
Less
than
half
(about
one-third)
of
length
of
dorsal
surface
of
tail
well
haired
. .
.............
*Caluromys
philander
14(11)
Ears
short,
rounded,
barely
projecting
above
fur;
ears
laid
forward,
reaching
barely
half
the
distance
to
the
eyes
(fig.
86);
eyes
relatively
far
forward
on
head;
snout
short
.
Lutreolina
crassicaudata
Ears
longer,
clearly
projecting
beyond
fur;
ears
laid
forward,
reaching
beyond
half
the
distance
to
the
eyes
(fig.
87)
(the
following
key
to
"Marmosa,"
now
di-
vided
into
five
genera,
modified
from
that
of
Tate,
1933)
.............
15
15(14)
Scales
on
tail
annular
and
posterior
mar-
gin
of
each
scale;
scale
nearly
straight
(fig.
88);
mammae
both
pectoral
and
ab-
dominal;
bullae
relatively
large
(fig.
90A);
postpalatal
bridge
narrow
(fig.
90B),
palate
highly
fenestrated,
lateral
foramina
large
(fig.
90C);
pattern
of
pelage
usually
tricolored,
sides
demar-
cated
relatively
sharply
from
both
back
and
belly;
tail
short,
thickened
with
fat
in
some
seasons;
ears
relatively
larger
(17
to
26
mm
long);
feet
relatively
smaller
(14
to
17),
ear
is
usually
more
91
B
94
a
G
m
95
than
1.35
times
the
length
of
hind
foot
....................
.Thylamy s,
16
Scales
arranged
spirally
and
are
generally
rhomboidal
(fig.
89);
mammae
abdom-
inal;
bullae
smaller
(fig.
91A);
postpal-
atal
bridge
broader
(fig.
91B);
palate
usually
less
fenestrated
(fig.
91C);
tri-
color
pattern
not
developed;
tail
vari-
able
in
length,
never
incrassated;
ear
length
usually
less
than
1.35
times
length
of
hind
foot
.............
18
16(15)
Dorsally
grayish;
bullae
especially
large
(fig.
90A)
...........
....
17
Dorsally
brownish;
bullae
not
so
large
(fig.
92)
.......
Thylamys
venustus
17(16)
Braincase
relatively
larger;
interorbital
re-
gion
not
so
narrow
(fig.
93)
......
............. ..
Thylamys
pallidior
Braincase
relatively
small;
interorbital
re-
gion
narrow
(fig.
94)
.............
...
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . .
T
h
y
l
a
m
y
s
p
u
s
i
lla
18(15)
Large
to
moderate
in
size
(head
and
body
150
to
180
mm
in
length,
skull
longer
than
38);
fur
grayish,
often
rather
wool-
ly;
feet
(hind
foot
length
24
to
29)
and
claws
large
and
strong;
external
anterior
and
posterior
pads
of
hind
foot
united
(fig.
97);
tail
long
(190
to
220);
scales
spiral,
9
to
14
rows
per
cm
of
tail
1997
29

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
length;
skull
strongly
ossified;
bullae
small
(2.9
to
3.3
mm
across);
postpal-
atal
bridge
broad
(4.2
to
4.6);
greatest
width
across
bullae
(fig.
99B)
more
than
2.13
times
inclusive distance
across
bulla
and
petrosal
bone
(fig.
99A);
teeth
large
(maxillary
tooth
row,
MI
through
M3,
7.0
or
more)
....
Micoureus,
19
Small
to
moderate
in
size;
fur
rarely
gray,
never
woolly;
feet
and
claws
smaller;
pads
separate
(fig.
98);
tail
seldom
very
long;
scales
more
than
16
per
cm;
skull
strongly
to
slightly
ossified;
bullae
larg-
er;
bridge
narrower;
ratio
lower;
teeth
smaller
.....
........
20
19(18)
Pelage
long
(longest
dorsal
hairs
about
15
mm),
somewhat
waved,
brownish
gray,
most
ventral
hair
basally
gray
.......
................
Micoureus
regina
Pelage
shorter
(longest
dorsal
hairs
about
12
or
13
mm),
straighter,
less
dark
brownish,
ventrally
ochraceous,
with
few
gray-based
hairs
.............
............
Micoureus
constantiae
20(18)
Feet
relatively
small,
never
very
broad;
pad
at
base
of
digits
3
and
4
of
hind
foot
considerably
smaller
than
that
of
digits
2
and
3;
the
three
minute
hairs
accompanying
each
caudal
scale
flat-
tened,
appressed,
provided
with
a
me-
dian
dorsal
keel,
somewhat
petiolate
at
the
insertion,
often
black;
skull
nar-
rowed;
nasals
exceeding
premaxillae
anteriorly,
base
of
nasala
at
maxillo-
frontal
suture
very
little
or
not
at
all
ex-
panded;
no
pointed
supraorbital
pro-
cesses;
teeth
often
small
.........
..................
Marmosops,
21
Feet
proportionally
larger,
or
if
short,
then
rather
broad;
pads
at
base
of
digits
2
and
3
and
of
3
and
4
subequal;
caudal
scale
hairs
not
as
described
above,
rare-
ly
black;
skull
usually
broader;
nasals
never
exceeding
premaxillae
anteriorly;
base
of
nasals
at
maxillofrontal
suture
abruptly
expanded;
pointed
supraorbital
processes
present
although
sometimes
small;
teeth
proportionally
larger
.
.
23
21(20)
Size
small
(total
length
less
than
215
mm,
generally
180
to
190)
.............
Marmosops
impavida
or
M.
parvidens
Size
moderate
to
large;
teeth
larger
(Ml-
M3
more
than
6.1)
.............
22
22(21)
Large;
fuscous,
reddish,
or
brown,
never
grayish;
tail
long,
brownish;
ventral
white
area
sometimes
narrowed
by
gray-based
hairs;
ears
small
to
medium;
skull
with
supraorbital
beading
(fig.
100)
........
Marmosops
noctivaga
Moderate
in
size;
brownish
gray;
hairs
long,
coarse,
lusterless;
white
area
of
underparts
not
narrowed
by
lateral
or
gray-based
hairs,
white
area
about
30
mm
wide;
ears
large;
no
supraorbital
beading
(fig.
101)
................
..............
.Marmosop s
dorothea
23(20)
Relatively
unfenestrated
palate
(fig.
95);
mammae
abdominal
...
Marmosa,
24
Fenestrae
large
(fig.
96);
both
pectoral
and
abdominal
mammae
present
........
................
.Gracilinanus ,
25
24(23)
Larger,
head
and
body
longer
than
120
mm;
M1-M3
longer
than
5.3
.....
................
.Marmos a
murina
Smaller,
head
and
body
shorter
than
120;
M1-M3
shorter
than
5.3
..........
..................
.Marmos a
lepida
25(23)
Brownish
gray
above,
buffy
white
below;
dorsal
surface
of
shank
same
color
as
hind
foot
......
Gracilinanus
agilis
Deep
cinnamon
color
above,
cinnamon
washed
below;
dorsal
surface
of
shank
deep
fuscous,
hind
foot
buffy
brown;
guard
hairs
numerous
.............
.........
.Gracilinanu s
aceramarcae
KEY
3
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
EMBALLONURIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
sac-winged
bats
or
Emballonuridae
are
relatively
small
bats
(forearm
up
to
66
mm
long)
without
special
outgrowths
on
muzzle.
The
second
digit
of
wing
has
no
phalanges
and
the
third
has
two
phalanges,
of
which
the
proximal
is
flexed
upon
dorsal
surface
of
metacarpal
when
at
rest.
The
tail
projects
above
the
uropatagium
or
interfe-
moral
membrane,
not
from
its
free
edge.
The
premaxillae
are
incomplete
and
the
first
up-
per
incisors
widely
separated.
An
opening
is
often
present
on
the
propatagium
near
the
el-
bow,
from
which
an
odoriferous
substance
is
secreted.
1
Postorbital
processes
obscured
by
wide
su-
praorbital
ridges
(fig.
102);
wing
sac,
if
present,
opening
on
ventral
surface
of
wing;
color
white;
fur
long
and
silky;
thumb
very
short
and
mostly
contained
in
membrane,
first
phalanx
shorter
than
met-
acarpal,
claw
rudimentary;
distinct
pouch-
es
on
lower
side
of
uropatagium
(fig.
103);
30
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
102
10
3
(
<
s
S-~~Y,s,
S,W
104
tail
mostly
ventral
to
this
membrane
....
...........
*Subfamily
Diclidurinae,
2
Postorbital
processes
long
and
curved
(often
broken
off
in
cleaning
skulls,
fig.
104);
sac,
if
present,
opening
on
dorsal
surface
of
wing;
color
not
white;
fur
not
long
and
silky;
thumb
not
mostly
contained
in
membrane,
its
first
phalanx
about
as
long
as
metacarpal,
its
claw
not
rudimentary;
no
pouches
on
lower
side
of
uropatagium;
tail
lies
within
uropatagium
for
most
of
the
tail's
length
...................
........
Subfamily
Emballonurinae,
3
2(1)
Forearm
60
to
69
mm
long;
maxillary
tooth
row
length
7.5
to
8.4
..............
........
.........
*Diclidurus
albus
Forearm
70
to
73;
maxillary
tooth
row
length
9.4
to
9.6
...
*Diclidurus
ingens
3(1)
Calcar
much
longer
than
tibia
(fig.
105),
about
half
the
length
of
forearm;
wing
sac
absent;
small
tufts
of
whitish
fur
along
the
forearm
(fig.
106),
dorsal
pelage
grizzled
(silvery
tips
of
hairs
on
darker
background)
.....
................
Rhynchonycters
naso
Calcar
equal
to
tibia
or
shorter;
wing
sac
usually
present;
no
tufts
of
whitish
hair
along
forearm;
pelage
not
grizzled
as
not-
ed
.............
4
4(3)
Wing
membrane
attaches
to
foot
near
base
of
outer
toe
(fig.
107);
mesopterygoid
fossa
broad
in
front,
a
median
projection
at
back
of
palate
..................
...
.
.
.
.
. ...
. . . .
*
C
o
r
m
u
r
a
b
r
e
v
ir
o
s
tr
is
Wing
membrane
attaches
to
foot
near
ankle
(fig.
108);
mesopterygoid
fossa
narrowed
in
front,
no
medianposterior
palatal
pro-
jection
.............
5
5(4)
Dorsal
surface
with
two
more
or
less
distinct
wavy
longitudinal
pale
lines
on
darker
background
(fig.
109);
wing
sac
close
to
forearm
near
elbow;
upper
surface
of
ros-
trum
of
skull
with
a
slight
median
groove
...
.
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
...
.
.
S
a
cc
o
p
t
e
r
y
x
,
6
Dorsal
lines
absent;
wing
sac
small
and
near
anterior
border
of
antebrachial
membrane;
upper
part
of
rostrum
inflated,
convex,
no
median
groove
.........
Peropteryx,
7
6(5)
Dorsally
black
(or
in
worn
pelage
brownish);
wing
membranes
black;
wing
sac,
at
least
in
males,
remarkably
large;
forearm
lon-
ger
than
43
mm;
length
of
upper
tooth
row
(C-M3)
more
than
6.7
..............
...
. . .
.
.
.
.... .
.
S
a
c
c
o
p
te
ry
x
b
ilin
e
a
ta
Dorsally
brown;
wing
sac
not
large;
forearm
shorter
than
43;
tooth
row
shorter
than
6.7
...
.
...
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
.
.
S
a
c
c
o
p
te
r
y
x
le
p
tu
r
a
7(5)
Forearm
usually
longer
than
45
mm;
skull
longer
than
16;
upper
tooth
row
(C-M3)
longer
than
6.5;
width
across
molars
great-
er
than
6.9
.......
Peropteryx
kappleri
Forearm
usually
shorter
than
45;
skull
short-
er
than
16;
tooth
row
shorter
than
6.5;
width
across
molars
less
than
6.9
....
...
.
.. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
P
e
r
o
p
te
r
y
x
m
a
c
r
o
tis
KEY
4
SPECIES
OF
NOCTILIONIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
Enlarged
hind
limbs
enable
Noctilionidae
or
bulldog
bats
to
catch
and
eat
insects
and
small
fish.
The
hind
feet
are
more
than
half
the
length
of
the
tibia.
This
family
has
only
one
genus
and
two
species.
Upper
lips
are
large
and
form
a
hood
over
the
mouth.
Ears
are
long
and
pointed.
Fur
is
short
and
often
brightly
colored.
Wing
membranes
are
at-
tached
to
the
back
somewhat
above
the
usual
lateral
position.
Skull
is
broad
and
has
a
sag-
ittal
crest.
1
Forearm
longer
than
70
mm;
combined
length
of
tibia
and
hind
foot
relatively
longer,
over
70%
of
the
length
of
forearm;
hind
foot
lon-
ger
than
30
.......
Noctilio
leporinus
Forearm
shorter
than
70;
length
of
tibia
and
31
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
hind
foot
less
than
70%
of
length
of
forearm;
hind
foot
shorter
than
30
.............
...................
Noctilio
albiventris
KEY
5
SPECIES
OF
MORMOOPIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
This
family
was
separated
from
the
Phyl-
lostomidae
by
Smith
(1972).
Lower
lip
with
platelike
outgrowths.
1
Wing
membranes
originating
on
middorsal
line
(fig.
110),
giving
a
naked-backed
ap-
pearance;
rostral
breadth
(fig.
111)
always
greater
than
length
of
maxillary
tooth
row
(fig.
111)
..............
Subgenus
Pteronotus,
Pteronotus
gymnonotus
Wing
membranes
not
originating
on
mid-
dorsal
line
but
from
more
lateral
position;
rostral
breadth
equal
to
or
less
than
length
of
maxillary
tooth
row
.............
2
2(1)
Basioccipital
narrowly
constricted
between
au-
ditory
bullae
(fig.
112);
condylobasal
length
more
than
16
mm;
forearm
longer
than
50;
tympanic
ring
covering
about
one-third
of
auditory
bulla
(fig.
112)
....
Subgenus
Phyllodia,
Pteronotus
parnellii
Basioccipital
not
narrowly
constricted
between
auditory
bullae
(fig.
113);
condylobasal
length
less
than
16;
forearm
shorter
than
50;
tympanic
ring
covering
more
than
half
of
auditory
bulla
(fig.
113)
.............
............
Subgenus
Chilonycteris,
Pteronotus
personatus
KEY
6
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
PHYLLOSTOMIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
American
leaf-nosed
bats
of
the
fam-
ily
Phyllostomidae
usually
have
a
vertically
projecting
flaplike
nose
leaf
(reduced
in
some
genera).
They
lack
the
postorbital
pro-
cesses
seen
in
most
emballonurid
skulls
and
the
chin
flaps
of
the
mormoopids.
The
pre-
maxillae
are
complete
and
fused
to
each
oth-
er
and
to
the
maxillae,and
their
palatal
branches
isolate
two
lateral
foramina.
The
second
finger
has
a
well-developed
metacar-
pal
and
a
small
phalanx
e
third
finger
has
three
bony
phalanges.
1
Upper
incisors
are
large,
pointed,
sharp-
edged
bladelike
teeth
(fig.
64);
postcanine
teeth
reduced
in
number
to
two
or
three
127
pairs
above
and
below
and
all
reduced
in
size,
smaller
than
the
upper
incisor
or
ca-
nine;
nose
leaf
reduced
to
dermal
ridges
above
nostrils
.....................
........
.Subfamily
Desmodontinae,
36
Upper
incisors
not
as
above;
postcanine
teeth
not
both
fewer
than
four
in
a
tooth
row
and
all
smaller
than
any
upper
canine
or
incisor
.....
2
2(1)
Tongue
very
long
(fig.
114);
upper
surface
of
lower
lip
in
the
center
divided
by
deep
groove;
head
long
and
narrow
(width
less
than
46%
of
length);
cusps
and
commis-
sures
of
upper
molars
often
so
reduced
that
the
W-pattern
is
absent
........
29
Tongue
not
unusually
long;
upper
surface
of
lower
lip
not
divided
by
a
deep
groove;
head
width
greater
than
46%
of
head
length;
cusps
and
commissures
of
upper
molars
variable,
often
with
W-pattern
ev-
ident
.........................
3
3(2)
Interfemoral
membrane
reduced
to
a
very
narrow
band
along
legs
and
posterior
part
of
body
and
covered
with
fine
prominent
hair;
calcar
indistinct
or
absent;
no
tail
ev-
ident
(fig.
115);
crown
of
molars
with
dis-
tinct
longitudinal
groove
.
.
Sturnira,
61
Interfemoral
membrane
not
as
above,
but
moderately
or
well
developed
at
least
lat-
32
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
erally;
calcar
distinct;
tail
present
or
ab-
sent;
crown
of
molars
not
as
described
above
...
4
4(3)
Muzzle
short
and
broad;
no
external
tail;
tooth
rows
arcuate
(fig.
116)
........
......
Subfamily
Stenodermatinae,
38
Muzzle
not
so
short
and
broad;
tail
distinct;
tooth
rows
not
distinctly
arcuate
(fig.
117)
.............
5..................
S
5(4)
Zygomatic
arches
incomplete
(fig.
118);
up-
per
molars
narrow
and
without
W-pattern;
two
lower
premolars;
chin
with
large
rounded
protuberance
in
the
center
sur-
rounded
by
two
or
more
bumps
(several
smaller
ones
in
Carollia
or
a
larger
one
on
either
side
in
Rhinophylla)..........
............
Subfamily
Carolliinae,
6
Zygomatic
arches
complete
(fig.
119);
upper
molars
with
W-pattern;
chin
without
large
rounded
protuberance
in
center
......
.........
Subfamily
Phyllostominae,
9
6(5)
First
upper
premolar
much
smaller
than
the
second
(fig.
120);
third
upper
molar
(M3)
oval
and
mostly
horizontal,
with
reduced
cusps
(fig.
120);
teeth
generally
simplified;
tail
absent;
tips
of
dorsal
hairs
slightly
darkened;
size
small,
forearm
shorter
than
37.5
mm
.....
Rhinophylla
pumilio
First
upper
premolar
approximately
the
same
size
as
the
second
(fig.
121);
M3
not
oval
and
with
more
distinct
cusps
(fig.
121);
tail
present;
tips
of
dorsal
hairs
distinctly
darker
than
more
proximal
parts
of
hairs,
either
reddish
or
dark
gray;
forearm
longer
than
33.5
........................
....
.....................
Carollia,
7
7(6)
Lower
jaw
viewed
from
above
has
outer
in-
cisors
obscured
by
cingula
of
canines
(fig.
122)
and/or
upper
tooth
row
straight
(fig.
124);
forearm
longer
than
41.3;
condylo-
basal
length
more
than
20
..........
....
.............
Carollia
perspicillata
Lower
jaw
viewed
from
above
has
outer
in-
cisors
visible
(fig.
123);
upper
tooth
row
bowed
in
or
with
distinct
notch
or
"step"
in
labial
outline
(figs.
125,
126;
forearm
length
less
than
41.8;
condylobasal
shorter
than
20
....
.........
8
8(7)
Labial
outline
of
upper
tooth
row
has
distinct
notch
or
step,
owing
to
labial
side
of
sec-
ond
premolar
being
more
lingual
than
la-
bial
edge
of
first
molar
(fig.
125);
second
lower
premolar
(p2)
about
twice
as
high
as
first
molar,
occlusal
surface
of
first
low-
er
molar
(ml)
with
straight
profile
(fig.
127);
forearm
shorter
than
37.5
mm;
con-
dylobasal
length
less
than
18
........
..................
Carollia
castanea
Labial
outline
of
upper
tooth
row
evenly
curved
(fig.
126);
p2
not
about
twice
as
high
as
ml,
surface
of
ml
with
discrete
cusp
or
cusps
(fig.
128);
forearm
longer
than
37.5;
condylobasal
length
more
than
18
..............
Carollia
brevicauda
[Phyllostominae
begin
here]
9(5)
External
tail
absent
or
rudimentary;
fore-
arm
longer
than
75
mm
.........
10
Tail
present;
forearm
usually
shorter
than
75
mm
.
.................
11
10(9)
Two
lower
incisors;
tail
rudimentary;
forearm
77
to
83
mm
long
........
..
...........
Chrotopterus
auritus
Four
lower
incisors;
no
tail;
forearm
about
105
..........
Vampyrum
spectrum
11(9)
Tail
in
membrane
and
extending
to
its
bor-
der
(fig.
129)
.........
...
12
Tail
short
and
not
reaching
beyond
the
middle
of
the
membrane
(fig.
130;
in
some
species
end
of
tail
projects
above
the
membrane)
............
13
12(11)
Forearm
shorter
than
43
mm
(usually
34
to
39);
distal
part
of
uropatagium
with
peculiar
dermal
papillae
in
longitudinal
rows,
most
evident
ventrally
(fig.
131);
wing
membrane
from
distal
half
of
tib-
ia;
calcar
about
same
length
as
tibia;
nose
leaf
less
than
15
high
.......
...
.
. .
M
a
c
ro
p
h
y
llu
m
m
a
c
ro
p
h
y
llu
m
Forearm
longer
than
43
(usually
47
to
52);
uropatagium
without
peculiar
papillae;
wing
membrane
from
ankle
opposite
calcar;
calcar
about
two-thirds
as
long
as
tibia;
nose
leaf
more
than
15
high
(fig.
132)
......
Lonchorhina
aurita
13(11)
Two
lower
incisors
(i.e.,
one
pair)
.
.
14
Four
lower
incisors
..............
18
14(13)
Nose
leaf
more
than
half
as
long
as
ear
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
.
M
im
o
n
c
r
e
n
u
la
t
u
m
Nose
leaf
less
than
half
as
long
as
ear
.
.
...
.....
.... .
. .
.
T
o
n
a
t
i
a
,
1
5
15(14)
Forearm
shorter
than
40
mm;
condylobas-
al
length
of
skull
less
than
19
.....
...
.
.
...
... .. .
.
T
o
n
a
t
i
a
b
r
a
s
i
l
i
e
n
s
e
Forearm
longer
than
40;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
more
than
19
.....
16
16(15)
Forearm
shorter
than
49
mm;
condylobas-
al
length
of
skull
less
than
22
.....
...
.
. . . .
.
.
.
...
. . .
T
o
n
a
t
i
a
c
a
r
r
i
k
e
r
i
Forearm
longer
than
49;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
more
than
22
.....
17
17(16)
Ears
connected
by
a
low,
but
often
indis-
tinct,
band;
ear
length
33
mm
or
more
(measured
from
basal
notch
to
tip);
postorbital
area
of
skull
very
constrict-
33
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
136
141
'4
142
145
1 4
6iI~f\
46
WBr
149
ed,
much
narrower
than
width
of
ros-
trum
just
above
base
of
canines
(fig.
133);
forearm
nearly
naked
.......
.................
Tonatia
sylvicola
Ears
completely
separate;
ear
length
32
or
less;
postorbital
constriction
poorly
de-
veloped,
about
the
same
as
the
width
of
the
rostrum
just
above
the
base
of
the
canines
(fig.
134);
forearm
furry
.....
...................
Tonatia
bidens
18(13)
Forearm
shorter
than
60
mm
..........
~~~~Micronycteris,
19
. .
. . .
.
. .
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
.
........ irntes,1
Forearm
longer
than
60
...........
25
19(18)
Ears
connected
by
high,
notched,
often
in-
distinct
band,
P3
about
same
size
as
P4
.............................
20
Ears
connected
by
low,
unnotched
band
or
band
absent,
P3
and
P4
not
equal
in
size
.............................
23
20(19)
Forearm
longer
than
40
mm
.......
21
Forearm
shorter
than
40
............
........
Subgenus
Micronycteris,
22
21(20)
Two
pairs
of
upper
incisors
.........
*Micronycteris
(Xenoctenes)
hirsuta
One
pair
of
upper
incisors
..........
...
Micronycteis
(Barficonycters)
daviesi
22(20)
Interauricular
band
slightly
notched
me-
dially
(fig.
135);
venter
brown;
calcar
distinctly
longer
than
hind
foot;
length
of
interfemoral
membrane
more
than
twice
length
of
tail;
upper
premolars
(P3,
P4)
about
equal
in
height
.....
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
M
ic
r
o
n
y
c
te
ris
m
e
g
a
lo
tis
Interauricular
band
deeply
notched
medi-
ally
(fig.
136);
venter
gray-white;
calcar
shorter
than
hind
foot;
length
of
uro-
patagium
less
than
twice
length
of
tail;
P3
distinctly
lower
than
P4
.........
...
. . . .
.
.
. . . .
M
ic
r
o
n
y
c
te
ris
m
in
u
ta
23(19)
Third
metacarpal
longest
............
........ .
.....Micronycteris
nicefori
Fifth
metacarpal
longest
..........
24
24(23)
Forearm
longer than
42.5
mm
.......
.............
.*M
icronycteris
behni
Forearm
shorter
than
42.5
..........
...........
.*M
ronycteris
sylvestris
25(18)
Nose
leaf
with
margin
of
lancet
finely
toothed
(fig.
137)
.
.
Trachops
cirrhosus
Nose
leaf
with
margin
entire
(fig.
138)
.............................
.26
26(25)
Calcar
distinctly
shorter
than
hind
foot
and
forearm
longer
than
67
mm
.....
...
.
. .
.
. .
.
. .
.
P
h
y
llo
s
to
m
u
s
s
te
n
o
p
s
Not
as
above
......
......
27
27(26)
Forearm
longer
than
75
mm;
condylobasal
length
more
than
30;
zygomatic
breadth
more
than
18
Phyllostomus
hastatus
Forearm
shorter
than
75;
condylobasal
length
less
than
30;
zygomatic
breadth
less
than
18
.....
.....
28
28(27)
Sagittal
crest
absent
or
weakly
developed;
calcar
about
one-half
of
length
of
tibia
and
shorter
than
hind
foot
........
...
...
. . .
.
...
P
h
y
llo
s
to
m
u
s
d
is
c
o
lo
r
Sagittal
crest
well
developed;
calcar
over
three-quarters
of
length
of
tibia
and
lon-
ger
than
hind
foot
...............
...
. . .
. .
. . .
P
h
y
llo
s
to
m
u
s
e
lo
n
g
a
tu
s
[Glossophaginae-Lonchophyllinae
begin
here]
29(2)
Interfemoral
membrane
extending
to
about
ankle
(fig.
139);
p2/3
......
30
Interfemoral
membrane
very
narrow,
ex-
tending
to
just
below
knee
(fig.
140)
ex-
cept
in
A.
caudifer;
dental
formula
i2/0,
cl/l,
p3/3,
m3/3
........
Anoura,
34
30(29)
Lower
incisors
present;
dental
formula
i2/2,
cl/i,
p2/3,
m3/3
...........
31
Lower
incisors,
at
least
in
adults,
ab-
sent
.33
sen
.................
33
31(30)
Upper
incisors
of
almost
equal
size,
form-
ing
continuous
row
almost
from
canine
to
canine
(fig.
141);
zygomatic
arch
complete
....
Glossophaga
soricina
Outer
upper
incisors
conspicuously
small-
34
NO.
231
..
11
1
3
8

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
er
than
inner
ones
and
separated
by
spaces
from
these
and
from
canines
(fig.
142);
zygomatic
arch
incomplete
.
.
32
32(3
1)
Base
of
hairs
darker
than
the
tips;
upper
premolars
with
rounded
bases,
project-
ing,
and
of
equal
size
............
.............
*Lionycteri&
spurrelli
Basal
two-thirds
of
hairs
pale
buffy
white,
distinctly
paler
than
the
brown
tips;
up-
per
premolars
with
bases
elongate,
nar-
row,
and
unequal
in
size
..........
....
.........
Lonchophylla
thomasi
33(30)
Upper
incisors
evenly
and
widely
spaced
between
canines
(fig.
143);
wing
mem-
brane
from
base
of
outer
toe;
dental
for-
mula
i2/0,
cl/l,
p2/3,
m2/2
........
..............
Lichonycteris
obscura
I1
and
12
separated
by
a
distinct
space
from
each
other
and
from
canines
(fig.
144);
wing
membrane
from
foot
proxi-
mal
to
base
of
outer
toe;
dental
formula
i2/0,
cl/l,
p2/3,
m3/3
............
...........
(see
text),
Choeroniscus
34(29)
Distinctive
pl,
larger
than
others,
blade-
like
(fig.
145);
upper
canine
large
and
with
longitudinal
sulcus
on
anterior
face
...
..............
Anoura
cultrata
Premolars
much
alike,
pl
not
enlarged
or
bladelike
(fig.
146);
upper
canine
not
en-
larged
and
its
anterior
face
flat
....
35
35(34)
Interfemoral
membrane
about
1.5
to
4
mm
wide,
1.5
at
midline,
furred
dorsally,
with
dense
fringe
of
hairs
on
free
mar-
gin;
tail
absent;
forearm
length
40
to
48;
skull
length
24
to
27;
P4
with
medial
internal
cusp;
M2
with
anterointernal
cusp and
crest;
zygomatic
arch
some-
times
incomplete;
calcar
not
evident
.................
Anoura
geoffroyi
Interfemoral
membrane
width
3.5
to
5
at
midline;
tail
present;
forearm
35
to
40;
skull
21
to
24;
P4
without
median
inter-
nal
cusp;
Ml
without
anterointernal
cusp
and
crest;
arch
usually
complete;
calcar
about
3
to
4
......
Anoura
caudifer
[Desmodontinae
begin
here]
36(1)
Interfemoral
membrane
rudimentary,
con-
fined
to
mere
fringe
along
legs,
with
rather
long
hairs;
two
pair
of
upper
in-
cisors,
outer
upper
incisor
minute,
near
middle
of
inner
side
of
canine;
one
low-
er
premolar
and
two
lower
molars
on
each
side
........
Diphylla
ecaudata
Interfemoral
membrane
moderately
devel-
oped,
when
stretched
its
middle
part
reaches
distinctly
below
knees;
one
pair
of
upper
incisors,
two
lower
premolars
and
one
lower
molar
on
each
side
...
...
.
.......
.
. .
...
.
.
D
e
s
m
o
d
u
s
,
3
7
37(36)
Wing
tips
white
between
digits
3
and
5
and
from
second
phalanx
to
margin;
length
of
thumb
distinctly
less
than
that
of
the
hind
foot;
three
upper
cheekteeth;
forearm
about
53
mm
long;
lower
inner
incisors
entire,
outer
incisors
bilobed
(fig.
147)
.......
Desmodus
youngii
Wmgs
without
white
tips;
thumb
about
as
long
as
hind
foot;
two
upper
cheekteeth;
forearm
usually
longer
than
55;
all
lower
incisors
bilobed
(fig.
148)
.........
...
.
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
D
e
s
m
o
d
u
s r
o
t
u
n
d
u
s
[Stenodermatinae
begin
here]
38(4)
First
lower
premolar
relatively
small
(less
than
one-third
the
occlusal
area
of
next
premolar,
fig.
149A,
separated
by
a
dis-
tinct
gap
from
the
next
premolar
(fig.
149B)
and
with
greatest
breadth
across
lower
canines
more
than
2.8
mm;
nar-
row
nasal
emargination
extending
back
to,
or
nearly
to,
level
of
orbit
(fig.
150);
eyes
relatively
large
(fig.
151A)
.....
..................
.Chiroderm a,
39
First
lower
premolar
more
than
one-third
the
occlusal
area
of
next
premolar,
no
gap
between
these
two
teeth
(fig.
149C;
or
if
a
gap
present,
then
breadth
across
lower
canines
less
than
2.8,
otherwise
breadth
more
than
2.8);
no
narrow
nasal
emargination;
eyes
not
so
enlarged
(fig.
l51B)
.......
........
41
39(38)
Larger,
skull
longer
than
24
mm;
forearm
longer
than
44;
zygomatic
breadth
more
than
14.5
...........
....
40
Smaller,
skull
shorter
than
24;
forearm
shorter
than
44;
zygomatic
breadth
less
than
14.5
...
Chiroderma
trinitatum
40(39)
With
middorsal
whitish
stripe;
skull
longer
than
26
mm;
forearm
longer
than
50;
cal-
car
longer
than
8
.
.
Chiroderma
salvini
Without
middorsal
stripe;
skull
shorter
than
26;
forearm
shorter
than
50;
calcar
shorter
than
8
.
.
Chiroderma
villosum
41(38)
Without
middorsal
stripe
.....
.....
51
With
middorsal
stripe
......
......
42
42(41)
Interfemoral
membrane
at
midline
extends
beyond
body
about
10
mm;
inner
upper
incisors
bilobed
and
lobes
about
equal
in
size
(lateral
may
be
somewhat
small-
er)
.....
..........
43
Interfemoral
membrane
does
not
extend
appreciably
beyond
body
at
midline;
in-
ner
upper
incisors
not
bilobed,
or
if
bi-
1997
35

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
<
u
153
0
0
156
t
~~15
5
160<
i
162
163
-
161
A
B
166
164
167
7
165
lobed,
the
lateral
lobe
much
smaller
than
medial
lobe;
nasal
opening
heart-
shaped;
dorsal
rim
with
medial
emar-
gination
(fig.
152)
............
45
43(42)
Small,
forearm
about
39
mm
long;
I1
more
than
twice
the
height
of
12
and
converging
distally;
two
lower
incisors
...............
Vampyressa
bidens
Larger,
forearm
41-46;
I1
less
than
twice
the
height
of
12;
four
lower
incisors
.
.
...................
Uroderma,
44
44(43)
Rostrum
narrower
and
depressed
in
dorsal
profile
(fig.
153);
mesethmoid
narrow
(fig.
155A);
facial
stripes
contrasting
with
dark
color
of
head;
ear
edged
with
yellowish
white
(bright
yellow
in
life);
pelage
grayish
brown
.............
..............
Uroderma
bilobatum
Rostrum
heavy
and
deep,
dorsal
profile
of
skull
from
crown
to
tip
of
snout
nearly
straight
(fig.
154);
mesethmoid
mark-
edly
expanded
laterally
(fig.
156);
facial
stripes
poorly
developed;
conch
of
ear
without
white
or
yellowish
edging;
pel-
age
yellowish
brown
.............
..........
Uroderma
magnirostrum
45(42)
Dorsal
pelage
a
rich
reddish
brown
and
with
a
very
conspicuous
white
middor-
sal
stripe;
no
small
third
upper
molar
(M3),
last
lower
molar
(m3)
relatively
small,
its
length
about
one-third
or
less
the
length
of
the
large
adjacent
molar
............
.Vampyrode s
caraccioli
Dorsal
pelage
brown
but
less
reddish
and
middorsal
stripe
less
conspicuous
be-
cause
narrower;
small
m3
present;
m3
length
more
than
one-third the
length
of
m2
.......
..
Platyrrhinus,
46
46(45)
Larger,
forearm
longer
than
53
mm,
skull
longer
than
30,
head
and
body
longer
than
81
...
......
47
Smaller,
forearm
shorter
than
54,
skull
shorter
than
30,
head
and
body
shorter
than
81
...
......
48
47(46)
Pelage
paler,
lacking
frosted
appearance
of
underparts,
dorsal
and
facial
stripes
inconspicuous,
reduced
fringe
of
hairs
along
trailing
edge
of
uropatagium,
tips
of
wings
pale;
occlusal
outline
of
m3
longer
than
broad;
skull
shorter
than
32
mm
.........
Plyrrhinus
infuscus
Pelage
dark
blackish
brown,
dorsal
stripes
prominent,
fringe
of
hairs
conspicuous,
ventral
pelage
with
hairs
tipped
in
gray-
ish-white;
skull
longer
than
32;
condy-
lobasal
length
greater
than
29;
occlusal
outline
of
m3
broader
than
long
.....
..............
.Platyrrhin us
vittatus
48(46)
Size
small,
head
and
body
shorter
than
61
mm,
forearm
length
42
or
less;
condy-
lobasal
length
of
skull
less
than
20.1,
skull
shorter
than
23.5;
more
or
less
dense
fringe
of
hairs
on
free
edge
of
uropatagium
......
.....
49
Size
larger,
head
and
body
longer
than
61,
forearm
length
40
or
more;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
more
than
20,
skull
longer
than
23.5;
without
dense
fringe
of
hairs
on
free
edge
of
uropatagium
......
50
49(48)
Two
accessory
cusps
on
anterior
margin
of
p2
(fig.
157C);
darker;
rostrum
shorter
and
broader
(fig.
157B);
cranium
more
inflated;
zygoma
wider;
rostral
depres-
sion
in
profile
view
greater
(fig.
157A)
. .
...
.
P
la
ty
rrh
in
u
s
b
ra
c
h
y
c
ep
h
a
lu
s
Usually
only
one
accessory
cusp
on
p2
(fig.
157F);
skull
seems
relatively
more
slender
(fig.
157E);
rostral
depression
less
pronounced
(fig.
157D)
.......
...
.
... .
.
. .
.
. . .
P
la
ty
r
r
h
in
u
s
h
e
lle
ri
50(48)
Pelage
dark,
two
conspicuous
buffy
facial
stripes,
less
dense
fringe
on
uropata-
gium;
skull
longer
than
26.5
mm;
m2
with
conspicuous
cuspule
between
pro-
toconid
and
metaconid,
m3
with
well-
developed
labial
cingulum
........
..............
.Platyrrhin us
dorsalis
36
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Pelage
not
usually
so
dark
(except
in
ni-
gellus),
four
conspicuous
white
facial
stripes
(except
in
nigellus
where
they
are
present
but
medial
pair
buffy
and
poorly
defined
and
lateral
pair
obso-
lete),
denser
fringe
of
hairs
on
uropa-
tagium;
skull
shorter
than
26.8;
m2
without
cuspule,
m3
without
cingulum
....
Platyrrhinus
lineatus
(including
Platyrrhinus
nigellus)
51(41)
Distinct
white
spot
(several
millimeters
across)
at
base
of
leading
edge
of
wing;
face
peculiar
in
being
either
unusually
short,
concave
(fig.
158),
and
with
cir-
cular
nose
leaf,
or
in
being
very
heavy,
cuboid,
and
broad
in
rostrum
(fig.
159)
.............................
52
No
distinct
white
spot
at
base
of
wing;
face
not
as
above
.......
.......
53
52(51)
Face
short,
rostrum
depressed
into
facial
concavity
(fig.
158);
nose
leaf
rounded
(fig.
160)
.........
Sphaeronycteris
toxophyllum
Face
with
large
cuboid
rostrum
(fig.
159);
nose
leaf
pointed
at
top
(fig.
161)
....
............
Pygoderma
bilabiatum
53(51)
Skull
relatively
more
delicate,
mastoid
breadth
less
than
9
mm;
breadth
across
upper
canines
at
cingulum
less
than
4.7;
first
and
second
upper
incisors
differ-
entiated-first
more
than
twice
the
height
of
second,
medially
convergent,
and
bilobed
or
not;
second
bilobed
or
not
.........
54
Skull
relatively
more
massive,
mastoid
breadth
more
than
9;
breadth
across
ca-
nines
at
cingulum
more
than
4.7;
I1
bi-
lobed
until
well
worn
...
Artibeus,
55
54(53)
Face
with
dark
eye
stripe
and
paler
stripes
above
and
below
it;
teeth
larger,
gap
be-
hind
first
lower
premolar
inconspicuous
(fig.
162),
less
than
half
the
length
of
that
tooth;
first
molar
not
noticeably
narrower
than
long
(fig.
162)......
.......
.......
Vampyressa
pusilla
Face
without
distinct
stripes;
margins
of
ear
yellowish;
teeth
relatively
small
and
delicate,
gap
behind
first
lower
premo-
lar
at least
half
its
length
(fig.
163);
first
molar
above
and
below
much
longer
than
wide
(fig.
163)
..............
...........
Mesophylla
macconnelli
55(53)
Larger,
forearm
longer
than
55
mm;
skull
longer
than
24;
canine
breadth
(between
outer
edges of
cingula
of
right
and
left
upper
canines)
more
than
7
......
56
Smaller,
forearm
shorter
than
55;
skull
shorter
than
24,
canine
breadth
less
than
7
...
..........
58
56(55)
Blackish,
relatively
uniform
in
color,
no
conspicuous
facial
stripes;
forearm
shorter
than
63
mm;
skull
shorter
than
28.5;
canine
breadth
less
than
8.4
....
................
.Artibeu s
obscurus
Brownish,
with
pale
supraorbital
stripes;
forearm
longer
than
63,
skull
longer
than
28.5,
canine
breadth
more
than
8.4
...
.
... ...
.
. . . . . .
.
.
. .
.
.
... .
.
.
5
7
57(56)
Facial
stripes
nearly
white,
very
conspic-
uous;
forearm
longer
than
68
mm;
third
upper
molar
absent;
supraorbital
rim
el-
evated
and
postorbital
process
conspic-
uous
(fig.
164)
...
Artibeus
lituratus
Facial
stripes
grayish,
not
so
strikingly
in
contrast
with
adjacent
areas
of
face;
forearm
shorter
than
68;
third
upper
molar
usually
present;
supraorbital
rim
not
noticeably
elevated
and
postorbital
process
less
conspicuous
(fig.
165)
...
...
. ... . .
A
rtib
e
u
s
j
a
m
a
ic
e
n
s
is
f
a
lla
x
58(55)
Smaller,
forearm
41
mm
or
shorter;
skull
shorter
than
20;
canine
breadth
less
than
5.5;
no
third
upper
molar
........
59
Larger,
forearm
40
or
longer;
skull
longer
than
20;
canine
breadth
at
cingula
more
than
5.5;
third
upper
molar
present
...
...
.
. .
.
. .
.
.....
.
. .
.
.
.
.. .
.
.
...
6
0
59(58)
Braincase
relatively
shorter,
more
highly
vaulted,
more
elevated
above
facial
area
as
seen
in
lateral
profile
(fig.
166);
top
of
rostrum
flattened,
bordered
laterally
by
distinct
angular
ridge
(A)
below
which
is
flattened
wall
of
bone
(B)
that
turns
sharply
outward
at
anterior
edges;
calcar
shorter
than
4.2
mm
.......
...
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
. .
.
.
A
r
t
ib
e
u
s
a
n
d
e
r
s
e
n
i
Braincase
relatively
elongate,
less
vaulted,
less
elevated
above
facial
area
(fig.
167);
top
of
rostrum
less
distinctly
flat-
tened,
more
gradually
rounded
laterally
and
with
a
pit
rather
than
flattened
area
as
described
beneath
this
rounded
edge
in
anterior
part
of
orbit
..........
...
.
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
.
. . .
.
A
r
t
i
b
e
u
s
g
l
a
u
c
u
s
60(58)
Blackish,
with
four
whitish
facial
stripes;
forearm
about
40
mm
long;
third
upper
and
lower
molars
present;
mastoid
breadth
less
than
11.3
............
...
A
r
t
i
b
e
u
s
h
a
r
t
i
i
Brownish,
without
facial
stripes;
with
pal-
er
leading
edge
and
tips
of
wing;
fore-
arm
about
50;
usually
no
third
lower
molar;
mastoid
breadth
more
than
11.3
....
*Artibeus
(Koopmania)
concolor
37
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
[1688+
3169
170
/
177
178
179
80
[Sturnirinae
begin
here]
61(3)
Forearm
longer
than
47
mm;
metacarpal
of
third
finger
(measured
from
outer
curve
of
wrist)
longer
than
44;
condy-
lobasal
length
greater
than
21.5
...
64
Forearm
shorter
than
47;
metacarpal
of
third
finger
shorter
than
45;
condylo-
basal
length
less
than
21.8
.......
62
62(61)
Condylobasal
length
less
than
19.4
mm
..............
Sturnira
erythromos
Condylobasal
length
more
than
19.4
. .
.............................
63
63(62)
Occlusal
view
of
first
upper
molar
roughly
square
(fig.
168);
posterior
lingual
cor-
ner
angular;
cusps
on
lingual
sides
of
lower
molars
pointed
and
relatively
tall
(fig.
170);
M2
much
smaller
than
M1
...................
Sturnira
lilium
Ml
less
squared
(fig.
169);
posterior
lin-
gual
corner
often
rounded
and
with
a
gently
sloping
side;
cusps
more
rounded
and
shorter,
forming
a
shallow
and
broad
occlusal
surface
(fig.
171);
M2
only
slightly
smaller
than
Ml
.....
.............
Sturnira
oporaphilum
64(61)
Forearm
longer
than
55
mm;
condylobasal
length
greater
than
24
............
..................
Sturnira
magna
Forearm
shorter
than
55;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
less
than
24
.........
...
. .
.
. .
.
... .
.
.
. . . .
S
t
u
r
n
i
r
a
t
i
l
d
a
e
KEY
7
SPECIES
OF
THYROPTERIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Larger,
length
of
forearm
more
than
38.7
mm;
length
of
skull
more
than
15.6
....
................
*Thyroptera
lavali
Smaller,
forearm
less
than
38.7;
skull
less
than
15.6
.......
........
2
2(1)
Venter
white
or
partly
white;
dorsum
darker;
tail
projecting
5
to
8
mm
beyond
uropa-
tagium;
usually
two
cartilaginous
lobules
on
posterior
edge
of
calcar
.........
.................
.Thyropte ra
tricolor
Venter
not
white,
only
slightly
paler
than
dorsum;
dorsum
usually
not
so
dark;
only
last
two
vertebrae
project
about
2
mm
be-
yond
membrane;
only
one
cartilaginous
lobule
on
calcar
.
.
Thyroptera
discifera
KEY
8
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
VESPERTILIONIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Tail
membrane
at
least
partly
covered
with
hair
on
dorsal
surface
(fig.
172)
.....
......................
.Lasiuru s,
2
Tail
membrane
nearly
hairless
.......
4
2(1)
Hair
on
tail
membrane
confined
to
part
near
body;
pelage
yellowish;
one
upper
premolar
............
Lasiurus
ega
Hair
extending
on
membrane
to
near
edge;
pelage
reddish
or
frosted
gray;
two
upper
premolars
............
3
3(2)
Forearm
longer
than
45
mm;
grayish
...
...
. .
.
. . .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
L
a
s
i
u
r
u
s
c
i
n
e
r
e
u
s
Forearm
shorter
than
45;
reddish
......
...
. .
...
. .
.
. . . .
L
a
s
i
u
r
u
s
b
l
o
s
s
e
v
il
lii
4(1)
Ears
much
longer
than
head.........
...
.
....
. . .
.
.
. .
.
. .
. .
.
H
i
s
t
i
o
t
u
s
,
5
Ears
about
equal
to
or
shorter
than
head
............................. ..6
5(3)
Inturning
lobe
at
base
of
anterior
margin
of
ear
less
developed
(fig.
173);
length
of
skull
usually
less
than
18.4
mm
...
...
.
.
.
. . . .
.
. .
.
.
H
is
t
io
t
u
s
m
o
n
ta
n
u
s
Inturning
lobe
large
and
triangular,
reach-
ing
well
beyond
tip
of
snout
when
ears
are
folded
forward
(fig.
174)
......
...
. .
....
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
H
i
s
t
i
o
t
u
s
v
e
la
t
u
s
6(4)
Canine
and
last
premolar
of
upper
jaw
separated
by
two
small
teeth
(may
need
38
NO.
231
171

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
181
182
189
190
187
188
192
193
194
magnification
to
see,
fig.
175,
shows
M.
oxyota)
...
Myotis,
7
Canine
and
last
premolar
of
upper
jaw
in
contact,
not
separated
by
intermediate
teeth
(fig.
176,
shows
Eptesicus)
.....
.............................
13
7(6)
Sagittal
crest
usually
present
(fig.
177),
often
well
developed;
canine
breadth
usually
more
than breadth
at
postorbital
constriction
or
if
about
equal,
then
post-
orbital
breadth
usually
more
than
3.7
mmn
...........................
8
Sagittal
crest
usually
absent
(fig.
178),
if
present
poorly
developed;
canine
breadth
usually
less
than
breadth
at
postorbital
constriction,
or
if
about
equal,
then
postorbital
breadth
usually
less
than
3.7
......
............
10
8(7)
Fur
on
upper
surface
of
uropatagium
ex-
tends
at
least
halfway
from
knee
to
foot
along
tibia,
sometimes
reaching
foot;
P3
may
be
crowded
but
is
in
tooth
row
(fig.
181)
...........
Myotis
keaysi
Fur
on
uropatagium
does
not
reach
knee;
P3
usually
crowded
to
lingual
side
of
tooth
row
(figs.
182
and
183)
.....
9
9(8)
Fur
extremely
short
(2
mm
on
back),
yel-
lowish
orange,
and
contrasting
with
blackish
of
membranes;
breadth
at
post-
185
186
orbital
constriction
wide,
about
3.8
mm;
P3
scarcely
visible
in
lateral
view
(fig.
182)
...............
Myotis
simus
Fur
longer
(3
mm
on
back);
darker
brown-
ish
or
blackish,
less
contrasting
with
color
of
membranes;
breadth
at
postor-
bital
constriction
narrow,
about
3.5;
P3
crowded
lingually
but
clearly
visible
in
lateral
view
(fig.
183)
............
..
...............
Myotis
riparius
10(7)
Uropatagium
fringed
(may
require
mag-
nification
to
observe)
and
often
with
pale
border;
forearm
usually
37
to
40
mm
long;
greatest
length
of
skull
usu-
ally
14.5
to
16
........
Myotis
levis
Uropatagial
fringe
rarely
present,
no
pale
border;
size
in
some
cases
smaller
1
11(10)
May
have
slight
fringe
on
uropatagium,
visible
with
magnification;
dorsal
fur
dark
(often
black)
with
tips
of
many
hairs
white
or
yellow,
giving
a
frosted
appearance
.......
Myotis
albescens
No
fringe
(except
M.
oxyotus
may
have
sparse
fringe);
in
dorsal
fur,
color
of
distal
part
not
confined
to
the
tip
but
extending
one-third
to
one-half
of
hair
length
and
either
contrasting
with
more
proximal
part
or
contrasting
very
little
with
base,
or
both
types
of
coloration
in
the
same
pelage
...............
12
12(11)
Fur
long
(5
to
6
mm),
bicolored;
forehead
comparatively
steeply
sloping
(fig.
179);
size
large,
forearm
about
40,
skull
more
than
14.5
long
.
.
Myotis
oxyotus
Fur
variable,
very
weakly
bicolored,
often
blackish;
forehead
variable
(fig.
180);
forearm
usually
shorter
than
40;
skull
shorter
than
14.5
.
.
Myotis
nigricans
13(7)
Two
pairs
of
upper
incisors
(fig.
176);
larger,
skull
longer
than
14.5
mm;
fore-
arm
longer
than
35
....
Eptesicus,
14
One
pair
of
upper
incisors
(fig.
184);
smaller,
skull
shorter
than
14.5;
forearm
shorter
than
35
...
Rhogeessa
tumida
14(13)
Smaller,
greatest
length
of
skull
less
than
16.8
mm;
forearm
shorter
than
42;
color
blackish
....
Eptesicus
furinalis
Larger,
greatest
length
of
skull
more
than
16.8;
forearm
longer
than
42;
color
brownish
....
Eptesicus
andinus
KEY
9
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
MOLOSSIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
Bats
of
the
family
Molossidae
are
recog-
nizable
by
the
thick
tail,
about
half
of
which
39
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
extends
beyond
the
edge
of
the
well-devel-
oped
uropatagium
(except
in
flight
when
the
membrane
extends
nearer
the
tip
of
the
tail).
They
have
narrow
wings
and
fly
rapidly.
The
foot
is
broad
with
sensory
hairs.extending
beyond
the
claws.
The
ears
are
thick,
their
anterior
margins
close
together--in
some
species
actually
joined
across
the
forehead.
Flight
membranes
are
all
thick.
1
Antitragus
distinctly
constricted
at
its
base
(fig.
185)
...................
2
Antitragus
not
distinctly
constricted
at
its
base
(fig.
186)
.................
5
2(1)
Upper
incisors
caniniform,
tips
well
sep-
arated
(fig.
187);
palate
conspicuously
domed;
four
lower
incisors
(lens
need-
ed);
base
of
fifth
metacarpal
furry
....
......................
Promops,
4
Upper
incisors
triangular,
tips
closely
ap-
pressed
and
forming
a
beaklike
struc-
ture
(fig.
188);
palate
only
slightly
domed;
two
lower
incisors;
base
of
fifth
metacarpal
less
hairy
...
Molossus,
3
3(2)
Larger,
forearm
longer
than
45
mm;
skull
longer
than
19
.....
Molossus
rufus
Smaller,
forearm
shorter
than
45;
skull
shorter
than
19
.
.
Molossus
molossus
4(2)
Larger,
forearm
longer
than
51
mm;
skull
longer
than
19
...
Promops
centralis
Smaller,
forearm
shorter
than
51;
skull
shorter
than
19
....
Promops
nasutus
5(1)
Deep
vertical
grooves
in
upper
lips
(fig.
186)
..........
6
No
conspicuous
vertical
grooves
in
upper
lips
...........
9
6(5)
Larger,
forearm
48
mm
or
longer;
skull
longer
than
18
.....
.....
8
Smaller,
forearm
48
or
shorter;
skull
shorter
than
18
.....
.....
7
7(6)
Ears
joined
at
midline
of
head,
reaching
beyond
nose;
antitragus
higher
than
width
at
base;
pelage
reddish
brown
. .
..........
Nyctinomops
laticaudatus
Ears
not
joined
at
midline,
not
reaching
beyond
nose;
antitragus
wider
at
base
than
high;
pelage
darker
and
less
red-
dish
brown
....
Tadarida
brasiliensis
8(6)
Larger,
forearm
longer than
50
mm;
skull
longer
than
20.5;
ears
longer than
18
mm;
color
grayish
brown
..........
.............
Nyctinomops
macrotis
Smaller,
forearm
shorter
than
50;
skull
usually
shorter
than
20.5;
ears
shorter
than
18;
color
brown
to
blackish
.....
.........
Nyctinomops
aurispinosus
9(5)
Ears
joined
in
midline
....
Eumops,
10
Ears
clearly
separate
...
Molossops,
14
10(9)
Smaller,
forearm
less
than
55
mm
(usually
37
to
49);
skull
shorter
than
22
......
...
Eumops
bonariensis
or
E.
hansae
Larger,
forearm
longer
than
55;
skull
lon-
ger
than
22
........1.....
1
11(10)
Ears
long
(35
to
44
mm);
tragus
large,
broad
and
square;
basisphenoid
pits
deep
and
elongate
(fig.
189);
mastoid
breadth
less
than
52%
of
condyloinci-
sive
length
........
Eumops
perotis
Ears
short
(17 to
34);
tragus
small,
point-
ed
or
square;
basisphenoid
pits
not
so
deep
(fig.
193);
mastoid
breadth
more
than
52%
of
condyloincisive
length
12
12(1
1)
Larger,
skull
longer
than
28
mm
(males)
or
27
(females);
ear
heavily
keeled
(fig.
190,
arrow);
dorsal
pelage
cinnamon
with
buff
basal
band
.............
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
....
*
E
u
m
o
p
s
d
a
bb
e
n
e
i
Smaller,
skull
shorter
than
28
(males)
or
27
(females);
ear
not
heavily
keeled
(fig.
191);
pelage
snuff
brown
to
sepia
(with
white
basal
band)
or
blackish
brown
.....
........
13
13(12)
Tragus
small
and
pointed
(fig.
192);
dorsal
pelage
blackish
brown;
basisphenoid
pits
shallow
(fig.
193,
arrow);
mastoid
breadth
less
than
49%
of
skull
length
.............
.Eumop s
auripendulus
Tragus
broad
and
square;
dorsal
pelage
snuff
brown
to
bister
with
white
basal
band;
basisphenoid
pits
well
defined
(fig.
194
arrow);
mastoid
breadth
more
than
52%
of
skull
length
..........
................
.Eumop s
glaucinus
14(9)
Forearm
length
about
45
mm;
total
length
90-100;
dorsum
cinnamon
red
......
...
. .
.
.
. .
.
.
...
M
o
lo
s
s
o
p
s
a
b
r
a
s
u
s
Forearm
shorter
than
40
..........
15
15(14)
Forearm
longer
than 31
mm;
skull
longer
than
16;
extensive
areas
of
white
on
venter;
four
lower
incisors;
large
square
antitragus
...
Molossops
planirostris
Forearm
shorter
than
33;
skull
shorter
than
16;
throat
pale;
two
lower
incisors;
small
narrow
antitragus
...........
.............
.Molossop s
temminckii
KEY
10
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CALLITRICHIDAE
AND
CEBIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Two
molars
above
and
below
on
each
side
(fig.
195
shows
Callithrix);
generally
small,
head
and
body
shorter
than
250
mm)
.
Family
Callitrichidae,
15
40
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
201
Three
molars
above
and
below
on
each
side
(fig.
196
shows
Callimico)
....
2
2(1)
Flattened
unguis
or
nail
on
most
or
all
digits;
size
medium
to
large
(head
and
body
length
rarely
less
than
300
mm);
various
colors,
most
species
not
black
...............
Family
Cebidae,
3
Nail
only
on
hallux,
other
digits
bearing
claws
(fig.
197);
size
small
(head
and
body
length
less
than
250);
pelage
mostly
blackish
.......
Subfamily
Callimiconinae,
Callimico
goeldii
3(2)
Tail
not
fully
prehensile,
hairy
throughout
its
length;
head
plus
body
length
gen-
erally
between
300
and
500
mm;
total
length
usually
less
than
1
m
......
4
Tail
fully
prehensile,
with
naked
skin
on
ventral
surface
near
tip
(fig.
198);
head
plus
body
length
generally
more
than
500
mm;
total
length
of
adults
rarely
less
than
1
m
.................
11
4(3)
Orbits
large
(fig.
199)
..............
.......
Subfamily
Aotinae,
Aotus,
5
Orbits
of
normal
size
(fig.
200)
.....
6
5(4)
Occurring
north
of
the
rio
Madre
de
Dios;
with
51
or
52
chromosomes
in
the
dip-
loid
set;
not
easily
distinguished
by
ex-
ternal
features
or
skull
............
..................
Aotus
nigriceps
Occurring
south
of
the
rio
Madre
de
Dios;
2n
=
49
or
50
chromosomes
......
...
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
........
..Ao
t
u
s
a
z
a
r
a
i
6(4)
Incisors
not
long
and
protrusive,
not
wide-
ly
separated
from
canines
........
7
Incisors
long
and
protrusive
(fig.
201),
close
together
and
widely
separated
from
canines
....................
.........
.Subfamil y
Pitheciinae,
10
7(6)
Lower
canines
long,
projecting
distinctly
above
tooth
row
(figs.
202,
203);
with
considerable
sexual
dimorphism
.
..
8
Lower
canines
short,
barely
projecting
above
other
teeth
(fig.
204);
no
obvious
sexual
dimorphism
...............
Subfamily
Callicebinae,
Callicebus,
4
species,
see
text
8(7)
Skull
elongate
and
with
large
occipital
re-
gion
(fig.
205);
oval
interorbital
open-
ing;
tail
length
about
1.3
times
head
plus
body
length;
not
at
all
prehensile
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
S
a
i
m
i
r
i
s
c
i
u
r
e
u
s
Skull
not
especially
elongate,
braincase
normally
rounded
(fig.
206);
interorbital
septum
complete;
tail
length
about
the
same
as
head
plus
body,
semiprehensile
........................
.Cebu s,
9
9(8)
Head
tufted
with
dark
brown
or
black
erect
hairs
on
crown
forming
lateral
ridges
or
a
complete
cap;
dark
bands
down
sides
of
face,
meeting
beneath
chin;
limbs
generally
darker
than
body
....................
.Cebu s
apella
Head
not
tufted,
smooth
brown
hairs
form
broad
patch
set
well
back
on
crown;
face,
forehead,
throat,
shoulders,
upper
arms,
and
chest
are
whitish;
hands
and
feet
usually
paler
than
body
......
..................
.Cebu s
albifrons
10(6)
Pelage
relatively
short
and
soft;
hairs
ra-
diate
from
whorl
on
the
top
of
head,
directed
sideways
to
form
bushy
lateral
tufts;
beard
long
and
thick
........
...
. .
.
.
. .
. . . .
*
C
h
ir
o
p
o
t
e
s
a
lb
in
a
s
u
s
Pelage
long
and
shaggy,
forms
hood
and
cape
..........
Pithecia
irrorata
11(3)
Braincase
large
and
rounded
(fig.
202);
foramen
magnum
directed
downward;
hyoid
not
especially
enlarged;
lower
jaw
not
unusually
deep
(fig.
202);
black
with
no
distinctive
markings
of
another
color
.......
Subfamily
Atelinae,
14
Braincase
small
and
flattened
(fig.
203);
foramen
magnum
directed
backward;
hyoid
enlarged,
lower
jaw
unusually
deep
(fig.
203)
........
Alouatta,
12
12(11)
Pelage
maroon
or
copper
red
.......
................
.Alouat ta
seniculus
Not
as
above
...............
13
1997
41
195
196

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
13(12)
Dark
brown;
hairs
tipped
with
light
brown
.................
Alouatta
guariba
Black
(adult
males) or
olive-buff
or
yel-
lowish
(females
and
young)
.......
..
.
.............
Alouatta
caraya
14(11)
Long
shaggy
hair,
directed
forward
above
the
eyes
to
form
peak
.
.
Ateles
chamek
Dense,
short,
plushy
hair;
head
rounded
.............
*Lagothrix
lagotricha
15(1)
Lower
jaw
U-shaped;
lower
canines
are
much
longer
than
incisors
(fig.
207,
hence
"long-tusked")
..
Saguinus,
16
Lower
jaw
narrow
and
V-shaped;
lower
incisors
and
canines
form
a
prominent
semicircular
row
of
six
teeth
with
the
canines
scarcely
higher
than
incisors
(fig.
195,
"short-tusked")
.......
19
16(15)
Facial
skin
white
beneath
long
white
mus-
tache,
otherwise
black
............
................
mystax
group,
17
Facial
skin
and
hair
black
except
for
short
white
hairs
of
mustache;
mottled
black
and
buff
saddle
separates
fore
and
hind
parts
(trizonal
pattern)
............
..............
Saguinus
fuscicollis
17(16)
Grayish
buff,
speckled;
mustache
long
(60
mm);
tail
generally
reddish
with
dark
gray
tip
........
Saguinus
imperator
Blackish
in
large
part;
mustache
outlines
lips
or
is
larger
but
not
exceptionally
long;
tail
mostly
black
..........
18
18(17)
Tail
entirely
black
.
.
*Saguinus
mystax
Tail
reddish
or
orange
on
ventral
side
near
base;
underparts
of
body
also
reddish
or
orange;
white
patch
on
crown
.....
................
Saguinus
labiatus
19(15)
Head
plus
body
length
less
than
175
mm;
condylar
process
of
jaw
extends
poste-
riorly
(fig.
208);
neutral
gray-brown
owing
to
black
and
buff
banding
of
hairs;
tail
banded
dorsally,
less
than
250
long
...........
Cebuella
pygmaea
Head
plus
body
length
more
than
175
;
con-
dylar
process
of
jaw
less
extended
(fig.
209);
pelage
brown
with
white
hip-patch-
es;
tail
black
and
not
ringed,
tail
longer
than
250
.......
CaUithrix
melanura
KEY
11
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
MYRMECOPHAGIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
anteaters
or
Myrmecophagidae
are
toothless,
have
relatively
pointed
snouts,
small
mouths,
and
long
tongues.
The
forelimbs
are
strong
and
there
is
no
zygomatic
arch.
1
Hair
coarse
and
long;
tail
bushy, not
prehen-
7--
2_
_-7K91
Ur---
~
~~
~~~
=
-:
-3
sile;
size
large,
head
plus
body
longer
than
700
mm;
skull
longer
than
200
and
ros-
trum
proportionally
long
(fig.
210)
...
............
.Myrmecophaga
tridactyla
Hair
not
coarse
or
long;
tail
not
bushy,
partly
naked
at
tip,
prehensile;
head
plus
body
length
less
than
700;
skull
shorter
than
200,
rostrum
proportionally
not
so
long
(figs.
211,
212)
....
......
2
2(1)
Four
claws
on
forefoot;
fur,
relative
to
the
size
of
the
animal,
short
and
smooth;
length
of
head
plus
body
more
than
300
mm;
rostrum
and
nasals
not
extremely
short
(fig.
211);
length
of
skull
more
than
70
.........
Tamandua
tetradactyla
Two
claws
on
forefoot;
fur
dense,
soft,
and
silky;
length
of
head
and
body
less
than
300;
rostrum
and
nasals
extremely
short
when
compared
to
braincase
(fig.
212);
length
of
skull
less
than
70
...........
...............
.Cyclopes
didactylus
KEY
12
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
DASYPODIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
armadillos
or
Dasypodidae
are
readily
distinguished
by
their
external
"armor,"
their
42
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
simplified,
peglike,
persistently
growing
teeth
without
enamel
coverings,
and
their
short,
stout
limbs
with
strong,
curved
claws.
l
Snout
long
and
slender;
ears
close
together
on
top
of
head
(fig.
213);
longest
claw
on
forefoot
about
half
of
length
of
ear;
palate
very
long
(fig.
215A),
length
behind
tooth
rows
more
than
half
of
the
length
of
the
tooth
rows
.....................
. .
Subfamily
Dasypodinae,
Dasypus,
2
Snout
heavier;
ears
set
wide
apart
on
sides
of
head
(fig.
214);
longest
claw
of
fore-
foot
noticeably
longer
than
half
the
length
of
ear
(in
some
cases
longer
than
ear);
palate
shorter
(fig.
216A),
length
behind
tooth
rows
less
than
half
length
of
tooth
rows
...............
2(1)
Conspicuous
long,
thick,
brown
hair;
scutes
of
carapace
not
visible
without
parting
hair
.......
*Dasypus
pilosus
Very
few
hairs;
scutes
of
carapace
clearly
visible
...............
3
3(2)
Nasal
bones
longer
than
35
mm;
strikingly
enlarged
scutes
on
patellar
region
(fig.
217);
usually
five
toes
on
forefeet
....
.................
Dasypus
kappleri
Nasal
bones
shorter
than
35;
scales
of
pa-
tellar
region
not
much
larger
than
other
scales
on
hind
leg;
usually
with
four
claws
on
forefeet
...............
4
4(3)
Larger,
total
length
more
than
700
mm;
length
of
skull
more
than
88;
length
of
head
shield
more
than
80;
usually
eight
or
more
movable
bands
on
the
back;
larger
scutes
on
anterior
and
dorsal
shields
of
carapace
about
3-4
mm
from
center
to
center,
smaller,
and
more
closely
spaced
(fig.
219)
..........
............
Dasypus
novemcinctus
Smaller,
total
length
less
than
700;
length
of
skull
less
than
88;
length
of
head
shield
less
than
80;
usually
fewer
than
eight
movable
bands
on
back;
largest
scutes
about
5-6
from
center
to
center,
larger,
and
more
widely
separated
(fig.
220)
.......
Dasypus
septemcinctus
5(1)
Hairy,
a
noticeable
quantity
of
long
hairs
on
banded
area
of
back,
many
extend-
ing
beyond
adjacent
band;
most
anterior
upper
tooth
is
in
premaxillary
bone
(fig.
216B);
head
wide,
width
of
skull
more
than
half
its
length
(fig.
216)
......
........
Subfamily
Euphractinae,
6
Few
dorsal
hairs
on
banded
area
of
back
and
these
not
extending
beyond
adja-
cent
band;
most
anterior
upper
tooth
is
in
maxillary
bone;
width
of
skull
less
than
half
its
length
..............
9
6(5)
Many
scutes
of
head
shield
exceed
10
mm
in
greatest
diameter;
scales
of
nape
band
anteroposteriorly
longer
than
wide
(fig.
214)
...
Euphractus
sexcinctus
Few
scutes
of
head
shield
exceed
10;
scales
on
nape
band
somewhat
variable
but
often
transversely
wider
than
long
................
.Chaetophract us,
7
7(6)
Smaller,
head
and
body
length
less
than
250
mm,
condylonasal
length
less
than
80;
ear
proportionally
long,
extending
to
first
immobile
row
of
scutes
in
scap-
ular
shield;
width
of
cranial
shield
less
than
90%
of
its
length;
dorsum
varie-
gated
brown
and
pale
tan
.........
.........
.Chaetophract us
vellerosus
Larger,
head
plus
body
length
more
than
250
in
large
adults,
condylonasal
length
more
than
80;
ear
long
or
shorter;
head
shield
ratio
more
than
90%
of
its
length
......
8
8(7)
Dorsum
tan,
covered
with
long,
brown
and
pale
tan
hairs;
ear
long,
approxi-
mately
30
mm;
restricted
to
high
An-
dean
grasslands
.................
...
.. ... .
.
.
.
C
h
a
e
to
p
h
r
a
c
tu
s
n
a
tio
n
i
Dorsum
dark
brown
with
sparse,
long,
black
and
brown
hairs;
ear
shorter
...
...
. .
.
.
.
. .
.
C
h
a
e
to
p
h
r
a
c
tu
s
v
illo
s
u
s
9(5)
Small,
head
plus
body
length
less
than
200
mm;
distinct
rump
plate,
nearly
vertical,
not
blending
imperceptably
with
the
dorsal
scaled
area
.......
...
. .
.
.
S
u
b
fa
m
ily
C
h
la
m
y
p
h
o
r
in
a
e
,
Chiamyphorus
retusus
Head
and
body
longer
than
200;
no
dis-
tinctly
separate
vertical
rump
plate
.
.10
10(9)
Nasals
shorter
than
20
mm;
tail
shorter
than
head;
two
to
four,
usually
three,
movable
bands
in
carapace,
bands
clear-
ly
distinct
from
continuous
shields
of
front
and
rear
parts
of
carapace
(fig.
9);
able
to
roll
into
compact
ball
(fig.
218);
longest
claw
on
forefoot
shorter
than
30
mm
...
.......
Tribe
Tolypeutini,
Tolypeutes
matacus
Nasals
longer
than
20;
tail
longer
than
head;
many
more
than
three
movable
bands
and
these
seem
to
grade
into
the
immovable
areas
at
front
and
rear;
lon-
gest
claw
longer
than
30
.........
..
.
. . . .
.
. . .
.
T
r
i
b
e
P
r
i
o
d
o
n
t
i
n
i
,
11
11(10)
Tail
with
scattered
scales
separated
by
ar-
eas
of
skin
often
as
wide
as
the
scales
themselves;
skull
shorter
than
110
mm;
head
plus
body
length
less
than
400;
1997
43

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
teeth
not
so
flattened
laterally
as
to
be
sometimes
twice
as
long
as
wide
....
...................
Cabassous,
12
Tail
not
with
most
scales
separated
by
ar-
eas
of
skin;
gigantic,
skull
longer
than
110
(up
to
at
least
180);
head
plus
body
length
longer
than
400;
some
teeth
so
flattened
as
to
be
twice
as
long
antero-
posteriorly
as
wide
...............
.......
Priodontes
maximus
giganteus
12(11)
Smaller,
interorbital
breadth
less
than
23
mm;
ear
shorter
than
20
and
with
fleshy
anterior
edge;
mandible
distinctly
curved
(fig.
221);
transverse
diameters
of
all
but
first
and
last
teeth
greater
than
anteroposterior
diameters;
skull
rela-
tively
more
slender
(fig.
223)
.....
............
*Cabassous
chacoensis
Larger,
interorbital
breadth
more
than
23.5
mm;
ear
longer
than
25
and
without
thickened
anterior
edge;
mandible
not
distinctly
curved
(fig.
222);
skull
rela-
tively
broader
(fig.
224);
transverse
di-
ameters
of
teeth
usually
less
than
anter-
oposterior
diameters
..............
.............
Cabassous
unicinctus
KEY
13
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CANIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1(2)
Skull
usually
with
bulging
forehead
as
seen
in
profile
(fig.
225;
size,
bodily
propor-
tions,
color,
length
of
hair,
and
other
fea-
tures
highly
variable,
depending
on
breed);
domestic
......
Canis
familiaris
Skull
with
straighter
profile,
less
bulging
forehead
(fig.
226;
size,
proportions,
color,
length
of
hair,
and
other
features
vary
with
species,
but
not
much
within
species);
wild
.....
..........
2
2(1)
Either
the
size
of
a
large
dog
and
unusually
long-legged
(fig.
227)
or
the
size
of
a
small
dog
and
unusually
short-legged
(fig.
41);
length
of
skull
greater
than
195
mm
or
less
than
130
........
....
3
Both
size
and
proportions
moderate
(as
in
a
dog
of
medium
size);
breadth
across
upper
canines
at
alveolus
(fig.
228A)
between
25
and
35;
length
of
skull
between
195
and
130
..........
4
3(2)
Large,
long-legged
(fig.
227),
height
at
shoulder
about
850
mm;
ears
longer
than
60
from
notch;
white
patch
on
throat
and
black
stripe
below
white
(general
color
reddish
brown);
tail
longer
than
head;
lon-
gest
hairs
longer
than
70;
noticeable
mane
of
longer
hair
on
neck;
breadth
across
up-
225
226
---\
ICBJ
227
229
D
*'231
232
per
canines
more
than
35
...........
.............
.Chrysocyon
brachyurus
Small,
short-legged
(fig.
41),
height
at
shoul-
der
less
than
350;
ears
small,
shorter
than
60
from
notch;
no
white
and
black
patches
on
throat,
head
and
neck
paler
than
more
posterior
and
ventral
areas
(general
color
reddish
brown);
tail
short,
about
the
length
of
head;
hair
short
and
coarse,
no
fine
un-
derfur,
longest
hairs
about
30;
no
mane;
breadth
across
canines
less
than
35
.....
.................
.Speothos
venaticus
4(2)
Distinct
rusty
patches
on
sides
of
front
and
hind
limbs
and
on
and
behind
ears;
larger,
upper
canine
breadth
more
than
27
mm;
length
of
skull
more
than
165;
fourth
upper
premolar
longer
than
16.8;
lives
at
high
el-
evations
........
Pseudalopex
culpaeus
If
pelage
has
a
generally
reddish
hue,
the
rusty
patches
noted
are
absent
or
indistinct
and
reddish
color
extends
along
belly
as
well
as
on
legs;
smaller,
upper
canine
breadth
less
than
27;
skull
shorter
than
165;
P4
shorter
than
16.8;
usually
found
at
lower
elevations
.............5
5(4)
Angular
process
narrow
(fig.
229);
breadth
at
postorbital
constriction
about
the
same
as
(fig.
23
1D),
or
noticeably
less
than
(fig.
44
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
228),
breadth
at interorbital
constriction
(fig.
231C)
..........
......
6
Angular
process
broad
(fig.
230);
breadth
at
postorbital
constriction
greater
than
at
in-
terorbital
constriction
(fig.
232)
......
...................
Cerdocyon
thous
6(5)
Pelage
paler,
almost
white
below;
legs
bicolor
(whitish
on
one
side),
not
black;
ears
lon-
ger
than
50
mm
from
notch;
smaller,
con-
dylobasal
length
about
135;
interorbital
(fig.
231C)
and
postorbital
constrictions
(fig.
231D)
about
equal;
nasals
extending
about
same
distance
posteriorly
as
maxil-
laries
......
Pseudalopex
gymnocercus
Pelage
dark,
not
whitish
below;
legs
almost
pure
black;
ears
shorter
than
50
(fig.
233);
larger,
condylobasal
length
(fig.
226)
about
160;
breadth
at
postorbital
constric-
tion
noticeably
less
than
at
interorbital
constriction
(fig.
228);
nasals
usually
do
not
extend
so
far
posteriorly
as
maxillaries
(fig.
228B)
......
Atelocynus
microtis
KEY
14
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
PROCYONIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
No
dark
rings
on
tail;
three
premolars
above
and
below;
palate
parallel-sided,
upper
ca-
nines
nearly
as
far
apart
as
molars
(fig.
234);
mandible
unusually
deep
(fig.
236),
entire
lower
tooth
row
shorter
than
great-
est
depth
of
jaw
.........
Potos
flavus
Tail
with
or
without
rings;
four
premolars
above
and
below;
palate
narrowing
anteri-
orly
(fig.
235);
jaw
slender,
tooth
row
much
longer
than
depth
of
jaw
(fig.
237)
.....
2
2(1)
Rostrum
elongated
and
compressed
laterally,
distance
from
front
of
eye
to
front
of
teeth
more
than
50
mm
(fig.
238);
upper
fourth
premolar
(P4)
and
first
upper
molar
(Ml)
usually
longer
anteroposteriorly
than
broad
(fig.
240)
........
Nasua
nasua
Rostrum
not
elongated
and
not
laterally
compressed;
distance
from
front
of
eye
to
front
of
teeth
less
than
50
(fig.
239);
P4
and
Ml
as
broad
mediolaterally
as
antero-
posteriorly
or
broader
(fig.
241)
.....
3
3(2)
Eyes
surrounded
by
black
pelage
that
forms
a
"mask"
across
the
face;
tail
with
rings
of
black,
shorter
than
length
of
head
plus
body;
large,
breadth
across
upper
canines
(fig.
44C)
more
than
25
mm;
mastoid
large
(fig.
242);
claws
relatively
blunt,
not
much
curved
(fig.
244);
all
digits
extend
more
than
15
beyond
their
basal
connec-
tions
.
Procyon
cancrivorus
No
distinct
black
markings,
pelage
nearly
257
258
uniform
dorsally;
tail
not
conspicuously
ringed
but
may
show
faint
alternating
dark
and
paler
areas;
tail
longer
than
length
of
head
plus
body;
smaller,
breadth
across
upper
canines
less
than
25;
mastoid
small
(fig.
243);
claws
relatively
sharp
and
curved
(fig.
245);
web
of
skin
between
short
toes
reaching
nearly
to
base
of
distal
pad
(fig.
246)
......
Bassaricyon
alleni
KEY
15
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
MUSTELIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
Dorsal
pelage
brown,
relatively
short
and
sleek
and
with
no
distinctly
contrasting
marks
on
back
or
head
(although
throat
may
have
whitish
patch);
head
same
color
as
back;
five
upper
teeth
behind
canines
..............
.Subfami ly
Lutrinae,
2
Dorsal
pelage
not
as
above;
three
or
four
up-
per
teeth
behind
canines
...........
3
2(1)
Tail
without
a
prominent
keel
on
each
side;
basal
part
of
toes
webbed,
usually
to
base
of
distal
phalanx
(fig.
247
shows
right
front
foot);
condylobasal
length
less
than
130
mm;
frontal
area
short;
skull
relatively
45
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
broad
posteriorly
(fig.
249)
.........
..................
Lutra
longicaudis
Tail
somewhat
flattened,
with
prominent
keel
on
each
side;
toes
webbed
more
exten-
sively,
always
to
the
nails
(fig.
248);
con-
dylobasal
length
of
skull
more
than
120;
frontal
area
long;
skull
relatively
narrow
posteriorly
(fig.
250)
...............
...............
Pteronura
brasiliensis
3(1)
Pelage
of
contrasting
white
markings
on
black
background
(fig.
251);
claws
of
forefoot
long
and
strong
(fig.
252),
the
longest
more
than
14
mm;
only
three
up-
per
teeth
behind
canine
(fig.
253A),
the
back
tooth
(=
Ml)
large,
its
length
about
the
same
as
its
width
(fig.
253B);
no
post-
orbital
processes
(fig.
255);
little
extension
of
bony
palate
behind
level
of
teeth,
ex-
tension
less
than
distance
between
teeth
(fig.
253)
.....
Subfamily
Mephitinae,
Conepatus
chinga
Pelage
not
of
contrasting
white
on
black;
front
claws
shorter
than
14;
four
upper
teeth
behind
canines,
the
back
tooth
about
twice
as
wide
mediolaterally
as
from
front
to
back
and
with
a
medial
constriction
(fig.
254B);
postorbital
processes
present
(fig.
256);
bony
palate
extending
well
be-
hind
teeth,
usually
more
than
the
distance
between
teeth
(fig.
254C)
...........
............
Subfamily
Mustelinae,
4
4(3)
Tail
longer
than
300
mm
and
longer
than
half the
length
of
the
head
plus
body
(fig.
42);
breadth
across
upper
canines
greater
than
25;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
(fig.
46A)
more
than
100;
head
usually
paler
than
blackish
back
but
some
individuals
pale
golden
over
most
of
body,
head
with-
out
striking
markings
of
blackish
and
whitish
or
cream
color
...
Eira
barbara
Tail
shorter
than
300
and
in
some
cases
shorter
than
half
the
length
of
head
plus
body;
condylobasal
length
less
than
100;
head
not
noticeably
paler
than
back,
head
with
striking
markings
of
blackish
and
whitish
or
cream
color
.............
5
5(4)
Condylobasal
length
less
than
50
mm;
total
length
less
than
400;
blackish
part
of
head
is
top
part,
venter
is
whitish
or
yellowish
(fig.
257)
...........
Mustela
frenata
Condylobasal
length
more
than
50;
total
length
more
than
400;
blackish
part
of
head
is
bottom
part,
extending
up
over
nose
and
backward
onto
venter,
top
of
head
is
grizzled
plus
between
these
areas
is
a
paler
cream-colored
stripe
(fig.
258)
........................
Galictis,
6
6(5)
Larger,
head
plus
body
length
more
than
450
mm;
condylobasal
length
of
skull
more
than
75,
breadth
across
upper
canines
more
than
17;
weight
usually
greater
than
1.2
kg
...
...
Galictis
vittata
Smaller,
head
plus
body
length
less
than
450;
condylobasal
length
less
than
75;
up-
per
canine
breadth
less
than
17;
weight
about
1
kg
....
..
Galictis
cuja
KEY
16
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
FELIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Braincase
smaller,
its
greatest
width
(fig.
259B)
usually
less
than
43.5
mm;
color
pattern
varies
greatly
among
individuals
but
never
consists
of
black
spots
on
yel-
lowish
or
orange
background;
domestic
species
.................
Felis
catus
Braincase
larger,
its
width
usually
more
than
43.5
(if
less
than
43.5,
then
has
black
spots
on
orange
background);
color
varies
among
species;
wild
species
........
2
2(1)
Size
large,
head
plus
body
longer than
1100
mm;
hind
foot
longer
than
165;
condylo-
basal
length
(measurement
shown
in
fig.
46A)
more
than
115;
length
of
mandible
(fig.
260)
more
than
80
............
3
Size
medium,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
1100;
hind
foot
shorter
than
165;
condy-
lobasal
length
less
than
115;
length
of
mandible
less
than
80
.............
4
3(2)
Whiskers
growing
from
solid
black
patch,
solid
white
patch
between
black
patch
and
nose;
dorsal
pelage
of
adults
a
relatively
uniform
brownish
above
(young
have
spots);
breadth
across
upper
canines
usu-
ally
less
than
55
mm;
anterior
flange
on
parietal
often
overlaps
frontal
(fig.
261),
but
flange
sometimes
absent
or
bones
fused
and
flange
not
evident
........
...
.
.
.
. .
. . .
. .
...
. .
.
.
.
F
e
lis
c
o
n
c
o
l
o
r
Not
so
marked;
pelage
a
striking
pattern
of
black
spots
on
orange
background
(except
in
occasional
melanistic
individuals
in
which
the
spots
are
almost
obscured);
breadth
across
upper
canines
usually
more
than
55;
suture
between
parietal
and
fron-
tal
without
flange
noted
(fig.
262)
......
...
. .
.
.... .
.....
....
.
P
a
n
th
e
r
a
o
n
c
a
4(2)
Dorsal
profile
of
skull
only
slightly
arched
(fig.
263),
nasals
extending
relatively
far
forward
(fig.
265);
dorsal
pelage
a
rela-
tively
uniform
reddish,
brownish,
or
gray-
ish,
with
no
conspicuously
contrasting
markings;
at
least
part
of
the
dorsal
sur-
face
with
"salt
and
pepper"
effect
.....
...
. .
. .
.
. .
. .
.
.
. .
.
. .
F
e
l
is
y
a
g
u
a
r
o
n
d
i
46
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Dorsal
profile
highly
arched
(fig.
264);
nasals
terminating
well
back
of
premaxillary
ex-
posing
anterior
edges
of
incisive
alveoli
in
dorsal
view
(fig.
266);
dorsal
pelage.
less
uniform
in
color,
usually
with
contrasting
dark
markings
(spots,
stripes,
blotches)
on
paler
background
(in
occasional
melanistic
individuals,
markings
are
faintly
visible
un-
der
close
examination
even
if
general
ap-
pearance
is
of
solid
black,
without
"salt
and
pepper"
effect)
.....
..........
5
5(4)
Cranium
long
and
narrow;
notch
or
groove
at
junction
of
anterior
and
posterior
cham-
bers
of
bulla
(fig.
267);
anterior
premolar
toes
in
at
front
(fig.
268);
pelage
thick;
color
ashen,
with
widely spaced
coffee-
colored
or
darker
spots
.
.
Felis
jacobita
Cranium
relatively
broader;
less
distinct
notch
or
groove
(fig.
269);
anterior
pre-
molar
more
in
line
with
posterior
premolar;
pelage
not
so
thick,
color
variable,
usually
not
resembling
above
description
.....
6
6(5)
Eyes
relatively
large
(fig.
270),
with
maxil-
lary
rim
of
orbit
more
delicate
and
flared
outward,
or,
if
eyes
do
not
seem
relatively
large,
then
size
small,
condylobasal
length
of
skull
less
than
85
mm;
length
of
head
plus
body
less
than
550;
the
largest
upper
molariform
tooth
(P4)
shorter
than
11
mm7
Eyes
relatively
smaller
(fig.
271),
maxillary
rim
seems
more
robust
and
less
flared
out-
ward;
P4
longer
than
11
...........
8
7(6)
Hair
on
dorsum
of
neck
pointing
backward;
smaller,
length
of
P4
less
than
11
mm,
breadth
across
upper
canines
less
than
21;
braincase
oval
.........
*Felis
tigrina
Hair
on
dorsum
of
neck
pointing
forward;
larger,
length
of
P4
more
than
11,
breadth
across
upper
canines
more
than
21;
brain-
case
more
rounded
(fig.
270)
........
...
. .
. .
...
.
.
.
. .
. . . .
.
.
.
.
.
F
e
l
i
s
w
i
e
d
i
i
8(6)
Larger,
breadth
across
upper
canines
more
than
29
mm;
skull
longer
than
105;
P4
longer
than
12.7;
some
markings
have
a
dark
border
and
paler
center
(on
even
pal-
er
background
color)
....
Felis
pardalis
Smaller,
breadth
across
upper
canines
less
than
29;
skull
shorter
than
105;
P4
shorter
than
12.7;
few
if
any
two-toned
patches
with
dark
borders
.................
9
9(8)
Small
anterior
maxillary
tooth
(P2)
usually
(80%
of
cases)
absent
(fig.
272A);
tym-
panic
bulla
rounded
anteriorly
(fig.
272B);
profile
of
nasal
bones
turns
downward
near
its
middle
(fig.
273);
markings
on
lower
legs
heavier
than
on
more
dorsal
parts
of
body;
fewer
spots;
middorsal
crest
of
long
hairs
from
behind
shoulders
to
base
of
tail
............
Felis
pajeros
Small
tooth
(P2,
P1
not
present)
always
present
(fig.
269A);
bullae
more
extended
and
constricted
anteriorly
(fig.
269B);
na-
sal
bones
straighter
in
profile
(fig.
274);
markings
on
lower
legs
not
heavier
than
on
more
dorsal
areas;
more
spots;
no
mid-
dorsal
crest
of
long
hairs
...........
.....................
.Feli s
geoffroyi
KEY
17
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
TAYASSUIDAE
OF
BOLIVIA
1
The
lower
second
molar
(m2,
the
second
tooth
on
the
mandible
counting
from
the
back;
fig.
275A)
longer
than
17
mm;
total
length
of
mandible
(from
condyle
to
an-
terior
tip;
fig.
275B)
greater
than
200;
ratio
of
depth
of
bone
below
m2
to
the
total
length
of
mandible
less
than
1
to
6
.....
...
.
...
.
. .
. .
.
.
. . .
C
a
t
a
g
o
n u
s
w
a
g
n
e
ri
The
lower
second
molar
(m2)
shorter
than
17;
total
length
of
mandible
less
than
200;
ratio
of
depth
of
bone
below
m2
to
length
of
mandible
more
than
1
to
6
.......
...
.
... . . .
.
. .
.
. . . . .
.
.
. .
T
a
y
a
s
s
u
,
2
2(1)
Alveolar
length
of
lower
cheekteeth
more
than
75
mm;
mandible
longer
than
165;
1997
47

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
284
285
28
0
28728
rIJ
I
r
W.-
.
}
288
Y
28
diastema
(fig.
275D)
in
lower
tooth
row
greater
than
29;
alveolar
length
of
lower
three
premolars
(fig.
275P)
greater
than
29;
D
greater
than
P;
D
times
P
greater
than
860
..
..
Tayassu
pecari
Alveolar
length
of
lower
cheekteeth
less
than
75;
mandible
shorter
than
165;
D
less
than
29;
P
less
than
29;
D
less
than
P;
D
times
P
less
than
860
...
Tayassu
tajacu
KEY
18
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CAMELIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
This
key
is
adapted
from
that
of
Cabrera
(1931).
The
variation
in
the
four
species
of
the
genus
Lama
is
sufficient
to
make
identi-
fication
uncertain
in
some
cases
even
when
the
entire
skull
and
jaw
are
present.
There
is,
in
fact,
a
difference
of
opinion
as
to
whether
they
should
be
treated
as
distinct
species.
With
broken
or
fragmented
bones
such
as
are
found
in
archaeological
sites,
the
problem
is
greater.
1
Lower
incisors
tapered
to
the
ends
of
their
roots,
greatest
width
about
one-fifth
to
one-fourth
the
length
of
tooth
(fig.
276)
except
in
some
alpacas
with
unusually
long
incisors;
size
larger,
greatest
width
of
skull
of
adult
more
than
125
mm;
color
varies
from
black
to
white,
usually
not
colored
as
is
vicuna
..............
2
Lower
incisors
of
adults
elongate
and
nearly
parallel-sided
(fig.
277),
width
about
one-
tenth
length,
and
persistently
growing
(ex-
cept
in
extremely
old
individuals
or
young
ones
in
which
milk
teeth
taper
slightly,
have
widths
about
one-sixth
of
lengths,
and
have
open
roots);
size
small,
greatest
width
of
skull
of
adult
less
than
125;
build
delicate;
dorsal
pelage
pale
reddish
brown,
conspicuously
whitish
area
on
the
body
near
base
of
neck
......
Lama
vicugna
2(1)
Rostrum
and
lower
jaw
short;
height
of
man-
dible
at
the
front
of
fourth
premolar
(fig.
278A)
almost
equal
to
the
distance
from
this
point
to
the
large
mental
opening
(fig.
278B);
submental
opening
(fig.
278C),
usually
beneath
p4;
domestic
........
................
.Lama
pacos,
Alpaca
Rostrum
and
jaw
more
elongate;
height
of
mandible
in
front
of
p4
notably
less
than
the
distance
from
this
point
to
the
large
mental
opening
(fig.
279);
submental
open-
ing
usually
beneath
front
of
ml
......
3
3(2)
Ascending
ramus
of
mandible
broad,
its
an-
teroposterior
span
at
level
of
angular
pro-
cess
(fig.
280A)
much
more
than
the
dis-
tance
from
this
process
to
the
condyle
(fig.
280B);
domestic
.
.
Lama
glama,
Llama
Ascending
ramus
of
mandible
narrow,
its
width
at
the
level
of
the
angular
process
about
equal
to
or
not
much
more
than
the
distance
from
this
process
to
the
condyle
(fig.
281);
nearly
extinct
in
Bolivia
.....
...
. . .
.
.
. . .
L
a
m
a
g
u
a
n
ic
o
e
,
G
u
a
n
a
c
o
KEY
19
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CERVIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
Bolivian
Cervidae
are
ruminant
arti-
odactyls
with
no
upper
incisors;
upper
ca-
nines,
if
present
at
all,
are
small;
without
a
flattened
(piglike,
fig.
15)
muzzle
or
nearly
horizontal
slitlike
nostrils
(as
in
llamas,
fig.
282),
but
with
a
distinct
bare
nosepad
(fig.
283);
and
with
branching
antlers
or
spikes
almost
always
present
in
males.
1
Preorbital
pits
in
skull
very
deep
(up
to
the
length
of
one's
fingernail
in
most
cases,
fig.
284),
upper
rim
prominent
......
2
48
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Preorbital
pits
not
especially
deep
(fig.
285),
rounded
upper
border
..............
3
2(1)
Antlers
(when
present)
never
with
more
than
two
tines;
orbital
rim
relatively
heavy,
ex-
panded
dorsally
and
laterally
so
that
greatest
width
of
skull
is
at
rim
instead
of
at
zygo-
matic
arch,
orbit
facing
only
slightly
dorsal-
ly
(fig.
286);
lower
incisors
fan
out
laterally
so
that
width
across
incisors
is
almost
as
great
as
length
of
mandibular
symphysis;
pelage
coarse
and
brittle,
paler,
flecked
with
black,
legs
paler;
elevation
3000
to
4000
m
..............
Hippocamelus
antisensis
Antlers
(when
present)
usually
with
more
than
two
tines;
orbital
rim
not
so
heavy,
less
expanded,
greatest
width
of
skull
at
zy-
gomatic
arch,
orbit
facing
noticeably
more
upward
and
forward
(fig.
287);
breadth
across
incisors
only
about
60%
of
the
length
of
symphysis;
pelage
less
coarse,
darker,
rufous
brown
(redder
in
summer),
legs
dark;
inhabits
elevations
below
1000
m
...........
Odocoileus
dichotomus
3(1)
Auditory
bulla
moderately
inflated
(fig.
288);
antlers
(when
present)
usually
with
more
than
two
points
...............
..............
Odocoileus
virginianus
Auditory
bulla
slightly
inflated
(fig.
289);
antlers
(when
present)
with
one
or
more
points
...........
4
4(3)
Orbits
relatively
smaller,
dorsoventral
di-
ameter
of
orbit
(at
widest
point
of
orbit)
is
less
than
half
the
breadth
between
orbits
(dorsal
point
of
diameter
dimension
of
each
orbit
as
end
point);
antlers
(when
present)
often
with
more
than
one
point
..............
Odocoileus
bezoarticus
Orbits
relatively
larger,
dorsoventral
diame-
ter
more
than
half
distance
between
orbital
rims;
antlers
never
more
than
a
simple
spike
.....
......
Mazama,
5
5(4)
Size
small
(head
plus
body
shorter
than
740
mm;
skull
shorter
than
150;
hind
foot
shorter
than
175;
length
of
dentary
from
articular
process
to
anterior-most
point
less
than
120
mm
....
Mazama
bricenii
Size
larger
(head
plus
body
longer
than
740;
skull
longer
than
150;
hind
foot
longer
than
175;
length
of
dentary
more
than
120)
...........
6
6(5)
Skull
longer
than
190
mm;
greatest
breadth
of
skull
at
orbit
more
than
85;
length
of
dentary
generally
150-160;
pelage
red-
dish
brown
.......
Mazama
americana
Skull
shorter
than
190;
greatest
breadth
of
skull
at
orbit
less
than
85;
length
of
den-
tary
about
140;
pelage
not
reddish
brown
30(
5
)30
?,05
but
grayish
brown
.................
...
. . . .
.
. .
.
. .
. .
M
a
z
a
m
a
g
o
u
a
z
o
u
p
ir
a
KEY
20
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
BOVIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
The
Bovidae
of
Bolivia
are
all
introduced
domestic
animals.
There
are
no
native
bovids
in
South
America.
Domestic
herds
and
free-
ranging
individuals
are
common
and
impor-
tant
in
the
ecosystem.
Skulls
and
other
bones
are
often
found.
The
inclusion
of
domestic
as
well
as
native
species
in
these
keys
will
help
users
to
distinguish
remains
of
native
species
from
those
of
domestic
ones.
1
Total
length
of
skull
(not
including
the
horns
if
present)
more
than
350
mm
.......
...
. . . . .. .
.
.. .
.
.
.
. .
.
.
. .
.
B
o
s
t
a
u
r
u
s
Total
length
of
skull
(without
horns)
less
than
350
.......................
2
2(1)
Deep
preorbital
fossa;
lacrimal-jugal
suture
passing
across
bottom
of
fossa
(fig.
290)
...
. .
. .
. . . .
.
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
. .
. .
.
O
v
i
s
a
r
i
e
s
No
evident
preorbital
fossa;
lacrimal-jugal
suture
passing
along
crest
of
preorbital
ridge
(fig.
291)
.........
Capra
hircus
49
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
KEY
21
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
LEPORIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Small,
head
plus
body
length
usually
less
than
380
mm;
hind
foot
shorter
than
85
mm;
tail
small
and
inconspicuous,
shorter
than
30
mm,
dark,
not
in
part
white;
su-
praorbital
process
posteriorly
not
well
sep-
arated
from
frontal
(fig.
292A)
......
...
native
species,
Sylvilagus
brasiliensis
Larger,
head
plus
body
usually
longer
than
380;
hind
foot
longer
than
85;
tail
con-
spicuous
although
relatively
short
in
com-
parison
to
body,
longer
than
30,
dark
above
and
usually
white
below;
supraor-
bital
process
well
separated
from
frontal
posteriorly
(figs.
293
and
294)
......
2
2(1)
Ear
longer,
length
more
than
100
mm
from
basal
notch,
with
black
patch
on
outer
sur-
face
at
tip;
hind
foot
longer
than
100
mm;
head
plus
body
longer
than
550;
supraorbital
processes
wide
and
more
laterally
projecting
(fig.
293);
mesopterygoid
fossa
wide
(fig.
295);
rostrum
larger
in
proportion
to
rest
of
skull
(fig.
293);
introduced
from
Europe
into
Argentina,
then
spread
into
southern
Bolivia
...................
Lepus
europaeus
Ears
shorter,
length
less
than
100
from
notch,
without
large
black
patches
al-
though
edges
of
ears
sometimes
black;
hind
foot
shorter
than
100;
head
plus
body
shorter
than
550
(except
in
some
large
do-
mestic
breeds);
supraorbital
processes
nar-
rower
and
less
laterally
projecting
(fig.
294);
mesopterygoid
fossa
not
so
wide
(fig.
296);
rostrum
smaller
in
proportion
to
rest
of
skull
(fig.
294);
domestic,
native
to
Europe,
no
feral
population
known
in
Bo-
livia
..
*Oryctolagus
cuniculus
KEY
22
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
SCIURIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
Pelage
reddish;
large,
length
of
head
plus
body
usually
more
than
210
mm;
occipitonasal
length
more
than
50;
hind
foot
(from
back
of
heel
to
end
of
claws)
longer
than
50
............
......................
Sciurus
spadiceus
Brownish;
smaller,
length
of
head
plus
body
usu-
ally
less
than
210;
occipitonasal
length
(fig.
297)
less
than
50;
hind
foot
shorter
than
50
.
.
........................
Sciurus
ignitus
KEY
23
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
MURIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
I
Cusps
of
upper
molar
teeth
arranged
in
three
longitudinal
rows
(fig.
298);
tail
always
conspicuously
scaly
and
never
well
clothed
in
either
long
or
short
hairs;
introduced
species,
usually
com-
mensal
....
Subfamily
Murinae,
2
Cusps
of
upper
molar
teeth
not
arranged
in
three
rows,
may
be
in
two
rows
or
flattened
occlusally
so
that
no
tops
of
cusps
remain
(fig.
299);
tail
may
or
may
not
show
scales
conspicuously,
in
most
species
tail
more
or
less
clothed
in
hair;
native
species,
some
inhabiting
houses
and
other
buildings
in
the
absence
of
Murinae
.......................
.......
.Subfamil y
Sigmodontinae,
3
2(1)
Larger,
hind
foot
longer
than
28
mm;
skull
longer
than
20;
length
of
molar
row
more
than
5
.........
Rattus
rattus
Smaller,
hind
foot
shorter
than
23;
skull
shorter
than
20,
length
of
molar
row
less
than
5;
upper
incisors
with
notch
in
side
view
(fig.
300)
..
Mus
musculus
3(1)
Zygomatic
plate
much
narrowed,
usually
slanting
backward
from
lower
to
upper
border
(fig.
301);
infraorbital
foramen
usually
large,
well
open
(fig.
304);
ros-
trum
lengthened
(fig.
303;
except
in
the
recently
discovered
ichthyomyine,
Chibchanomys,
which
has
not
been
added
to
this
key)
..............
4
Zygomatic
plate
not
narrowed
or
less
nar-
rowed
(fig.
302),
and
tilted
more
strong-
ly
upward
(if
narrowed,
it
is
always
tilt-
ed
upward,
fig.
305);
skull
without
above
peculiarities
..............
8
4(3)
Foreclaws
prominent
and
long
(fig.
306);
rostrum
especially
elongate
(fig.
307)
..................
.Oxymycteru s,
5
Foreclaws
not
so
prominent
and
long;
ros-
trum
not
so
elongate
............
7
5(4)
Small,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
120
mm;
skull
shorter
than
32
(hucucha
known
only
from
Siberia
Cloud
Forest
at
elevation
2800
m)
...
*Oxymycterus
hiska
or
Oxymycterus
hucucha
Large,
head
plus
body
longer
than
120;
skull
longer
than
32
.............
6
6(5)
Larger,
occipitonasal
length
of
skull
more
than
36
mm
in
adults;
generally
below
2500
m
elevation
...
Oxymycterus
inca
Smaller,
length
of
skull
less
than
36;
gen-
erally
above
2500
m
elevation
....
..........
.Oxymycteru s
paramensis
so
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
_~~~~~~320
~~~~~~~~~3
_ e -
7(4)
Tail
and
toes
not
whitish,
pelage
generally
dark;
whitish
spot
on
chin;
smaller,
length
of
skull
less
than
30
mm;
nasals
not
extending
behind
front
of
orbit
(fig.
308A);
interparietal
small
(fig.
308B),
less
than
2
mm;
interorbital
constriction
more
marked
(fig.
308C)
..........
..................
Akodon
mimus
End
of
tail
whitish,
hairs
on
toes
whitish
and
contrasting
with
darker
hairs
on
rest
of
foot
and
on
dorsal
part
of
head
plus
body;
larger,
length
of
skull
more
than
30;
nasals
extending
posteriorly
behind
front
of
orbit
(fig.
309A);
interparietal
large
(fig.
309B),
more
than
2
mm
front
to
back;
interorbital
constriction
scarce-
ly
apparent
(fig.
309C)............
.................
Lenoxus
apicalis
8(3)
Molars,
especially
Ml,
"pentalopho-
dont,"
with
a
distinctly
connected
me-
soloph
and
mesostyle
(fig.
310A),
ten-
dency
toward
enamel
islands
(fig.
311B)
in
adults;
tail
longer
than
head
plus
body
length
.....
Oryzomyini,
9
Molars
"tetralophodont,"
without
a
con-
nected
mesoloph
and
mesostyle,
teeth
simple
(fig.
312)
or
complex
(fig.
313),
tend
not
to
have
enamel
islands;
tail
length
variable
...............
32
9(8)
Fur
spiny
or
of
bristles,
head
plus
body
length
usually
less
than
95
mm,
skull
length
less
than
25;
forests
in
lowlands
up
to
at
least
1500
m
elevation
......
...
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
. .
.
N
e
a
c
o
m
y
s s
p
in
o
s
u
s
Fur
not
spiny
or
of
bristles;
small
to
large
.............................
.1 0
10(9)
Palate
short,
antenror
margin
of
meso-
pterygoid
fossa
lies
anterior
to
line
con-
necting
the
posterior
margin
of
molar
alveoli
(fig.
314);
not
reaching
posterior
part
of
tooth
rows;
without
lateral
pits
in
posterior
part,
zygomatic
notch
shal-
low
(fig.
316)
........
.........
11
Palate
reaching
behind
posterior
part
of
tooth
rows
(fig.
315A);
with
conspicu-
ous
lateral
pits
(fig.
315B)
except
per-
haps
in
Kunsia;
zygomatic
notch
shal-
low
or
deep
(fig.
317)
.....
.....
16
11(10)
Feet
relatively
wide,
short,
and
with
strong
curved
claws
(fig.
322);
dark
patch
on
top
of
feet
contrasting
with
paler
toes
and
sides
(fig.
319);
tail
pen-
icillate
(fig.
321)
................
...........
.Rhipidomy s
(in
part),
12
Feet
relatively
long
and
slender,
and
with
weaker,
less
curved
claws
(fig.
318);
tail
not
penicillate
(fig.
320)
.........
...
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
. .
.
. . .
T
h
o
m
a
s
o
m
y
s
,
1
3
12(11)
Smaller,
head
plus
body
length
about
170
mm;
length
of
skull
about
29.5
....
...............
.Rhipidom ys
couesi
Larger,
head
plus
body
length
about
200;
skull
about
42
..................
...
.
.
.... .
R
h
ip
id
o
m
y
s
le
u
c
o
d
a
c
ty
lu
s
13(11) Large,
head
plus
body
longer
than
140
mm;
skull
length
more
than
34
....
...
... . .
.
.
. .
. .
T
h
o
m
a
s
o
m
y
s
a
u
r
e
u
s
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
140;
skull
shorter
than
34
...........
14
14(13)
Larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than
120
mm;
skull
longer
than
31;
hind
foot
lon-
ger
than
31;
dorsum
blackish,
velvety
..............
.Thomasom ys
ladewi
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
120;
skull
shorter
than
31;
hind
foot
shorter
than
31;
dorsum
brown
.........
15
15(14)
Bullae
smaller
(fig.
323A);
parapterygoid
fossa
narrower
(fig.
323B);
venter
darker;
dorsum
brown
............
..............
.Thomasomy s
daphne
Bullae
larger
(fig.
324);
parapterygoid
fossa
wider
(fig.
324);
venter
paler;
dor-
sum
reddish
brown
...............
...............
.Thomasom ys
oreas
16(10)
Tail
penicillate
(fig.
321);
outer
surface
of
ears
and
dorsal
surface
of
tail
blackish,
gray
patches
on
top
of
feet
(fig.
319),
1997
51

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
327
325\
329
3
33328
330
332
333-
7~~~~~~~~~
\
34
335
'336
338
contrasting
with
toes
and
sides
of
feet;
head
plus
body
length
about
110
mm
................
Rhipidomys
nitela
Tail
lightly
haired,
but
not
penicillate
(fig.
320);
ears
and
tail
variable
in
color;
feet
without
dark
patches;
size
variable,
small
to
large
..............
17
17(16)
Larger,
head
plus
body
of
adults
longer
than
160
mm;
hind
foot
longer
than
40;
cheekteeth
tending
to
become
more
or
less
flat-crowned
early;
the
outer
folds
of
upper
molars
isolated,
or
practically
so,
on
crown
surfaces
as
islands,
early
in
life
(figs.
325,
326)
..........
18
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
160;
hind
foot
shorter
than
40;
cheekteeth
not
tending
to
become
flat-crowned
un-
til
late
in
life;
cusps
usually
traceable;
less
tendency
for
isolation
of
outer
folds
as
enamel
islands
..............
19
18(17)
Outer
folds
of
upper
molars
isolate
as
broad
islands
(fig.
325);
general
dental
pattern
simple;
M1
and
M2
with
not
more
than
two
isolated
islands
each
. .
...............
Kunsia
tomentosus
Outer
folds
of
upper
molars
isolate
as
nar-
row
islands
(fig.
326);
general
dental
pattern
more
complex;
MI
and
M2
eventually
with
three
or
four
isolated
is-
lands
each
.....
Nectomys
squamipes
19(17)
Hind
feet
shorter
and
broader
(fig.
322),
D5
short;
coronoid
process
of
mandible
longer
(fig.
327);
zygomatic
notch
shal-
lower
(fig.
329A)
.....
Oecomys,
20
Hind
feet
longer
and
narrower
(fig.
318),
D5
longer;
coronoid
process
shorter
(fig.
328);
zygomatic
notch
deeper
(fig.
330)
...
........
22
20(19)
Venter
whitish
and
sharply
delineated
from
lateral
and
dorsal
pelage;
smaller,
hind
foot
shorter
than
24
mm;
occipi-
tonasal
length
less
than
28.5;
head
plus
body
shorter
than
115;
alveolar
length
of
upper
molar
tooth
row
less
than
4.5
...
.
. .....
.
....
.
.
O
e
c
o
m
y
s
b
ic
o
lo
r
Venter
not
both
whitish
and
sharply
delin-
eated;
larger,
hind
foot
longer
than
24;
occipitonasal
length
more
than
28.5;
head
plus
body
longer
than
115;
alve-
olar
length
of
upper
molar
tooth
row
more
than
4.5
..............
21
21(20)
Dorsal
pelage
grayish,
grizzled
or
with
mixed
colors,
general
appearance
not
red-
dish
but
sometimes
tinged
with
yellowish,
venter
whitish
and
tinged
with
ochra-
ceous
or
pinkish;
skull
larger
at
a
com-
parable
age,
interorbital
region
narrower
(fig.
329);
zygomatic
plate
wider
(fig.
331A);
anterior
spine
of
zygomata
longer
(fig.
329B)
.......
Oecomys
mamorae
Dorsal
pelage
usually
somewhat
reddish,
mixed
with
black
hairs,
venter
not
as
above,
but
buffy
or
with
much
basal
gray
showing;
skull
smaller
at
a
com-
parable
age,
interorbital
region
relative-
ly
broader
(figs.
332,
333A,
334);
zy-
gomatic
plate
narrower
(figs.
332,
333,
334),
anterior
spine
shorter
(fig.
334A)
.................
.Oecomys
roberti
22(19)
Size
small,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
100
mm;
hind
foot
generally
shorter
than
28
mm;
skull
shorter
than
28
...
...
. ... .
.
. .
.
.
.
...
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2
3
Size
larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than
100;
hind
foot
generally
longer
than
28;
skull
longer
than
28
......
......
27
23(22)
Size
small,
head
plus
body
length gener-
ally
less
than
80
mm;
hind
foot
small,
20-21;
dorsum
very
dark
brown,
ears
dark
brown;
venter
dark
gray;
skull
(fig.
335)
with
shallow
zygomatic
notch;
rel-
atively
narrow
rostrum;
expanded
zy-
gomatic
arches;
evenly
rounded
brain-
case
.Microryzomys
minutus
Head
plus
body
length
generally
greater
than
80;
hind
foot
small
to
large
(20-
52
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
28);
dorsum
golden
brown
to
brown,
rarely
very
dark;
venter
white
to
gray,
hairs
with
white
tips;
skull
with
well-
developed
zygomatic
notch
(figs.
336-
338);
rostrum
not
especially
narrow;
zy-
gomatic
arches
not
greatly
expanded;
braincase
not
evenly
rounded
.....
.................
Oligoryzomys,
24
24(23)
Tail
relatively
short,
generally
less
than
120%
of
head
and
body
length;
tail
75-
116
mm
long;
hind
foot
generally
short-
er
than
23;
venter
usually
with
a
buffy
wash;
maxillary
tooth
row
delicate,
generally
shorter
than
3.31
.......
.............
Oligoryzomys
microtis
Tail
relatively
long,
greater
than
130%
of
head
plus
body
length;
tail
generally
longer
than
120%;
hind
foot
usually
longer
than
24;
venter
white
or
gray,
rarely
with
a
buffy
wash;
maxillary
tooth
row
not
obviously
delicate,
gen-
erally
greater
than
3.3
..........
25
25(24)
Tail
generally
greater
than
150%
of
head
plus
body
length;
dorsum
medium
brown
with
a
grizzled
appearance,
hairs
long
and
fluffy;
interorbital
region
par-
allel-sided
(fig.
337);
occurring
at
mod-
erate
to
high
elevations
.........
26
Tail
generally
less
than
150%
of
head
plus
body
length;
dorsum
tending
to
rufous,
lined
with
black
hairs;
hairs
moderately
long,
not
fluffy;
venter
white;
interor-
bital
region
of
skull
with
posteriorly
di-
vergent
sides
(fig.
338);
occurring
at
low
elevations
in
southeastern
Bolivia
..........
Oligoryzomys
chacoensis
26(25)
Darker,
bottom
of
tail
slightly
paler
than
top;
pelage
shorter,
width
of
basal
gray
band
when
hair
parted
on
rump
about
4.5
mm,
total
length
of
hair
about
5.5
...........
Oligoryzomys
destructor
Paler,
tail
noticeably
bicolored,
bottom
whitish
to
gray;
pelage
longer
and
softer,
width
of
basal
gray
band
when
hair
parted
on
rump
about
5.5,
total
length
of
hair
about
7.5
...........
...........
Oligoryzomys
flavescens
27(22)
Palate
very
long,
extending
well
past
the
posterior
edge
of
M3
(fig.
339A);
zy-
gomatic
notch
deep
(fig.
340A);
sphen-
opalatine
vacuities
present
(fig.
339B);
deep
lower
jaw
with
a
long
coronoid
process
(fig.
341);
teeth
when
moder-
ately
worn
as
shown
in
fig.
342
.....
............
Pseudoryzomys
simplex
Palate
not
so
long,
extending
just
past
M3
(figs.
343-346);
zygomatic
notch
less
deeply
excised
(as
in
fig.
347,
or
shal-
347
iI
349
350
352
lower);
sphenopalatine
vacuities
small
or
absent
(figs.
343,
344A,
345,
346);
coronoid
process
not so
long
(fig.
327)
........
.(als o
see
text)
Oryzomys,
28
28(27)
Larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than
145
mm,
occipitonasal
length
greater
than
35;
hind
foot
longer
than
33
.....
29
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
145;
occipitonasal
length
less
than
35;
hind
foot
shorter
than
33
............
30
29(28)
Reddish,
darker,
tail
dark
below,
ears
blacker;
venter
whitish
in
general
ap-
pearance
but
bases
of
hairs
blacker;
in-
cisive
foramina
broader
(fig.
343A);
molar
teeth
larger
(fig.
343B)
.....
...
.. .. .
.
. .
...
.
.
.
O
r
y
z
o
m
y
s
l
e
v
ip
e
s
Yellowish,
paler,
tail
paler
below,
ears
less
blackish;
venter
more
buffy
and
bases
of
hairs
gray;
incisive
foramina
rela-
tively
narrow
and
longer
(fig.
344C);
teeth
smaller
(fig.
344B)
..........
...
........
.
.
.
.
O
ry
z
o
m
y
s
s
u
b
fl
a
v
u
s
30(28)
Tail
relatively
longer,
whitish
below
on
basal
part
and
contrasting
strongly
with
darker
dorsal
part;
incisive
foramina
longer
(fig.
346);
anterior
zygomatic
notch
relatively
deep
and
wide
(fig.
347);
squamoso-alisphenoid
groove
present
(fig.
348)
..
Oryzomys
nitidus
1997
53

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Tail
relatively
shorter,
slightly
paler
be-
low,
but
less
contrasting
with
darkness
of
dorsal
part;
incisive
foramina
shorter
(fig.
345);
anterior
zygomatic
notch
not
so
deep
and
wide;
groove
absent
31
31(30)
Venter
paler;
enamel
island
in
M2
absent
(fig.
349);
occurring
in
the
lowlands
be-
low
500
m
elevation
.............
.................
Oryzomys
capito
Venter
darker
gray;
enamel
island
in
M2
present
(fig.
350);
occurring
in
the
Yun-
gas
above
1000
m
elevation
......
..............
Oryzomys
yunganus
32(8)
Dentition
rather
weak,
molars
narrow
(figs.
312,
313),
the
folds
usually
not
approaching
each
other
and
not
well
marked;
teeth
wear
early,
simplifying
structure;
parapterygoid
fossa
relatively
narrow
(fig.
351A),
and
mesopterygoid
fossa
relatively
broad
(fig.
351B),
inter-
parietal
narrow
(fig.
353)
.........
...................
(akodonts),
33
Dentition
not
as
above;
parapterygoid
fos-
sa
relatively
broad
(fig.
352),
meso-
pterygoid
fossa
relatively
narrow;
inter-
parietal
not
narrow
(fig.
354)
......
.......
(phyllotines,
sigmodonts),
46
33(32)
Nasals
relatively
short
and
upper
incisors
relatively
procumbent
(fig.
355A);
ros-
trum
short
and
less
sharply
set
off
from
the
slope
of
the
anterior
part
of
zygo-
matic
arch;
supraorbital
borders
poste-
riorly
divergent
and
angular
to
beaded
(fig.
355B);
anterior
wall
of
braincase
tending
to
angularity
(fig.
355C);
par-
apterygoid
fossa
narrow
(fig.
356C)
. .
...
. .
.
. .
.
.
.
.
.
. .
. .
.
.
.
. B
o
l
o
m
y
s
,
3
4
Nasals
longer
and
incisors
not
procum-
bent
(fig.
353);
rostrum
not
so
short
and
usually
more
distinct;
supraorbital
edg-
es
less
strongly
divergent
posteriorly,
rounded
or
slightly
angular;
paraptery-
goid
fossa
not
so
narrow
(fig.
351)
...
...
. . . .
.
.
. .
. .
.
. .
. . .
.
.
A
k
o
d
o
n
,
3
6
34(33)
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
110
mm;
hind
foot
shorter
than
22;
crown
length
of
tooth
row
less
than
4.5;
pelage
paler,
with
ochraceous
hues
and
whitish
venter;
inhabiting
highlands
of
the
northern
altiplano
and
valles
areas
...
................
.Bolomys
amoenus
Larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than
110;
hind
foot
longer
than
22;
tooth
row
(fig.
356A)
longer
than
4.5;
pelage
darker
gray
or
blackish
.............
36
35(34)
Pelage
dark,
venter
gray,
feet
blackish;
upper
incisors
less
procumbent
and
yel-
lower;
incisive
foramen
wider,
shorter,
not
constricted
posteriorly
(fig.
356B);
inhabiting
lowlands
below
800
m
ele-
vation
..
Bolomys
lenguarum
Pelage
not
so
dark,
venter
ochraceous,
feet
dark
gray;
incisors
more
procum-
bent,
whiter;
incisive
foramen
narrow,
longer,
constricted
posteriorly
(fig.
357)
...
.
. . . .
.
... . .
.
. .
.
B
o
lo
m
y
s
la
c
te
n
s
36(33)
Smaller,
crown
length
of
maxillary
tooth
row
usually
less
than
4.3
mm;
greatest
length
of
adult
skull
usually
less
than
28
.....
..........
37
Larger,
tooth
row
usually
longer
than
4.3;
adult
skull
usually
longer
than
26
41
37(36)
Bullae
enlarged
(fig.
358)
.....
....
38
Bullae
not
especially
enlarged
(fig.
359)
...
. .
.
. .
.
.. .. .. . .
.
.
.
.
. . . .
.
. . .
3
9
38(37)
Pale
and
ochraceous,
venter
gray
with
buffy
wash;
smaller,
maxillary
tooth
row
shorter
than
3.6
mm
..........
...
. .
.
.
.
.
. . .
.
.
.
C
h
r
o
e
o
m
y
s
a
n
d
in
u
s
Darker,
not
ochraceous,
dorsum
with
mix-
ture
of
darker
and
paler
hairs,
venter
whitish;
maxillary
tooth
row
(dimen-
sion
shown
in
fig.
356A)
longer
than
3.6
mm
.........
Akodon
albiventer
39(37)
Small,
hind
foot
shorter
than
16
mm;
greatest
length
of
skull
less
than
24;
maxillary
tooth
row
shorter
than
3.5;
54
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
living
above
3000
m
elevation
....
................
Akodon
lutescens
Larger,
hind
foot
longer
than
16;
greatest
length
of
skull
22
to
26;
some
living
as
low
as
2000
m
elevation
........
40
40(39)
Darker
brown
dorsum,
dark
gray
venter
without
buffy
wash;
anterior
margin
of
zygomatic
plate
sloping
(fig.
360)
....
................
Akodon
subfuscus
Paler
brown
dorsum,
buffy
or
ochraceous
venter;
anterior
margin
of zygomatic
plate
vertical
(fig.
361)
.......
...............
Akodon
boliviensis
41(36)
Colorful,
white
spots
at
base
of
ear,
white
venter
contrasts
with
dark
dorsum,
ful-
vous
on
nose,
hind
feet,
and
tail;
inter-
orbital
region
hour
glass-shaped
(fig.
362);
bulla
large
(fig.
363);
inhabiting
higher
elevations,
above
3000
m
.....
................
Chroeomys
jelskii
Not
colorful,
relatively
drab
brownish
or
blackish;
bulla
small;
generally
at
ele-
vations
below
3000
m
.....
.....
42
42(41)
Blackish
or
dark
brown,
venter
not
greatly
contrasting
with
dorsum;
hairs
relative-
ly
short,
soft;
tail
not
obviously
or
sharply
bicolored
.......
.......
43
Not
so
dark,
hairs
generally
longer,
mix-
ture
of
dark
and
pale
hairs
more
notice-
able
on
dorsum;
tail
more
obviously
bi-
colored;
venter
pale
gray
.........
....
Akodon
varius
group
(including
A.
varius,
A.
pervalens,
A.
toba,
A.
sylvanus,
A.
simulator)
43(42)
Long
rostrum
(fig.
364);
zygomatic
arch
and
plate
smaller
anteriorly
......
44
Normal
rostrum
(fig.
365,
shows
A.
dayi)
.............................
45
44(43)
Pelage
darker;
braincase
less
inflated,
breadth
of
braincase
less
than
12
mm;
smaller,
condyloincisive
length
of
skull
less
than
24.3;
rostrum
not
so
long
...
..................
Akodon
fumeus
Pelage
not
so
dark;
braincase
more
inflat-
ed,
breadth
of
braincase
more
than
12;
larger,
condyloincisive
length
of
skull
generally
more
than
24.3;
rostrum
lon-
ger
and
narrower
...
Akodon
siberiae
45(43)
Hind
foot
longer
than
22
mm
(up
to
30)
....................
Akodon
dayi
Hind
foot
shorter
than
27
..........
..................
Akodon
aerosus
46(32)
Molars
with
compressed
folds
(figs.
366,
367),
occlusal
surface
flat;
paraptery-
goid
fossa
relatively
deep
(fig.
371)
...
.............................
47
Molars
without
compressed
folds
(figs.
368,
369),
occlusal
surface
flat,
cuspi-
date,
or
some
intermediate
condition;
parapterygoid
fossa
not
so
deep
.
.
48
47(46)
Nose
conspicuously
rust-colored;
hind
foot
about
25
mm
long;
upper
incisors
clearly
grooved
(fig.
370,
showing
a
cross
section
of
teeth);
upper
tooth
row
as
in
fig.
366;
deep
posterior
palatine
pits
(fig.
371B);
zygomatic
notch
rela-
tively
wide
(fig.
372A);
nasals
widely
flared
anteriorly
(fig.
372B);
interorbital
region
unusually
narrow
(fig.
372C);
jaw
deep
and
coronoid
process
small
(fig.
374);
occurring
at
elevations
above
2500
m
...
Neotomys
ebriosus
Nose
not
conspicuously
rust-colored;
hind
foot
longer
than
35;
upper
incisors
not
grooved;
upper
tooth
row
as
in
fig.
367;
without
deep
palatal
pits;
zygomatic
notch
not
so
wide;
nasals
not
widely
flared;
interorbital
region
not
so
narrow
(fig.
373);
jaw
relatively
slender
(fig.
375),
coronoid
process
curved
and
pointed;
inhabiting
elevations
below
2500
m
...
Holochilus
sciureus
48(46)
Tail
variable
from
longer
than
to
slightly
shorter
than
head
plus
body
length
(the
former
more
common)
and
with
distinct-
ly
penicillate
tip
(less
hairy
than
fig.
321,
but
more
than
in
fig.
320)
.........
49
1997
55

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Tail
shorter
than,
or
occasionally
equal
to,
head
plus
body
length;
without
a
dis-
tinctly
penicillate
tip
(fig.
320)
...
54
49(48)
Skull
with
constricted
interorbital
region
and
greatly
flared
zygomatic
arches
(fig.
376);
teeth
high-crowned;
bullae
less
inflated
(figs.
378,
379)
Phyllotis,
50
Interorbital
region
posteriorly
divergent
(fig.
377),
occasionally
ridged;
zygo-
matic
arches
flared
or
not;
teeth
less
high-crowned;
bullae
generally
more
inflated
(fig.
380)
...........
51
50(49)
Posteropalatal
pits
small
and
usually
lat-
eral
to
mesopterygoid
fossa
(fig.
378A);
bullar
tubes
relatively
long
and
tubular
(fig.
378B);
nasals
usually
pointed
be-
hind
and
extending
behind
the
premax-
illaries
(fig.
381);
ear
smaller;
tail
less
hairy
...........
Phyllotis
osilae
[specimens
from
populations
assigned
to
two
other
species,
P.
caprinus
and
P.
wolffsohni
will
probably
key
out
here
to
P.
osilae;
see
text
for
other
characters].
Posteropalatal
pits
anterior
to
fossa
(fig.
379A);
bullar
tubes
not
unusually
long
and
tubular
(fig.
379);
nasals
usually
less
pointed
and
not
extending
behind
premaxillae
(fig.
382);
ears
large;
hair-
ier
tail,
with
or
without
pectoral
streak;
rostrum
not
heavy
...............
...
(formerly
in
P.
darwini),
Phyllotis
chilensis
or
P.
xanthopygus
51(49)
Palms
and
soles
with
hairy
pads
(fig.
383);
head
plus
body
shorter
than
100
mm;
interorbital
region
weakly
diver-
gent
posteriorly
(fig.
384),
not
ridged;
teeth
low-crowned
...............
..
.........
Eligmodontia
puerulus
Palms
and
soles
without
distinct
hairy
pads;
size
medium,
head
plus
body
lon-
ger
than
100;
interorbital
region
strong-
ly
divergent
posteriorly
and
with
edges
slightly
elevated
(fig.
377)
........
....................
Graomys,
52
52(51)
Ventral
pelage
white,
sharply
demarcated
from
dorsal
color;
ear
with
white
spot
below
its
base;
teeth
low-crowned,
tending
to
form
lophs
(fig.
385);
anter-
ocone
may
be
divided
(fig.
388A);
no
alisphenoid
strut
(fig.
390)
........
................
Graomys
pearsoni
Ventral
pelage
gray;
no
conspicuous
white
spot
at
base
of
ear;
teeth
high-crowned
(fig.
386),
tending
not
to
form
lophs
(fig.
387);
anterocone
entire
(fig.
389);
alis-
phenoid
strut
present
(fig.
391A)...
.53
53(52)
Olivaceous
(as
in
juvenals
of G.
griseofla-
vus)
to
rufous;
hairs
of
ventral
surface
dark
basally;
bullae
smaller;
incisive
fo-
ramina
longer;
M3
relatively
smaller
(fig.
392);
2n
=
28
..............
...
. .
...
.......
G
r
a
o
m
y
s
d
o
m
o
r
u
m
Buffy
to
tawny;
basal
parts
of
hairs
of
un-
derparts
white
to
plumbeous;
bullae
larger;
incisive
foramina
shorter;
M3
relatively
larger
(fig.
393);
2n
=
36-38
...
.
.
...... .
G
ra
o
m
y
s
g
rise
o
fl
a
v
u
s
54(48)
Teeth
high-crowned,
tendency
to
be
pris-
matic;
anterocone
entire
(figs.
368,
369);
greatly
flared
zygomatic
arches;
interorbital
region
greatly
constricted
(fig.
394)
....
......
55
Teeth
low-crowned
(fig.
395),
not
prismat-
ic;
divided
anterocone
(fig.
388,
shows
C.
callosus);
zygomatic
arches
not
great-
ly
flared;
interorbital
region
generally
not
constricted
........
Calomys,
60
55(54)
Upper
molar
teeth
as
in
fig.
369;
ml
as
in
fig.
396;
rostrum
as
in
fig.
397;
large
(head
plus
body
about
160
mm
long
in
adults);
distinct
pattern
of
black,
gray,
and
white
markings
..............
...
... . .
. . .
.
.
C
h
in
c
h
illu
la
s
a
h
a
m
a
e
Teeth
and
rostrum
not
as
above;
size
mod-
erate;
lacking
distinct
pattern
of
black,
gray,
and
white
markings
........
56
56(55)
Size
moderate,
head
plus
body
usually
NO.
231
56

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
longer
than
140
mm
in
adults;
pelage
relatively
uniform
gray;
rostrum
as
in
fig.
302;
first
lower
molar
exceptionally
complex
(fig.
398);
teeth
prismatic
(fig.
368)
...........
Andinomys
edax
Size
smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
140;
pelage
various;
rostrum
not
as
above;
ml
not
as
above;
teeth
not
pris-
matic
...........
57
57(56)
Skull
much
bowed
in
dorsal
profile
(fig.
399);
anterior
roots
of
zygomatic
arch
widely
spreading
(fig.
394
shows
this
species)
........
Galenomys
garleppi
Skull
less
bowed;
anterior
roots
of
zygo-
matic
arch
less
widely
spreading
(fig.
400,
shows
A.
sublimus)
.......
58
58(57)
Tail
shorter
than
70
mm;
upper
incisors
sometimes
faintly
grooved,
somewhat
proodont,
white
or
pale
yellow
....
..............
Auliscomys
sublimis
Tail
longer
than
70;
upper
incisors
slightly
yellower
...
........
59
59(58)
Upper
incisors
with
longitudinal
grooves,
yellow
or
orange,
not
proodont
(fig.
401);
head
plus
body
shorter
than
125
mm;
ear
length
from
notch
shorter
than
25;
soles
of
feet
pale
.............
................
Auliscomys
pictus
Upper
incisors
without
longitudinal
grooves,
pale
yellow,
distinctly
proo-
dont
(fig.
402);
head
plus
body
of
adults
longer
than
125;
ears
longer
than
25;
well
clothed
with
hair
and
with
tuft
of
long
hair
at
base;
soles
of
hind
feet
blackish
....
Auliscomys
boliviensis
60(54)
Edges
of
supraorbital
region
divergent
posteriorly
(fig.
377)
and
with
distinct
ledges
in
adults
.....
..........
61
Edges
of
interorbital
region
parallel
or
di-
vergent
posteriorly,
occasionally
with
slight
beading,
but
never
heavy
ridges
.............................
63
61(60)
Greatest
length
of
skull
in
adults
more
than
24
mm;
hind
foot
longer
than
20;
max-
illary
tooth
row
generally
longer
than
4.1;
head
plus
body
length
generally
greater
than
90;
total
length
greater
than
200;
occurring
at
moderate
elevations
1000
to
2700
m....
Calomys
venustus
Greatest
length
of
skull
less
than
26;
hind
foot
shorter
than
21;
maxillary
tooth
row
shorter
than
3.8;
head
plus
body
length
less
than
90
.............
62
62(61)
Maxillary
tooth
row
generally
3.7
to
4.0
mm;
greatest
length
of
skull
of
adults
generally
greater
than
24
mm;
total
length
generally
greater
than
170
mm
and
less
than
210
mm;
venter
light
to
dark
gray,
no
reddish
tint
above
or
be-
low;
alisphenoid
strut
not
generally
present,
2n
=
50
.
.
Calomys
callosus
Maxillary
tooth
row
generally
3.2
to
3.6;
greatest
length
of
skull
of
adults
gen-
erally
less
than
24
mm;
total
length
gen-
erally
less
than
above;
venter
often
dark
and
body
frequently
with
a
reddish
or
chestnut
color;
alisphenoid
strut
usually
present,
2n
=
66
....
Calomys
tener
63(60)
Tail
shorter
than
60
mm
..........
64
Tail
longer
than
60,
may
be
equal
to
head
plus
body
length
...............
65
64(63)
Dorsal
pelage
marbled
in
appearance,
fluffy;
hairs
of
venter
gray-based;
tail
very
short,
less
than
one-half
of
head
plus
body
length;
rostrum
narrow;
max-
illary
tooth
row
longer
than
3.2
mm;
occurring
at
elevations
above
3000
m
.................
.Calomy s
lepidus
Dorsal
pelage
not
marbled,
short
hairs;
venter
white;
tail
more
than
one-half
of
head
plus
body
length;
rostrum
not
nar-
rowed;
maxillary
tooth
row
shorter
than
3.3;
occurring
in
the
Chaco
of
south-
eastern
Bolivia,
at
elevations
of
less
than
1000
m
.......
Calomys
laucha
65(63)
Tail
approximately
equal
to
head
plus
body
length;
dorsum
golden
brown
lined
with
black
hairs;
sides
of
interor-
bital
region
divergent
posteriorly;
oc-
curring
at
moderate
to
high
elevations
(2000
to
3500
m)
in
the
eastern
slopes
..............
.Calomy s
musculinus
Tail
shorter
than
head
plus
body;
dorsum
brown;
sides
of
interorbital
region
par-
allel;
occurring
at
high
elevations
in
the
vicinity
of
Lake
Titicaca
.........
................
*Calomys
sorellus
KEY
24
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
ECHIMYIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Cheekteeth
broader
than
3
mm;
reentrant
folds
deep
and
persistent
(fig.
403A);
pal-
ate
constricted
anteriorly
to
less
than
2
mm
breadth
(fig.
403B);
digits
relatively
long
and
slender;
claws
of
forefeet
resem-
ble
keeled
nails
over
a
pad
about
as
long
as
the
claw
....
...
Subfamily
Dactylomyinae,
Dactylomys
boliviensis
Cheekteeth
narrower
than
3
mm;
reentrant
folds
may
isolate
as
narrow
islands
in
adults
(fig.
61B);
palate
narrower
anteri-
orly
but
not
greatly
constricted,
breadth
between
alveoli
at
least
2
mm;
digits
and
57
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
claws
of
forefeet
not
as
described
above
..........
(also
see
Mesomys
in
text)
2
2(1)
Cheekteeth
smaller,
with
narrow
folds
that
typically
become
isolated
as
islands
in
adult;
length
of
first
upper
cheektooth
less
than
2.5
mm;
occlusal
length
of
upper
mo-
lariform
tooth
row
less
than
10;
feet
not
specially
adapted
for
climbing,
narrower,
width
of hind
foot
less
than
10;
claws
less
curved,
blunter
.......
Proechimys
sp.
[at
least
five
species
occur
in
Bolivia,
see
text
for
further
details]
Cheekteeth
heavier,
with
more
persistent
folds,
the
general
effect
complex,
folds
isolating
late
or
not
at
all;
length
of
occlu-
sal
surface
of
first
upper
cheektooth
more
than
2.5;
occlusal
length
of
upper
molar-
iform
tooth
row
more
than
10;
feet
adapt-
ed
for
arboreal
life,
broader,
width
of
hind
foot
more
than
10
in
adults;
claws
more
curved,
sharper
.......
.....
3
3(2)
Fur
soft,
tail
abundantly
haired,
almost
bushy;
base
of
tail
reddish
brown,
distal
two-thirds
black;
top
of
head
has
paler
brownish
patch
contrasting
with
blackish
surrounding
areas
....
Isothrix
bistriata
Fur
bristly
or
spiny,
scalation
of
tail
evident,
not
well
haired;
color
not
as
above
on
tail
and
head
....
........
4
4(3)
Area
around
nose
chestnut-colored;
body
rather
uniform
in
color;
long
hairs
grow-
ing
from
tips
of
ears;
tail
with
scattered
hairs,
scales
mostly
visible;
spines
small-
er;
tail
about
as
long
as
head
plus
body,
without
distal
tuft
..................
...............
Echimys
didelphoides
Area
around
nose
not
chestnut-colored;
without
long
hairs
on
tips
of
ears;
spines
heavier;
tail
longer
than
head
plus
body,
with
tuft
at
end
.
.
*Echimys
macrurus
KEY
25
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
ABROCOMIDAE
AND
OCTODONTIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Ears
large,
longer
than
15
mm;
forefeet
not
especially
enlarged,
longest
claw
shorter
than
5;
skull
not
heavily
ridged
.....
2
Ears
small,
shorter
than
10;
forefeet
en-
larged
for
digging
(fig.
404),
longest
claw
more
than
5;
skull
heavily
ridged,
especially
the
zygomatic
arches .....
Subfamily
Ctenomyinae,
Ctenomys,
4
[also
see
text
and
map;
additional
taxa
re-
main
to
be
described,
and
these
are
not
included
in
this
key]
2(1)
Lower
teeth
simplified
(fig.
406);
tail
bushy;
rostrum
less
slender
(fig.
408)
.
.
.............
.Octodontomy s
gliroides
Lower
teeth
complex
(fig.
405);
tail
haired
but
not
bushy;
rostrum
slender
(fig.
407)
.
.
Family
Abrocomidae,
Abrocoma,
3
3(2)
Tail
short,
less
than
50%
of
length
of
head
plus
body;
pelage
pale
gray;
bullae
enor-
mous,
projecting
posteriorly
beyond
oc-
cipital
(fig.
409),
gap
separating bullae
at
midline
less
than
1
mm;
known
from
Tarija
..........
Abrocoma
cinerea
Tail
long,
more
than
50%
of
length
of
head
plus
body;
pelage
brownish
gray;
bullae
large,
not
projecting
beyond
occipital
(fig.
407),
gap
more
than
1
mm;
known
from
western
Santa
Cruz
...........
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
..Ab
r
o
c
o
m
a
b
o
l
i
v
i
e
n
s
i
s
4(1)
Size
large,
hind
foot
longer
than
55
mm;
greatest
length
of
skull
more
than
65;
pelage
coarse,
shaggy,
reddish
brown;
in-
habiting
the
Gran
Chaco
in
southeastern
Bolivia
.........
Ctenomys
conoveri
Size
smaller,
hind
foot
shorter
than
55;
greatest
length
of
skull
less
than
65;
pel-
age
not
as
above
........
5...
5(4)
Pelage
short,
few
hairs
of
dorsum
longer
than
15
mm;
nasal
bones
relatively
short,
broad,
and
truncated
anteriorly
(fig.
410)
...........
6
Pelage
long,
most
hairs
of
dorsum
longer
than
15;
nasal
bones
longer,
narrower,
and
not
truncated
anteriorly
(fig.
411)
.....8
6(5)
Size
small,
hind
foot
shorter
than
35
mm;
head
plus
body
length
less
than
175;
greatest
length
of
skull
less
than
45;
ros-
trum
short
(fig.
410);
inhabiting
eastern
Santa
Cruz
......
Ctenomys
minutus
Size
larger,
hind
foot
longer
than
35;
head
plus
body
length
more
than
175;
greatest
length
of
skull
more
than
45
.......
7
7(6)
Pelage
blackish;
postorbital
processes
far-
ther
forward
(fig.
412);
inhabiting
western
Santa
Cruz
......
Ctenomys
steinbachi
Pelage
brown;
postorbital
processes
farther
back
(fig.
413);
widely
ranging
in
Santa
Cruz
......
Ctenomys
boliviensis
8(5)
Pelage
pale
reddish
tan
(in
unworn
pelage);
bullae
large
(fig.
414)
.............
.................
.Ctenomys
opimus
Pelage
varying
from
tan
to
blackish;
bullae
not
expanded
(fig.
415)
...........
9
9(8)
Dorsal
pelage
pale
reddish
tan;
upper
in-
cisors
unusually
procumbent
(fig.
416)
and
pale;
occurring
to
the
south
of
Lake
Titicaca
..
.
Ctenomys
leucodon
Dorsal
pelage
brown
to
blackish;
upper
in-
cisors
not
unusually
procumbent
(figs.
58
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
417,
418)
and
pale;
occurring
in
the
Val-
les
Area
from
the
city
of
Potosi
south-
eastward
.....
10
10(9)
Pelage
usually
with
distinct
cinnamon
hue;
width
of
an
upper
incisor
greater
than
3.3
mm;
incisors
more
procumbent
(fig.
417);
postorbital
process
of
jugal
more
anterior
(fig.
419);
braincase
less
vaulted
(fig.
421)
...
..
Ctenomys
lewisi
Pelage
dark
brown;
width
of
an
upper
in-
cisor
less
than
3.3;
incisors
less
procum-
bent
(fig.
418);
postorbital
process
more
posterior
(fig.
420);
braincase
more
vaulted
(fig.
422)
....
Ctenomys
frater
KEY
26
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CHINCHILLIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
1
Pale
gray,
with
neither
yellowish
belly
nor
black
and
white
markings
on
head;
length
of
skull
less
than
65
mm;
interorbital
breadth
less
than
15;
bullae
inflated,
visi-
ble
as
conspicuous
areas
(width
more
than
10)
on
top
of
skull
(fig.
423)
and
nearly
meeting
at
midline
below;
probably
ex-
tinct
in
Bolivia
.
.
Chinchilla
chinchilla
Color
not
as
above;
larger,
length
of
head
plus
body
more
than
350;
skull
longer
than
65;
interorbital
breadth
more
than
15;
bullae
less
inflated,
not
visible
as
large
ar-
eas
on
top
of
skull,
and
not
nearly
meeting
(separation
more
than
4)
below
......
2
2(1)
Black
and
white
areas
on
head
(fig.
424),
head
bulky,
belly
whitish;
tail
relatively
shorter,
length
usually
less
than
200
mm;
larger,
head
plus
body
more
than
435;
oc-
cipitonasal
length
of
skull
more
than
90;
bullae
less
inflated
and
paroccipital
pro-
cesses
projecting
prominently
below
(fig.
425);
inhabitant
of
Gran
Chaco
region
at
elevations
of
less
than
500
m
.......
...
.
. .
.
.
. .
...
. .
L
a
g
o
s
to
m
u
s
m
a
x
im
u
s
No
striking
markings
on
head,
belly
yellow-
ish;
more
delicate
in
build;
tail
longer,
length
usually
more
than
200;
smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
435;
occipi-
tonasal
length
less
than
90;
bullae
more
inflated
and
paroccipital
processes
barely
projecting
below
bullae
(fig.
426);
inhab-
itant
of
rocky
areas
in
high
mountains
.
.
...
.
.
. .
.
. .
...
. .
.
.
L
a
g
i
d
iu
m
v
is
c
a
c
c
ia
KEY
27
GENERA
AND
SPECIES
OF
CAVIIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
I
Larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than
350
mm;
skull
longer
than
80
mm;
ears
longer
than
90;
relatively
long-limbed, radius
longer
than
humerus,
hind
foot
longer
than
70;
nasals
attenuated
(fig.
427A);
interorbital
region
broad,
breadth
at
constriction
more
than 18
(fig.
427);
posterior
margin
of
bony
palate
a
long
"V"
with
anteriormost
point
at
about
the
level
of
front
of
third
molariform
tooth
........
Subfamily
Dolichotinae,
Dolichotis
salinicola
Smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
350;
skull
shorter
than
80;
ears
shorter
than
90;
relatively
short
limbed,
radius
shorter
than
humerus,
hind
foot
shorter
than
70;
nasals
not
so
attenuated
(fig.
428A);
interorbital
region
narrower
(fig.
428B),
at
constric-
tion
less
than
18;
posterior
margin
of
pal-
ate
a
broader
"U"
with
anteriormost
point
at
level
of
middle
of
fourth
(last)
molari-
form
tooth
(figs.
441,
442)
.........
..............
.Subfami ly
Caviinae,
2
2(1)
Teeth
less
simplified,
breadth
of
occlusal
surface
more
than
2.5
mm,
posterior
lobe
of
upper
cheekteeth
with
clear
and
deep
outer
reentrant
fold
(fig.
429);
averages
larger,
head
plus
body
longer
than 215;
skull
length
50
or
more,
zygomatic
breadth
greater
than
31;
large
rounded
fo-
59
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
ramen
in
lacrimal
(fig.
433);
rostrum
deep,
incisors
relatively
recumbent
(fig.
436);
wild
or
domesticated
...
Cavia
tschudii
Teeth
more
simplified,
breadth
of
occlusal
surface
less
than
2.5,
posterior
lobe
of
up-
per
cheekteeth
without
clear
and
deep
out-
er
reentrant
fold
(fig.
430);
averages
smaller,
head
plus
body
shorter
than
270;
skull
length
less
than
60,
zygomatic
breadth
less
than
34;
lacrimal
not
with
large
rounded foramen
(figs.
431
and
432);
rostrum
not
so
deep,
incisors
may
be
more
procumbent
(figs.
434
and
435);
generally
paler
in
pelage
....
.......
3
3(2)
Incisors
pigmented
orange
at
front,
each
up-
per
incisor
broader
than
1.4
mm;
incisors
relatively
recumbent
(fig.
435);
orbital
branch
of
maxilla
completely
interrupted
by
lacrimal
(fig.
437);
lacrimal
foramen
relatively
small
and
less
lateral
in
position
at
front
of
orbit
(fig.
432);
skull
less
bowed
in
profile
(fig.
439);
length
of
pa-
rietal
usually
more
than
15;
not
so
pale
and
grayish,
more
agouti
appearance
in
pelage;
gular
skin
with
bare
area
in
middle
..........................
Galea,
4
Incisors
not
pigmented
but
whitish
and
nar-
row,
each
upper
incisor
less
than
1.4
wide;
incisors
procumbent
(fig.
434);
orbital
branch
of
maxilla
not
completely
inter-
rupted
(fig.
438);
lacrimal
foramen
rela-
tively
large
and
more
lateral
(fig.
431);
skull
bowed
in
dorsal
profile
(fig.
440);
bullae
relatively
larger
(fig.
440);
parietal
length
15
or
less;
feet
heavier,
breadth
across
pad
of
hind
foot
more
than
8,
across
front
foot
more
than
6;
pale
and
grayish;
gular
skin
completely
covered
with
hair
..............
Microcavia,
5
4(3)
Whitish
eye
ring
larger;
mesopterygoid
fossa
deep
and
narrow,
with
more
or
less
di-
verging
sides
(fig.
441);
first
prism
of
Ml
smaller
than
second;
zygomatic
arches
spread
widely
(fig.
443);
interorbital
breadth
averages
about
16
mm;
averages
smaller,
occipitonasal
length
of
skull
about
52;
hind
foot
usually
about
39
......
..................
.Galea
musteloides
Eye
ring
smaller;
mesopterygoid
fossa
broad
and
with
parallel
sides
(fig.
442);
zygo-
matic
arches
spread
less
widely
(fig.
444A);
interorbital
constriction
narrower
(fig.
444B);
averages
larger,
occipitonasal
length
of
skull
about
57;
hind
foot
of
adults
usually
about
42
...
Galea
spixii
5(3)
Skull
smaller,
greatest
length
(average
for
adults)
about
44.3
mm;
dorsal
profile
of
skull
more
rounded
(fig.
440A);
meso-
pterygoid
fossa
pointed
(fig.
446);
incisors
proodont
(fig.
434)
...
Microcavia
niata
Skull
larger,
greatest
length
(average
for
adults)
about
46.8;
profile
straighter
(fig.
440B);
mesopterygoid
fossa
rounded
(fig.
445);
incisors
orthodont
(similar
to
those
in
fig.
435);
occurs
in
Argentina,
not
yet
reported
from
Bolivia
..............
...............
.*M
icrocavia
australis
KEY
28
SPECIES
OF
ERETHIZONTIDAE
IN
BOLIVIA
Quills
substantial,
with
white
tips
that
contrast
with
dark
areas
(fig.
447A);
larger,
occipiton-
asal
length
of
adult
skull
more
than
85
mm;
alveolar
length
of
upper
tooth
row
more
than
20.5;
forehead
highly
inflated
(fig.
448A);
pos-
terior
margin
of
palate
broadly
U-shaped
(fig.
449A)
.............
Coendou
prehensilis
Quills
more
variable
in
size
and
in
ratios
of
length
to
diameter,
quills
on
shoulders
and
surrounding
areas
relatively
long
and
slender
(fig.
447B);
quills
have
dark
tips;
smaller,
occipitonasal
length
less
than
90;
alveolar
length
of
upper
molar
tooth
row
less
than
20.5;
forehead
less
inflated
(fig.
448B);
posterior
margin
of
palate
somewhat
V-shaped
(fig.
449B);
width
of
upper
incisor
less
than
3.2
......
Coendou
bicolor
NO.
231
60

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
METHODS
AND
MATERIALS
I
have
seen
or
have
records
of
more
than
36,900
specimens
of
Bolivian
mammals.
A
single
identifiable
specimen
with
reliable
data
is
sufficient
evidence
to
plot
a
dot
on
a
distribution
map.
However,
the
adequacy
of
samples
depends
on
the
question(s)
being
asked.
Material
for
study
may
seem
abun-
dant,
but
although
Bolivia
is
a
large
and
di-
verse
country
with
more
than
320
species
of
native
mammals,
more
species
remain
to
be
discovered.
The
mean
number
of
specimens
per
species
is
about
115;
however,
numbers
vary
from
1
to
2914
and
the
median
number
is
only
26.
Clearly,
species
are
not
equally
represented
in
the
total
sample,
and
most
are
poorly
represented.
Actual
rarity
in
some
cases,
small
ranges
within
Bolivia,
little
col-
lecting
in
the
appropriate
range
or
habitat,
1ooo0L
0
0
0
r
Pk
10
1
1
10
and
inadequate
methods
of
collecting
all
have
contributed
to
this
poor
representation.
Further
indication
of
the
situation
is
the
num-
ber
of
localities
per
species,
which
ranges
from
1
to
169
with
a
median
of
11.
A
"series"
is
defined
for
present
purposes
as
a
sample
of
one
or
more
specimens
of
one
species
from
one
place.
The
number
of
such
samples
is
about
7300.
Thus,
the
average
number
of
specimens
per
series
is
only
five.
Specimens
in
2836
series
of
rodents
were
tal-
lied
for
figure
450.
Over
half
of
all
series
consist
of
only
one
or
two
specimens.
For
a
given
species,
the
series
also
tend
to
be
distributed
in
the
same
highly
skewed
way;
the
most
common
number
of
specimens
in
a
series
is
one,
then
two.
Because
of
the
disproportionate
influence
of
a
few
large
val-
100
1000
NUMBER
OF
SPECIMENS
PER
SERIES
Fig.
450.
Graph
to
indicate
the
small
size
of
most
samples
of
mammals
available
for
study
in
collections.
A
series
is
defined
as
the
specimen(s)
of
one
species
from
one
locality.
Data
for
2836
series
of
Bolivian
rodents
were
tabulated
for
this
graph.
The
most
common
series
size
is
one
specimen;
and
more
than
half
of
all
series
(1583
of
2836)
consist
of
only
one
or
two
specimens.
lI
lI
11-I
0
0
A
*
-
I
eIelL-!lll--
tI1
.
61
1997
I
"1
717
1
F

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
0
Al
co
U,
0
100
1
10
100
1000
NUMBERS
OF
LOCALITIES
0
AND
SPECIMENS
0
Fig.
451.
Cumulative
semilogarithmic
graph
showing
the
percentage
of
species
of
mammals
rep-
resented
by
different
numbers
of
specimens
and
localities
for
Bolivia.
For
example,
80%
of
species
are
represented
by
more
than
four
localities
and
80%
are
represented
by
more
than
six
specimens;
the
reciprocals
are
20%
represented
by
fewer
than
five
localities
and
20%
by
fewer
than
seven
specimens.
ues
on
arithmetic
means,
these
means
are
greater
than
the
medians.
For
example,
the
average
number
of
specimens
per
series
is
five
and
the
median
is
two.
For
bats,
the
av-
erage
number
of
specimens
per
series
is
5.4;
for
rodents
it
is
5.9;
and
for
other
mammals
it
is
2.8.
The
largest
series
consists
of
1706
specimens
of
Calomys
callosus
from
San
Joaquin.
This
species
of
rodent
was
found
to
carry
the
Machupo
virus
that
caused
a
hem-
orrhagic
fever
that
killed
about
10%
of
the
people
in
that
village
during
an
epidemic
in
the
early
1960s
(Johnson
et
al.,
1965).
This
large
series
of
mice
was
collected
during
studies
at
San
Joaqufn.
No
other
series
num-
bering
more
than
1000
exists.
The
entire
rep-
resentation
for
only
two
other
species
ex-
ceeds
1000.
These
are
the
common
bats
My-
otis
nigricans
and
Molossus
molossus.
The
size
of
the
samples
of
these
two
species
also
is
largely
the
result
of
single
series
of
465
and
413,
respectively,
obtained
in
the
early
stages
of
the
study
of
hemorrhagic
fever
at
San
Joaquin
when
researchers
investigated
the
possibility
that
bats
might
be
transmitting
the
disease.
To
study
geographic
variation,
a
number
of
series
from
different
parts
of
the
range
of
a
species
and
consisting
of
at
least
10
adult
specimens
per
series
are
needed.
The
number
10
is
only
a
rough
minimal
approximation.
More
are
needed
when
measurements
or
counts
are
highly
variable
or
sexual
dimor-
phism
is
pronounced.
Only
14%
(389
of
2836)
of
the
series
of
rodents
consists
of
10
or
more
specimens.
Few
species
are
repre-
sented
by
series
adequate
for
this
type
of
study
and
even
fewer
species
have
been
crit-
ically
studied
from
this
standpoint,
by
me
or
anyone
else.
Neither
the
numbers
of
specimens
nor
lo-
calities
per
species
are
normally
distributed;
both
are
highly
skewed,
with
lower
values
predominating.
The
percentages
of
species
represented
by
different
numbers
of
localities
and
specimens
are
shown
in
figure
451.
Values
at
the
50th
percentile
are
the
medians
of
11
localities
62
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
30
20
10
(A
q
1:1
XA
5
1
0
10
20
30
NUMIBER
OF
LOCALITIES
Fig.
452.
Semilogarithmic
graph
showing
the
number
of
localities
per
species
of
Bolivian
mammals.
In
general,
the
most
common
number
(for
24
species)
is
one
locality,
then
two
(23
species),
then
three
(22
species),
etc.
Data
for
240
species
known
from
fewer
than
30
localities
are
plotted;
82
additional
species
are
known
from
30
to
169
localities.
For
values
from
30
to
39,
the
average
number
of
species
is
2.3;
for
the
40s
the
average
is
1.7;
for
50s,
it
is
1.5;
for
60s,
it
is
0.3;
etc.
The
downward
trend
seen
in
the
graph
continues
for
the
scattered
values
above
30
localities.
and
26
specimens
per
species.
The
values
at
any
other
percentile
can
be
read
approxi-
mately
from
the
graph.
The
area
of
Bolivia
is
1,098,581
km2
(In-
stituto
Nacional
de
Estadistica,
Atlas
censal
de
Bolivia,
1982).
The
total
of
36,900
spec-
imens
thus
represents
one
specimen
per
30
km2.
In
comparison,
an
unusually
detailed
North
American
faunal
study
of
mammals
in
the
state
of
Arizona
(Hoffmeister,
1986)
was
based
on
42,278
specimens
representing
138
native
species.
The
area
of
Arizona
is
295,144
km2,
so
there
was
one
specimen
per
7
km2.
Arizona
is,
therefore,
between
four
and
five
times
better
represented
in
collec-
tions
of
mammals
and
correspondingly
better
known
than
Bolivia.
The
number
of
speci-
mens
per
species
on
the
average
in
Arizona
is
306,
compared
to
115
in
Bolivia.
The
numbers
of
species
that
are
repre-
sented
by
different
numbers
of
localities
are
summarized
in
figure
452.
Note
the
predom-
inance of
small
samples.
We
now
have
a
much
better
idea
of
what
species
are
present
and
their
geographic
dis-
tributions
within
Bolivia
than
we
had
a
few
years
ago,
but
much
more
remains
to
be
learned
about
taxonomy
and
distribution.
Other
biological
aspects,
such
as
ecological
relationships
with
the
physical
environment
and
with
other
species
of
both
plants
and
an-
imals,
behavior,
population
levels
and
fluc-
tuations,
reproduction,
genetics,
parasitology,
epidemiology,
public
health,
conservation
bi-
ology,
wildlife
management,
and
economic
impacts
are
virtually
unexplored
and
offer
exciting
fields
for
study.
I
hope
that
the
pres-
ent
progress
report
on
taxonomy
and
distri-
bution
will
provide
some
ideas
and
incen-
tives
for
this
future
work.
rI
I
I
I
I
I
0e.0
0
*
*
0
0
0
0-
p
0 0
0
-
0
I
I
*-
1
0
0
I
I
I
Le....
I
I
63
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
FAUNAL
ANALYSIS
AND
BIOGEOGRAPHY
Geological,
topographic,
climatic,
and
vegetational
factors
are
among
the
major
en-
vironmental
influences
on
mammalian
distri-
butions
and
populations.
These
will
be
out-
lined
only
in
a
general
way,
to
provide
a
background
for
the
discussion
of
mammalian
biogeography.
Some
diverse
mammalian
habitats
are
illustrated
in
figures
453
to
469.
These
photos,
arranged
by
elevation,
were
taken
from
5000
m
in
the
Cordillera
Oriental
of
the
Andes
down
to
200
m
in
the
Ama-
zonian
lowlands.
GEOGRAPHICAL
POSITION
AND
TOPOGRAPHY
Bolivia
extends
in
latitude
from
approxi-
mately
10
to
230
south
of
the
equator.
These
latitudes,
and
great
topographic
relief,
are
major
factors
in
maintaining
diverse
climates
and
mammalian
habitats.
These
habitats
range
from
humid,
high
(i.e.,
tall)
tropical
forest
in
the
north
to
areas
of
perpetual
snow
and
glaciers
on
the
cordilleras
that
are
rela-
tively
barren
biologically.
Bolivia
can
be
roughly
divided
into
lowlands
and
highlands.
The
northern
and
eastern
two-thirds
of
Bo-
livia
lie
at
elevations
less
than
500
m
above
sea
level,
some
less
than
200
m.
When
one
considers
that
the
distance
from
the
lowest
parts
of
Bolivia
to
the
Atlantic
Ocean
is
about
2000
km
via
the
Amazon
or
1500
km
via
the
Rio
de
la
Plata,
the
limited
amount
of
topographic
relief
in
much
of
eastern
South
America,
from
the
Andean
foothills
to
the
ocean,
is
impressive.
In
Bolivia,
this
flat-
ness,
in
combination
with
considerable
rain-
fall,
results
in
seasonal
flooding
of
rivers
and
inundation
of
large
tracts
of
forests.
The
other
third,
the
highlands
in
the
south-
west,
rises
abruptly
from
the
lowlands
and
reaches
to
more
than
6000
m
in
the
cordil-
leras
of
the
Andes.
The
eastern
edge
of
the
Andes
is
a
relatively
steep
escarpment
rising
from
500
to
more
than
3000
m,
at
some
plac-
es
over
distances
of
less
than
100
km.
At
other
places,
it
has
been
dissected
by
erosion
to
yield
a
series
of
ridges
and
valleys.
As
a
result
of
this
complex
topography
and
pre-
vailing
and
seasonal
winds
and
precipitation,
small
areas
as
varied
as
perpetually
humid
Fig.
453.
Lake
at
divide
on
the
road
between
Antequilla
and
Pelechuco
(1448/6910),
above
elevation
5000
m,
September
1980.
Rocky
habitat
of
Chroeomys
jelskii
and
Lagidium
viscacia.
NO.
231
64

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fig.
454.
Houses
east
of
Antequilla
(1452/6920),
at
elevation
of
about
4800
m,
September
1982.
Heavily
grazed
by
alpacas,
little
vegetation
evident.
Habitat
of
Auliscomys
pictus,
Auliscomys
sublimis,
and
Calomys
lepidus.
cloud
forests
and
dry
valleys
are
intermin-
gled
in
complex
ways.
In
addition
to
the
peaks
of
the
cordilleras,
the
high
country
in-
cludes
the
relatively
level
altiplano.
This
area
lies
mostly
in
Bolivia
but
extends
into
Peru,
Argentina,
and
Chile.
In
North
American
terms,
the
altiplano
is
roughly
the
size
of
the
state
of
California
and
lies
at
about
13,000
ft
elevation.
The
Altiplano
is
relatively
dry,
and
aridity
increases
from
north
to
south.
Fig.
455.
Station
at
La
Cumbre
(1622/6803),
elevation
4675
m.
Photographed
by
Tate
in
1926.
Habitat
of
Neotomys
ebriosus,
three
species
of
Auliscomys,
and
Calomys
lepidus.
65
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Fig.
456.
Grassy
vegetation
in
ungrazed
area
within
the
fence
around
the
ruins
at
Tiwanacu
(1633/
6839),
elevation
3840
m.
Few
ungrazed
areas
are
to
be
seen
on
the
Altiplano.
We
did
not
trap
here
but
would
expect
to
find
Akodon
boliviensis
and
Calomys
lepidus.
CLIMATE
In
the
long
sweep
of
geological
history,
major
climatic
changes
have
occurred.
Cur-
rent
mammalian
distributions
largely
reflect
recent
conditions
and
changes.
A
period
of
drought
began
rather
abruptly
about
the
year
1000
AD,
at
least
in
the
highlands.
This
drought,
documented
from
the
study
of
ice
cores
from
the
Quelccaya
ice
cap
in
Peru
and
from
sediment
cores
from
Lake
Titicaca,
probably
caused
the
collapse
of
the
"politi-
cally
integrated,
expansive
state
society"
of
Tiwanaku
(Ortloff
and
Kolata,
1993).
We
can
surmise
that
fluctuations
in
aridity
through-
out
the
Pleistocene
and
earlier
allowed
the
ranges
of
various
species
to
expand
or
com-
pelled
them
to
contract,
although
few
data
are
available
to
document
former
ranges.
Even
today
our
knowledge
of
the
environ-
mental
conditions
that
may
restrict
the
ranges
of
species
now
living
in
Bolivia
is
quite
lim-
ited.
Average
annual
rainfall
ranges
from
more
than
3000
mm
(3056
recorded
as
average
over
a
5-year
period
at
Chimore,
elevation
300
m,
Cochabamba)
to
less
than
100
mm
(51
recorded
as
average
over
a
14-year
pe-
riod
at
Chiguana,
elevation
3684
m,
Potosif)
in
the
southern
part
of
the
Altiplano
(Unzue-
ta,
1975:
310,
312).
Mean
annual
temperatures
in
degrees
Cen-
tigrade
range
from
greater
than
240
(24.2°
in
a
period
of
22
years
at
Cobija,
Pando)
to
less
than
7°
(6.20
over
10
years
at
Penas,
eleva-
tion
3986
m,
La
Paz).
VEGETATION
In
figure
470,
I
have
mapped
six
major
vegetation
zones
(as
did
Salazar
et
al.,
in
press;
see
further
discussion
of
their
work
under
Faunal
Analysis
below).
Some
other
useful
sources
of
vegetational
and
general
ecological
data
are
Holdridge
et
al.
(1971),
Unzueta
(1975),
UNESCO
(1981),
and
Gey-
ger
and
Arze
(1982).
The
designation
of
six
rather
than
a
smaller
or
larger
number
of
zones
is
arbitrary.
No
zone
is
uniform.
Local
conditions,
such
as
the
small
wet
areas
or
bogs
on
the
Altiplano
known
as
bofedales,
are
important
to
various
mammals.
Large
parts
of
the
lowlands,
especially
in
the
Beni,
are
subject
to
seasonal
flooding
(bosques
de
66
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fig.
457.
Vegetation
on
bank
of
the
rio
Desaguadero
(1740/6732),
about
elevation
of
3700
m,
August
1984.
Habitat
of
Akodon
albiventer,
Phyllotis
xanthopygus,
and
Oligoryzomys
andinus.
inundacion).
The
limited
number
of
areas
with
rocks
and
caves
in
the
lowlands,
may
be
the
reason
that
bats
of
the
family
Mor-
moopidae
are
known
only
from
the
region
near
the
Serrania
Huanchaca.
Fossorial
mam-
mals
such
as
tuco-tucos
favor
areas
with
rel-
atively
deep
and
friable
soils.
These
are
just
a
few
examples.
Mostly,
limiting
factors
for
species
have
not
been
postulated
except
in
the
most
general
terms.
Fig.
458.
Vegetation,
including
cactus,
at
Pongo
(1620/6756)
in
the
Unduavi
Valley
at
elevation
3690
m.
Photographed
by
Tate
in
1926.
Habitat
of
Oligoryzomys
sp.
B,
Akodon
mimus,
Chroeomys
jelskii,
and
Auliscomys
pictus.
67
1997

6BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~,
..-
%Z.
..-
Fig.
459.
Rocky
hillsides
and
short
scattered
shrubs
near
Tarabuco
(1910/6455),
elevation
ca.
3300
m,
July
1983.
Habitat
of
Phyllotis
xanthopygus.
Fig.
460.
View
from
the
valley
floor
of
the
rio
Caracato
(1659/6749),
elevation
2900
m,
April 1982.
Habitat
of
Octodontomys
gliroides
on
the
arid
hillsides
and
Thylamys
pallidior
on
arid
hillside
and
in
marsh
on
valley
floor.
Desmodus
rotundus
was
the
only
bat
captured
here.
68
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fig.
461.
Forested
slopes
at
Nequejahuira
(1619/6752),
elevation
2450
m.
Photographed
by
Tate
in
1926.
Habitat
of
Mustelafrenata,
Lenoxus
apicalis,
Oryzomys
levipes,
Thomasomys
aureus,
and
Oxymycterus
paramensis.
1.
Altiplano
(and
associated
mountains
and
valleys).
The
predominant
vegetation
in
this
region
is
known
as
the
puna.
The
puna
is
sunnier
than
the
pdramos
[at
high
ele-
vations
in
the
northern
Andes];
it
also
has
a
greater
daily
temperature
range
....
[A]bove
4,000
m
there
is
a
night
frost
on
more
than
300
nights
a
year.
From
4,700
m,
there
are
alternating
nightly
frost
and
daily
thaw
throughout
the
year.
The
ecoclimatic
conditions
are
such
that
plant-growth
is
interrupted.
Moreover,
the
length
of
the
dry
season,
added
to
the
cold,
helps
to
limit
the
growth
and
development
of
plants
whose
adaptation
to
the
very
harsh
ecoclimatic
conditions
can
be
seen
in
the
biological
types.
This
adaptation
is
of
two
morphological
and
anatomical
types.
They
display
a
disproportionate
development
of
under-
ground
organs,
with
a
reduction
or
absence
of
stems,
[the
presence
of]
cushion
forms,
and
leaf
reduction
accompanied
by
abundant
pilosity,
spinescence
and
succulence.
Lastly,
many
woody
plants
of
the
puna
are
resinous,
and
are
thus
much
sought
after
for
fuel,
which
explains
their
destruction
and
rarity
(UNESCO,
1981:
95).
The
region
as
mapped
in
figure
470
includes
the
Andean
plateau
proper,
the
surrounding
mountains
(the
Cordillera
Occidental
along
the
Chilean
border
and
the
Cordillera
Ori-
ental
on
the
eastern
side),
which
are
devoid
of
vegetation
on
the
snow-clad
peaks,
and
various
valleys.
Most
of
the
region
is
above
3000
m
elevation.
The
few
trees
are
mostly
of
introduced
species
of
eucalyptus.
A
de-
tailed
study
of
vegetation
in
the
vicinity
of
Ulla
Ulla
was
published
by
Seibert
(1993).
Figures
453
to
459
are
of
localities
above
3000
m
elevation.
2.
Yungas.
These
are
the
forested
eastern
slopes
of
the
Andes
mountains,
which
range
in
elevation
roughly
from
3000
to
500
m.
"In
the
...
Bolivian
Andes,
the
forests
of
the
east
facies
of
the
mountains
...
are
known
as
the
ceja
de
la
montana
....
[Sluch
a
range
of
altitude
must
contain
several
types
of
forest"
(UNESCO,
1981:
92).
The
forest
is
mostly
not
deciduous.
In
the
most
humid
areas
there
is
a
distinctive
cloud-forest
with
tall
ferns,
deep
humus
on
the
forest
floor,
much
moss,
and
trees
festooned
with
epiphytes.
These
slopes
are
at
places
deeply
dissected,
and
be-
cause
of
prevailing
winds
and
resulting
rain-
shadow
effects,
local
areas
within
short
dis-
tances
may
differ
widely
in
aridity
and
in
vegetation.
Figures
460
to
465
are
of
local-
ities
in
the
yungas
and
valles.
Figure
464
shows
one
of
the
more
arid
valleys.
3.
Tropical
and
Subtropical
Forest
(Bosque
Amazonico).
The
forests
of
the
low-
er
Yungas
grade
into
the
lowland
(less
than
500
m
elevation)
subtropical
forests.
The
strictly
tropical
areas
(i.e.,
where
it
never
freezes)
are
in
the
northern
part
of
the
de-
partment
of
Pando.
Here
are
the
largest
trees,
the
greatest
number
of
species
of
trees,
and
the
trees
yielding
rubber
and
Brazil
nuts.
The
photograph
in
figure
467
was
taken
at
350
m
elevation.
4.
Savannah
(Savana).
These
are
open
ar-
eas,
largely
grassland,
with
scattered
trees
or
patches
of
forest
(islas
de
bosque).
In the
southern
part
of
the
region,
the
forest
exists
in
patches,
as
the
dispersed
vegetation
phase.
From
south
to
north
the
amount
of
forest
in-
69
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Fig.
462.
Coca
plantations
on
slopes
at
La
Florida
(1621/6746),
elevation
1780
m.
Photographed
by
Tate
in
1926.
Habitat
of
Gracilinanus
agilis,
Marmosops
dorothea,
Akodon
aerosus,
and
Rhipidomys
couesi.
creases
until
the
grassland
becomes
the
dis-
persed
phase,
remaining
only
in
isolated
patches
known
as
pampas
or
chacos
(e.g.,
Pampa
de
Heath
near
the
Peruvian
border
and
Pampa
de
Meio
on
the
rio
It6nez,
Chaco
Lejo).
Incidentally,
the
term
"chaco"
is
used
also
for
smaller
clearings
in
forests.
When
most
of
the
trees
are
palms,
the
term
"Palm
Savannah"
is
used.
The
ecology
of
the
sa-
vannahs
of
Beni
in
the
longer-term
geologi-
Fig.
463.
View
from
Coroico
(1610/6744),
elevation
1715
m,
May
1982.
Forested
or
partly
cleared
slopes
in
the
yungas
of
La
Paz
department.
NO.
231
70
Ri
unm
IM
I
0;
W11.111-
.....

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fig.
464.
Arid
vegetation
east
of
Comarapa
(1758/6429),
elevation
1700
m,
September
1984.
Habitat
of
Graomys
domorum,
Promops
nasutus,
Anoura
geoffroyi
(feed
at
flowers
of
cacti).
Fig.
465.
Illustration
of
"cut
and
bum"
agricultural
practice
commonly
used
in
many
parts
of
Bolivia,
at
about
elevation
1000
m
in
Santa
Cruz
department,
1984,
exact
location
not
recorded.
1997
71

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Fig.
466.
Relatively
arid
area
at
the
northern
edge
of
the
Gran
Chaco
on
the
road
west
of
Robore
(1816/6007),
elevation
475
m,
October
1984.
Habitat
of
Ctenomys
minutus,
Thrichomys
apereoides,
and
Chaetophractus
vellerosus.
cal
context
was
analyzed
by
Hanagarth
(1993).
5.
Subhumid
Forest
(Bosque
Chiqui-
tano).
This
region
is
intermediate
between
the
wet
Amazonian
forests
to
the
north
and
the
dry
Chacoan
forests
to
the
south.
6.
Chaco.
The
trees
that
are
present
in
the
Chaco
are
smaller
and
scrubbier
than
trees
farther
north.
Figure
466
shows
a
Chacoan
area
west
of
Robore.
Faunal
Analysis
SPECIES
DENSITIES:
Six
one-degree
sample
areas
(A
to
F
in
fig.
470)
were
selected
along
a
transect;
tallies
were
made
of
numbers
of
species
with
ranges
(as
mapped
for
individ-
ual
species
in
subsequent
accounts) occurring
in
at
least
part
of
each
quadrat.
These
num-
bers,
plotted
in
figure
471,
compare
the
spe-
cies
densities
estimated
among
sample
areas
and
among
bats,
rodents,
and
other
mam-
mals.
The
combined
totals
for
all
mammals
and
for
each
sample
area
are
also
shown.
Clearly,
for
all
groups,
the
Altiplano
(area
A)
has
a
lower
species
density
than
other
areas;
this
paucity
is
most
extreme
for
bats.
Ro-
dents
comprise
36%
of
all
Bolivian
species,
bats
about
31%,
and
species
of
all
other
or-
ders
combined
33%.
Thus,
the
ratio
of
bats
to
rodents
is
about
1
to
1.2.
However,
the
ratio
of
numbers
of
species
of
bats
to
num-
bers
of
rodents
in
one-degree
sample
areas
D,
E,
and
F
is
about
2.5
to
1.
The
reason
for
this
reversal
in
relative
abundance
is
that
ro-
dents,
on
the
average,
have
smaller
geo-
graphic
ranges
than
do
bats,
a
fact
with
im-
plications
discussed
elsewhere
(Anderson,
1991).
The
relative
abundances
of
individuals
of
different
species
in
different
places
and
at
different
times
are
additional biological
di-
mensions
scarcely
touched
upon
here.
Fur-
ther
study
is
needed.
A
graph
showing
the
cumulative
number
(decade
by
decade)
of
presently
recognized
living
native species
of
mammals
known
by
reported
specimens
from
present-day
Bolivia
is
shown
in
figure
472.
By
1990,
the
number
had
reached
about
300.
Three
projections
(A,
B,
and
C)
beyond
that
date
are
shown.
Ad-
ditional
species
will
be
from
three
sources:
those
new
to
science,
those
already
known
from
outside
of
Bolivia
but
newly
discovered
within
Bolivia,
and
those
already
known
and
NO.
231
72

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Fig.
467.
Village
of
Rurrenabaque
(1428/6734),
elevation
350
m,
September
1980.
This
is
where
the
rio
Beni
leaves
the
final
foothills
of
the
yungas.
Habitat
of
Akodon
dayi.
named
but
currently
regarded
as
subspecies
or
synonyms.
Taxonomic
revisions
that
lump
formerly
recognized
species
and
extinctions
of
Bolivian
populations
tend
to
reduce
the
number
of
recognized
species
living
in
Bo-
livia.
The
chinchilla
(Chinchilla
chinchilla)
may
now
be
extinct
in
Bolivia
and
the
rate
of
extinction
is
likely
to
accelerate
in
the
coming
years.
Within
20
or
30
years
the
rate
of
extinction
may
increase
and
the
rate
of
discovery
decrease
enough
to
cause
the
known
living
Bolivian
fauna
to
peak
and
be-
gin
to
decline.
Projections
B
and
C
are
min-
imum
and
maximum
estimates,
while
A
shows
an
increase
that
was
certain
in
1991
because
of
specimens
already
in
collections
and
taxonomic
revisions
that
were
underway.
Experience
through
1994
suggests
that
pro-
jection
C
is
closer
to
reality
than
A
or
B.
About
78
species
are
presently
on
the
hy-
pothetical
list.
Some
of
these,
although
listed
because
of
their
proximity
to
Bolivia,
prob-
ably
will
never
be
found
in
Bolivia.
My
own
rough
estimate
is
that
about
one-half
of
them
will
be
found.
A
published
faunal
list
(Pacheco
et
al.,
1993)
for
the
Manu
Biosphere
Reserve-lo-
cated
some
150
to
200
km
west
of
the
Bo-
livian
border
in
the
drainage
basin
of
the
rio
Madre
de
Dios
and
its
left-hand
tributary,
the
rio
Manu,
at
elevations
from
365
to
3450
i-provides
interesting
comparative
data.
Of
the
190
species
listed,
160
(or
84%)
occur
also
in
Bolivia.
Only
30
do
not,
or
at
least
they
have
not
been
found
there
yet.
Salazar
et
al.
(in
press)
discussed
the
bio-
geography
of
Bolivian
native
mammals,
us-
ing
published
data
(Anderson,
1993)
and
un-
published
data
from
my
files.
Their
conclu-
sions
are
of
considerable
interest.
The
relative
density
of
collecting
efforts
in
different
parts
of
the
country
was
mapped
by
Salazar
et
al.
(in
press;
see
also
fig.
473
in
which
all
collecting
localities
are
shown).
Areas
near
cities
and
major
roads
and
rivers
are
represented
best.
Although
the
data
ana-
lyzed
by
Salazar
et
al.
included
records
of
more
than
32,000
specimens
in
collections
from
hundreds
of
localities,
47%
of
the
one-
half-degree
quadrats
in
the
country
were
not
represented
by
even
one
specimen.
In
a
symposium
on
the
montane
forests
of
Peru
(Young
and
Valencia,
1992),
great
bio-
diversity
(many
species)
and
the
occurrence
of
relatively
small
areas
having
high
per-
centages
of
endemic
species
were
noted
for
various
taxonomic
groups.
According
to
Al-
wyn
H.
Gentry
(p.
11),
a
single
forested
73
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Fig.
468.
At
the
edge
of
the
Bafiados
del
Izo-
zog
(1828/6207)
in
the
dry
season,
elevation
290
m,
October
1984.
In
the
wet
season,
large
areas
are
inundated.
Seasonal
inundation
occurs
in
many
parts
of
the
lowlands.
Akodon
toba
and
Cal-
omys
callosus
occur
in
grassy
habitat
nearby
on
slightly
higher
ground.
Panthera
onca
occurs
in
the
general
area.
ridge
(data
from
Ecuador
but
probably
also
true
in
Peru
and
Bolivia)
can
have
as
many
as
100
locally
endemic
plants.
Diana
Silva
(p.
34)
noted
that
"very
few"
of
the
750
spe-
cies
of
spiders
found
at
eight
study
sites
in
montane
forests
occurred
at
more
than
one
site,
and
thus
she
postulated
both
small
rang-
es
and
high
local
endemism.
John
P.
O'Neill
(p.
47)
commented
that
more
than
1700
spe-
cies
of
birds
are
known
from
Peru,
that
over
55%
of
these
occur
above
elevations
of
1000
m,
that
112
species
are
endemic
to
Peru,
and
that
106
of
these
have
Andean
distributions.
Species
density
and
endemism
in
Bolivian
mammals
are
discussed
below.
Biogeographic
units
are
commonly
ana-
r1g.
40o.
rorest
on
DanJ
oI
no
itenez
De-
tween
Ilha
Floras
and
Larangeiras,
Brazil,
about
elevation
200
m,
7
August
1964.
The
latter
is
at
1313/6209.
Habitat
of
Holochilus
sciureus,
Ory-
zomys
capito,
and
Didelphis
marsupialis.
lyzed
and
discussed
by
ecologists
and
other
biologists.
Many
systems
or
schemes
for
de-
fining,
recognizing,
and
naming
such
units
have
been
proposed.
The
history,
technical
details,
and
arguments
for
and
against
the
systems
need
not
concern
us
here.
Vegetation
is
often
the
major
basis
for
selecting
such
units.
The
selection
process
is
somewhat
sub-
jective
because
conditions
are
not
uniform
throughout
any
given
unit
and
the
boundaries
are
not
so
sharp
as
neat
lines
on
a
map
may
suggest.
Even
if
an
unambiguous
basis
for
defining
units
is
formulated,
data
needed
to
apply
the
definition
are
limited
in
quantity
and
accuracy.
Nonetheless,
the
process
is
in-
formative
in
a
general
way.
Six
major
biogeographic
units
in
Bolivia
were
delineated
by
Salazar
et
al.
after
con-
sidering
both
the
areas
used
by
earlier
au-
thors
and
the
limitations
of
the
methodology.
74
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
60°W
lo)
S
Fig.
470.
Map
of
Bolivia
showing
six
one-
degree-square
sample
areas
(A
to
F)
along
a
tran-
sect
from
the
high
Altiplano
to
the
Amazonian
lowlands.
Six
major
vegetation
zones
are:
1)
the
Altiplano
and
Interandean
Valleys
(Altiplano
y
Valles
Interandinos);
2)
Yungas
(the
forested
slopes
on
the
east
side
of
the
mountains);
3)
Trop-
ical
Rain
Forest
(Bosque
Amazonico);
4)
Savan-
nah
(Savana);
5)
Subhumid
Forest
(Bosques
Chi-
quitanos);
and
6)
the
Chaco
(Ergueta
and
Salazar
Bravo,
1991,
and
other
sources).
The
species
den-
sities
of
groups
of
mammals
in
these
sample
areas
are
shown
in
figure
471.
The
units
are
listed
and
described
above.
The
species
occurring
in
each
unit
were
tallied,
and
the
numbers
of
species,
numbers
of
en-
demic
species,
and
degrees
of
similarity
be-
tween
the
mammalian
faunas
of
the
units
were
compared.
The
relative
sizes
of
average
adult
individuals
of
the
species
and
their
tro-
phic
roles
in
the
six
units
were
also
dis-
cussed.
Some
differences
in
patterns
between
taxonomic
groups,
for
example
bats
as
com-
pared
to
rodents,
were
also
analyzed.
Mam-
malian
biogeography
and
Bolivian
conser-
vation
were
given
special
consideration.
Ex-
cluding
from
the
count
humans
and
intro-
duced
species,
316
species
of
native
mammals
were
known
then
from
Bolivia.
The
numbers
of
species
present
in
the
six
units
were,
respectively,
53,
114, 152,
114,
143,
and
114.
Thus,
the
Amazonian
forest
exhibits
the
greatest
species
diversity.
Sixteen
recognized
species
were
consid-
A
B
C
D
E
F
Fig.
471.
Graph
showing
the
numbers
of
spe-
cies
of
bats,
rodents,
and
other
groups
(stippled
area
within
graph
for
all
species
at
the
top),
and
all
mammals
in
the
six
sample
areas
shown
in
figure
470.
ered
to
be
Bolivian
endemics
(i.e.
confined
to
Bolivia).
Certainly,
some
of
these
endem-
ics
will
be
found
outside
of
Bolivia
by
fur-
ther
collecting
or
will
be
found
by
further
taxonomic
study
to
intergrade
with
some
oth-
er
species
now
recognized
that
occurs
out-
300o
U1)
ILL
0
ILI
m
z
200O
100o
1850
1900
1950
2000
Fig.
472.
Cumulative
number
of
living
spe-
cies
of
native
mammals
known
to
inhabit
Bolivia.
A
record
of
increasing
knowledge.
Values
for
fu-
ture
decades,
predicted
as
discussed
in
text,
are
shown
as
A,
B,
and
C.
I
I
I
_
....
*
-B....~~e.
:
B
-l/
,
I
~~
~~~I
II
75
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
Fig.
473.
Map
showing
all
(1259)
collecting
localities
for
mammals.
Separate
maps
were
gen-
erated
for
bats,
rodents,
and
other
mammals.
The
only
conspicuous
difference
in
the
pattern
was
that
there
are
few
localities
for
bats
on
the
Alti-
plano.
Otherwise,
the
same
clusters
of
localities
near
major
cities
and
along
avenues
of
transpor-
tation,
along
rivers
in
the
lowlands
of
northern
Bolivia
and
major
roads
elsewhere,
were
evident
on
each
map.
This
pattern
is
clear
on
the
present
map.
side
of
Bolivia.
Although
both
of
these
pro-
cesses
tend
to
reduce
the
number
and
per-
centage
of
species
that
are
thought
to
be
Bo-
livian
endemics,
other
processes
tend
to
increase
the
number
of
endemics.
Among
these
processes
is
the
discovery
of
species
new
to
science.
Certainly
more
species
await
discovery,
especially
in
the
Yungas.
Probably
the
percentage
of
endemic
species
within
a
given
unit
is
highest
for
the
Altiplano,
fol-
lowed
by
the
Yungas.
For
a
detailed
discus-
sion
of
the
concept
of
endemism
see
Ander-
son
(1994).
I
speculate
that
the
net
change
in
percentage
of
Bolivian
species
that
are
judged
to
be
endemic
to
Bolivia
will
ap-
proach
in
the
future
a
level
of
equilibrium
slightly
higher
than
that
at
present.
Before
continuing
the
discussion
of
pat-
terns
in
mammalian
distributions,
the
nature
of
the
basic
data
needs
to
be
reviewed.
Lo-
calities
represented
by
specimens
were
plot-
ted
on
a
map
for
each
species.
Then
I
looked
at
the
map,
thought
about
what
I
knew
about
the
animal
(principally
within
Bolivia
but
also
in
surrounding
regions)
and
about
con-
ditions
within
Bolivia,
and
drew
a
line
or
lines
showing
my
estimate
of
the
limit
of
the
distribution
within
Bolivia
for
each
species.
In
spite
of
the
inherent
subjectivity
involved,
I
think
that
these
estimates
are
about
the
best
that
can
be
made,
until
we
learn
more.
The
confidence
and
the
precision
with
which
that
line
can
be
drawn
depends
on
how
much
is
known
about
(1)
the
actual
oc-
currence
of
the
species
(i.e.
the
plotted
lo-
calities),
(2)
the
habitat
requirements
of
each
species,
and
(3)
the
habitats
specifically
available
in
each
local
area.
Habitat
require-
ments
and
local
habitats
are
known,
but
only
in
a
very
general
way.
The
fact
that
most
species
are
known
from
few
localities,
as
dis-
cussed
elsewhere,
means
that
even
the
"hard
data"
represented
by
dots
on
the
maps
are
quite
limited.
The
reader
who
wishes
to
dis-
count
my
subjective
boundaries
has
the
dots
to
contemplate.
In
addition
to
the
inherent
subjectivity
in
estimating
boundaries,
there
is
potential
circularity
in
reasoning
about
pat-
terns.
If
a
species
is
known
only
from
local-
ities
in
the
Gran
Chaco,
and
I
know
roughly
where
the
limits
of
the
chacoan
habitat
are,
I
may
draw
the
estimated
boundary
for
that
species
near
the
habitat
limits.
To
contend
that
there
is
a
suite
of
chacoan
species
that
have
common
limits
then
tends
to
be
redun-
dant
or
the
reasoning
a
bit
circular.
Alternatively,
a
more
objective
procedure
might
be
considered.
Suppose
that
for
each
species
map
a
convex
polygon
is
drawn
around
the
existing
dots
and
a
procedure
for
extralimital
data
is
incorporated.
Then,
an-
other
polygon
is
drawn
outside
the
first,
with
the
distance
between
the
two
polygons
equal
to
the
average
distance
between
the
dots.
The
outer
polygon
becomes
the
"objective"
es-
timate
of
the
boundary
for
each
species.
I
postulate
that
the
general
patterns
of
distri-
butions
that
are
evident
in
the
more
subjec-
tive
analyses
would
remain.
To
obtain
a
visual
summary
of
distribu-
tional
limits
within
Bolivia
for
each
of
three
groups
of
mammals
(bats,
rodents,
and
oth-
ers),
all
limits
estimated
for
the
individual
species
were
superimposed
on
one
map
for
each
group
(figs.
474
to
476).
Areas
of
rel-
atively
rapid
faunal
change
are
indicated
by
76
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
60°W
lo'
S
10
S
7~
+
s
+
X20
S%
SCALE
0
200
km.
Fig.
474.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
geographic
ranges
of
all
species
of
bats
superimposed.
Any
clustering
of
boundaries
is
ev-
idence
of
relatively
rapid
faunal
change.
the
clustering
of
boundary
lines.
Most
boundaries
for
all
three
groups
cluster
in
a
broad
band
around
the
eastern
slopes
of
the
Andes,
an
area
known
as
the
Yungas
and
Valles.
As
noted
elsewhere,
this
area
is
not
simply
a
location
where
lowland
and
high-
land
species
reach
their
respective
south-
western
and
northeastern
limits.
Inspection
of
the
maps
for
individual
species
reveals
that
many
species
are
confined
to the
Yungas
and
Valles
area.
Conversely,
for
example,
the
maps
reveal
few
species
of
bats
and
few
boundaries
on
the
Altiplano.
This
approach
to
analysis
of
faunal
areas
uses
animal
distributions
to
reveal
patterns.
In
a
way,
this
is
the
reciprocal
of
another
common
approach
(as
used
by
Salazar
et
al.,
in
press;
and
many
other
authors)
in
which
areas
are
first
defined
and
delineated
by
veg-
etation,
topography,
and
precipitation,
or
on
the
basis
of
other
environmental
parameters.
Then
the
distribution
of
mammalian
fauna
(or
whatever
other
part
of
the
total
fauna
is
of
interest)
is
compared
to
these
previously
defined
areas
to
determine
which
are
more
and
which
are
less
similar.
An
additional
approach
to
the
study
of
dis-
tributional
areas
(areography)
was
used
by
Armstrong
et
al.
(1986)
in
an
analysis
of
the
Fig.
475.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
geographic
ranges
of
all
species
of
rodents
superimposed.
mammalian
fauna
of
the
Plains
states
in
North
America.
Four
suites
of
species
with
more
or
less
common
patterns
of
distribution
were
plotted,
each
suite
on
a
separate
map.
For
Bolivia,
I
adopted
this
approach
by
cre-
ating
four
separate
maps.
In
figure
477,
I
plotted
all
of
the
species
that
occur
in
the
68°W
--
60°W
10
S
Fig.
476.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
geographic
ranges
of
all
species
of
mam-
mals
other
than
bats
and
rodents
superimposed.
77
1997
+
4

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
10°
S
68°W
60°W
+
+
M\
X,
10°S
Fig.
477.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
Chaco
suite
of
species
superimposed.
Gran
Chaco
southeast
of
Bolivia
and
that
reach
their
northern
limits
within
Bolivia.
All
of
the
species
that
occur
on
and
that
reach
their
limits
on
the
Altiplano
or
near
its
east-
ern
edge
are
shown
in
figure
478.
Species
that
occur
in
the
Amazonian
region
north
of
Bolivia
and
that
reach
southern
or
south-
western
limits
in
Bolivia
are
shown
in
figure
479.
Finally,
species
which,
within
Bolivia,
68°
W
~
60°W
+
++
lO°
S
W
+
4J+
t+
X
++
+
+
++
+
+
t
+S~~+
+
+
+
4
+
t~~~~
+
*+X
+
SCALEF
0
200
km.
Fig.
478.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
Altiplano
suite
of
species
superimposed.
Fig.
479.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
Amazonian
suite
of
species
superimposed.
are
more
or
less
confined
to
the
Yungas
and
Valles
area
are
shown
in
figure
480.
No
suite
of
species
was
discernible
for
either
of
the
other
two
types
of
areas
delineated
in
figure
471
and
used
by
Salazar
et
al.
(in
press),
namely
the
Savannah
and
Chiquito
Forest.
The
species
occurring
in
these
areas
almost
invariably
occur
also
in
other
areas.
The
lines
for
approximately
50
of
the
136
species
in
68°W
l60°W
+
*
+
+9
10°S
~~~~~~~+
<+
20'
S
SCALE
0
200
km.
Fig.
480.
Map
of
Bolivia
with
the
boundaries
of
the
Yungas
suite
of
species
superimposed.
78
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
the
Amazonian
suite
cross
the
border
into
Argentina
or
Paraguay
to
the
south
and
thus
indicate
that
the
ranges
of
these
species
ex-
tend
south
of
Bolivia.
About
20
Amazonian
species
reach
their
southern
limit
near
the
edge
of
the
Gran
Chaco.
The
general
pattern
for
the
Amazonian
suite
is
a
gradual
drop-
ping
out
of
species
as
one
leaves
the
tropical
Amazonian
high
forest
in
the
north,
passes
through
progressively
cooler
and
drier
Sa-
vannah
and
Chiquito
Forest,
and
finally
en-
ters
the
thorn
scrub
of
the
Chaco.
The
numbers
of
each
mammalian
order
that
either
do
or
do
not
fit
one
of
these
four
selected
patterns
are
given
in
table
1.
Most
species
(226
of
296
species
analyzed,
or
76%)
can
be
reasonably
assigned
to
one
of
the
patterns.
A
few
poorly
known
species
were
excluded
from
this
analysis
because
it
was
not
reasonable
to
say
whether
they
con-
formed
to
any
of
the
patterns.
Bats
and
pri-
mates
are
principally
Amazonian.
Rodents
have
a
much
higher
proportion
of
species
in
the
Chaco,
the
Altiplano,
and
the
Yungas
and
Valles
than
in
other
areas.
Almost
half
of
the
species
of
Carnivora
do
not
easily
fit
any
one
of
the
four
patterns.
MANAGEMENT
AND
CONSERVATION
Some
interactions
between
native
mam-
mals
and
people
have
been
noted
briefly
in
various
accounts
of
species.
Among
interac-
tions
that
may
be
regarded
negatively
from
the
human
point
of
view
are
the
transmit-
tance
of
organisms
that
cause
disease
in
hu-
mans
or
in
domestic
mammals;
damage
to
crops;
damage
to
buildings,
ditches,
or
other
human
facilities;
and
the
killing
of
domestic
animals
or
even
humans
on
rare
occasions.
In
relation
to
disease,
the
role
of
Calomys
callosus
as
a
host
of
the
Machupo
virus
has
been
mentioned.
Certainly
other
mammals
act
as
hosts
to
other
organisms
or
viruses
that
can
produce
disease
in
humans,
such
as
yel-
low
fever,
leishmaniasis,
and
plague,
but
lit-
tle
specific
information
has
been
obtained.
The
vampire
bat,
Desmodus
rotundus,
has
been
known
to
transmit
to
cattle
the
virus
that
causes
rabies,
and
rabies
can
occur
in
other
species
of
mammals,
including
hu-
mans.
Various
small
rodents,
especially
the
intro-
duced
house
mouse
and
rat,
Mus
musculus
and
Rattus
rattus,
are
known
to
damage
crops
both
in
the
field
and
in
storage
after
harvest.
Reports
of
predators
killing
domestic
ani-
mals
are
only
anecdotal.
Certainly
large
predators
such
as
the
jaguar
(Panthera
onca),
the
puma
(Felis
concolor),
and
the
spectacled
bear
or
jucumari
(Tremarctos
ornatus)
do
sometimes
kill
domestic
animals.
The
small-
er
cats
and
the
foxes
may
take
chickens
or
other
small
domestic
animals.
Although
we
know
such
predation
occurs,
we
have
no
quantitative
data
to
use
in
its
evaluation.
Other
interactions
are
regarded
as
benefi-
cial.
Among
these
are
the
use
of
wild
mam-
mals
as
food,
use
of
skins
for
their
fur
or
for
leather,
and
the
recreational
or
tourist
values
of
sport
hunting,
nature
photography,
or
wildlife
watching.
The
larger
rodents,
including
the
capybara
(Hydrochaeris
hydrochaeris),
the
hochi
pin-
tado
(Agouti
paca),
and
the
hochi
colorado
(Dasyprocta
punctata),
are
commonly
hunt-
ed
in
rural
lowland
areas.
The
larger
pri-
mates,
Alouatta,
Ateles,
and
Cebus,
are
like-
wise
hunted
for
food
and,
where
hunted
in-
tensively,
populations
have
been
reduced
or
eliminated.
The
peccaries
(Tayassu
pecari
and
T.
tajacu)
are
widely
hunted
for
both
food
and
their
skins.
Two
species
of
small
deer
of
the
genus
Mazama
(M.
americana
and
M.
gouazoupira)
are
relatively
abundant
and
are
favorite
sources
of
food
in
the
low-
lands.
The
tendency,
illustrated
above,
to
classify
animals
or
their
actions
as
either
good
or
bad
on
some
particular
human
scale
is
generally
naive
from
a
broader
biological
or
philo-
sophical
perspective.
Firstly,
a
given
action
may
be
good,
bad,
or
neutral,
depending
on
circumstances
and
the
perspective
from
which
it
is
viewed.
Secondly,
we
do
not
know
enough
about
the
current
status
of
most
species
or
their
complex
ecological
re-
lationships
to
evaluate
their
actions
effective-
ly.
Thirdly,
human
societies,
not
only
in
"de-
veloping"
countries
but
everywhere,
have
not
yet
learned
how
to
balance
short-term
and
long-term
values,
how
to
equitably
and
productively
allocate
costs
and
benefits,
or
how
to
achieve
and
maintain
a
sustainable
life-style,
civilization,
or
ecosystem.
In
fact,
1997
79

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
it
is
not
generally
agreed
that
it
is
possible
to
do
these
things
or
even
desirable
to
try.
The
human
population
in
Bolivia
has
about
doubled
since
I
first
worked
there
in
1963,
and
current
trends,
if
continued,
will
double
the
population
again
in
the
next
30
years.
Clearly
this
will
affect
wildlife,
al-
though
in
what
ways
exactly
is
not
so
clear.
No
one
is
closely
monitoring
changes
in
pop-
ulations
of
most
of
the native
species
of
mammals.
Only
for
the
vicunia,
Lama
vicug-
na,
are
some
general
data
available.
This
spe-
cies
has
been
protected
in
special
areas,
has
survived,
and
in
fact
has
increased
from
the
low
level
reached
several
decades
ago.
The
chinchilla,
Chinchilla
chinchilla,
probably
was
exterminated
in
Bolivia
by
1963.
The
guanacoe,
Lama
guanicoe,
is
known
to
have
survived
only
in
one
local
area
at
the
edge
of
the
Gran
Chaco
and
may
soon
become
extinct
there.
The
white-tailed
deer,
Odocoi-
leus
virginianus,
was
recorded
in
1974
in
the
vicinity
of
Pelechuco,
but
no
current
infor-
mation
on
its
status
is
known
to
me.
The
pampa
deer
(Odocoileus
bezoarticus)
and
the
other
large
deer
(the
marsh
deer,
0.
dicho-
tomus)
have
probably
been
reduced
in
range
and
in
numbers
by
hunting,
but
no
specific
or
current
information
is
available.
The
tar-
uca
(Hippocamelus
antisensis)
of
the
high
Andes
may
be
subject
to
overhunting;
again,
no
data
are
available.
The
Chacoan
peccary
(Catagonus
wagneri)
is
at
risk;
its
population
is
probably
declining
throughout
its
range
and
overhunting
could
eliminate
it
from
the
Bolivian
fauna.
Conservationists'
attention
has
turned
to
the
importance
of
general
biodiversity,
rather
than
focusing
only
on
the
risks
that
a
few
charismatic
megavertebrates
face
(Scott
et
al.,
1987).
Increasing
knowledge
is
raising
Bolivia's
rank
among
countries
exhibiting
megadiversity
(Yensen
et
al.,
1994);
howev-
er,
rank
is
a
tentative
thing
considering
our
ignorance
about
the
faunas
of
many
nations.
The
future
for
native
mammals
in
Bolivia
will
be
decided
by
Bolivians.
Mammals
are
just
one
small
part
of
the
larger
natural
sys-
tem.
For
a
general
review
of
the
state
of
the
environment
and
related
problems
see
Free-
man
et
al.
(1980)
and
E.
Geyger
and
C.
Arze
(eds.,
1982).
More
Bolivians
are
aware
of
conservation
problems
now
than
a
few
years
ago,
and
I
wish
them
well.
They
can
use
whatever
international
help
they
are
offered.
I
hope
that
they
will
do
better
than
what
was
done
historically
in
North
America.
Here
the
bison
was
nearly
exterminated
and
the
pas-
senger
pigeon
and
Carolina
parakeet
were
exterminated
before
effective
conservation
efforts
were
begun
(see
Shaw
and
Schmidly,
1994).
I
have
merely
outlined
the
broadest
view
of
the
subject
of
conservation
and
have
not
suggested
specifics,
which
would
be
be-
yond
the
scope
of
the
present
work.
The
present
summary
of
the
mammalian
fauna
and
the
distribution
of
its
species
provides
a
basic,
but
general,
picture
of
an
incredibly
diverse
fauna
and
may
help
in
future
plan-
ning
for
its
conservation.
ABBREVIATIONS
AND
ACRONYMS
Some
of
the
standard
abbreviations
for
collections
(Yates
et
al.,
1987)
are
shortened
further
here
to
save
space
and
costs
because
they
are
cited
hundreds
or
thousands
of
times
in
lists
of
specimens,
e.g.,
AMNH
for
the
American
Museum
of
Natural
History
is
shortened
to
AM
in
lists.
ACB
Atlas
Censal
de
Bolivia,
1982
AMNH
or
AM
American
Museum
of
Natural
History,
New
York
Academy
of
Natural
Sciences,
Philadelphia
British
Museum
(Natural
His-
tory),
London
BZM
CAS
CBF
CDC
CENETROP
CITES
CMNH
or
CM
Berlin,
Zoologisches
Muse-
um,
Humbolt
Universitat
California
Academy
of
Sci-
ences,
San
Francisco
Colecci6n
Boliviana
de
Fau-
na,
La
Paz,
formerly
in
IE
and
MNLP
Centro
de
Datos
para
la
Con-
servacion,
La
Paz
Centro
Nacional
por
Enfer-
medades
Tropicales,
Santa
Cruz
Convention
on
International
Trade
in
Endangered
Species
Carnegie
Museum
of
Natural
ANSP
BM
80
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
CNHM
EBB
EBD
ENDE
ENTEL
FMNH
or
FM
GEOBOL
GPS
IBBA
ICZN
IE
IGM
IML
IUCN
LACM
LSUMZ
or
LSU
MACN
MAPA
MARU
MCN
MCZ
MHA
MLP
MNK
History,
Pittsburgh,
Pennsyl-
vania
Chicago
Natural
History
Mu-
seum
Estacion
Biologica
del
Beni
Estacion
Biologica
Dofnana,
Sevilla,
Spain
Empresa
Nacional
de
Energia
Empresa
Nacional
de
Telef6n-
ico
Field
Museum
of
Natural
His-
tory,
Chicago
Servicio
Geologico
de
Bolivia
Global
Positioning
System
(satellite
electronics)
Instituto
Boliviano
de
Biolo-
gia
Altura,
La
Paz
International
Code
of
Zoolog-
ical
Nomenclature
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
La
Paz
Instituto
Geografico
Militar,
Mapa
de
la
Reputblica
de
Bo-
livia
(1:3,000,000);
IGM5,
1:
500,000
maps
Instituto
Miguel
Lillo,
Tucu-
man
International
Union
for
Con-
servation
of
Nature
Los
Angeles
County
Museum
Louisiana
State
University
Museum
of
Zoology,
Baton
Rouge
Museo
Argentino
de
Ciencias
Naturales,
Buenos
Aires
Mapa
de
la
Reputblica
de
Bo-
livia
(1:1,500,000),
1947,
by
R. R.
Camacho
Lara,
Zumel-
za
y
Cia.,
La
Paz;
or,
Mapa
de
la
Reputblica
de
Bolivia
(1:
1,000,000),
1980,
third
edi-
tion,
Instituto
Geografico
Mil-
itar,
La
Paz.
Middle
America
Research
Unit
(now
closed),
Balboa
Heights,
Canal
Zone,
Panama
Museo
Nacional
de
Ciencias
Naturales,
Madrid
Museum
of
Comparative
Zo-
ology,
Harvard
University,
Cambridge,
Massachusetts
Map
of
Hispanic
America
(1:
1,000,000),
American
Geo-
graphical
Society,
New
York
(on
one
of
the
nine
sheets
covering
Bolivia)
Mapa
del
Departamento
de
La
Paz,
1:500,000,
1981
Museo
de
Historia
Natural
MNLP
MSB
MSU
MVZ
N.L.
ONC
PASB
PRBN
RAP
RON
SNCFHB
TIPNIS
UAF
UAGRM
UCD
UCONN
UMMZ
UMSA
UNM
USBGN
USNM
or
US
"Noel
Kempff
Mercado,"
Santa
Cruz
Museo
Nacional
de
Historia
Natural,
La
Paz
Museum
of
Southwestern
Bi-
ology,
Albuquerque
Michigan
State
University,
East
Lansing
Museum
of
Vertebrate
Zool-
ogy,
Berkeley
Not
located
Operational
Navigational
Chart
(1:
1,000,000),
Aero-
nautical
Chart
and
Informa-
tion
Center,
U.S.
Air
Force,
St.
Louis,
Mo.
(reference
to
either
sheet
ONC
N-26,
re-
vised
1967,
or
to
sheet
ONC
P-26,
1965).
Referred
to
as
WAC
(World
Aeronautical
Chart)
in
field
journals
of
AMNH
1963,
etc.
Pan
American
Sanitary
Bu-
reau
Proyecto
Rfos
Blanco
y
Ne-
gro
Rapid
Assessment
Program,
Conservation
International,
Washington,
D.C.
Territorio
de
Rondonia
(1:
1,000,000),
Instituto
Brasilei-
ro
de
Geografia
e
Estatftica,
Divisao
de
Cartografia,
1961
Servicio
Nacional
de
Control
de
Fiebre
Hemorragia
Bolivi-
ana
Territorio
Indigena
Nacional
Isiboro-Secure
University
of
Alaska,
Fair-
banks
Universidad
Autonoma
"Ga-
briel
Rene
Moreno,"
Santa
Cruz
University
of
California
at
Davis
University
of
Connecticut
University
of
Michigan
Mu-
seum
of
Zoology,
Ann
Arbor
Universidad
Mayor
de
San
Andres,
La
Paz
University
of
New
Mexico,
Albuquerque
U.S.
Board
of
Geographic
Names,
Dept.
of
the
Interior,
Washington,
D.C.
(Gazetteer
No.
4,
Bolivia,
1955)
United
States
National
Muse-
um,
now
the
National
Muse-
81
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
um
of
Natural
History,
Wash-
ington,
D.C.
World
Aeronautical
Chart,
see
Operational
Navigational
Chart
Zoologisches
Forschungsin-
stitut
und
Museum
Alexander
Koenig,
Bonn
1618
/6753
etc.,
this
example
is
for
160181
south
latitude
and
67053'
west
longitude.
The
coordinates
of
rivers
are
given
for
their
mouths,
unless
oth-
erwise
noted.
MAMMALOGICAL
GAZETTEER
OF
BOLIVIA
Paynter
et
al.
(1975)
published
an
ornitho-
logical
gazetteer
of
Bolivia
after
which
the
following
gazetteer
is
patterned.
Because
many
collectors
obtained
both
birds
and
mammals,
there
is
some
overlap.
References
to
all
type
localities
for
Recent
Mammalia
in
Bolivia
are
included
here.
The
intent
here
is
to
document
every
lo-
cality
from
which
a
specimen
of
Recent
mammal
has
been
preserved
in
a
museum
collection.
A
few
localities
referred
to
in
the
literature
but
not
represented
by
specimens
are
also
included.
The
original
version
of
January
1980
was
compiled
with
the
help
of
Ted
Danforth,
Jr.,
and
was
based
on
the
lit-
erature
and
on
specimens
in
the
American
Museum
of
Natural
History.
Other
localities
represented
in
this
and
other
collections
and
localities
visited
since
1979
have
been
added
as
I
have
had
opportunity
to
obtain
this
in-
formation.
By
using
this
alphabetical
list
in
conjunc-
tion
with
the
"List
of
Collectors"
and
the
chronological
"History
of
Collecting,"
lo-
cations
of
origin
of
specimens
can
usually
be
resolved.
Since
more
than
one
place
may
have
the
same
name,
it
is
necessary
to
know
collector
and
date
to
be
certain.
The
adequa-
cy
of
maps
available
to
collectors
through
the
years
and
the
care
used
by
collectors
in
as-
certaining
and
designating
localities
have
varied;
therefore,
some
imprecision
and
some
inaccuracy
persist.
For
each
locality,
the
name
is
followed
by
the
name
of
the
department
(or
country,
if
outside
Bolivia).
The
latitude
and
longitude
are
then
given
(abbreviated
as
noted
in
list
of
abbreviations),
along
with
the
map
or
oth-
er
source
of
those
coordinates.
Then,
listed
in
chronological
order
are
names
of
collec-
tors,
dates,
and
names
of
authors
(with
dates
of
publications
in
parentheses),
notes
on
type
localities,
and
variant
spellings
that
have
been
used.
Variant
spellings
may
be
found
on
different
maps
published
within
Bolivia
and
in
the
absence
of
an
official
arbiter
I
do
not
indicate
which
is
correct.
Occasionally
there
is
a
clear
misspelling,
but
even
if
there
is
one
correct
spelling,
it
is
useful
to
know
the
variants
that
appear
on
specimen
labels
or
in
the
published
literature.
For
rivers,
the
coordinates
are
for
the
mouths,
unless
oth-
erwise
indicated.
Collections
often
have
been
made
at
one
or
more
places
designated
as
being
some
distance
from
the
named
refer-
ence
locality
rather
than
at
that
locality.
Co-
ordinates
are
given
for
each
actual
source
of
specimens.
Coordinates
not
followed
by
a
map
source
in
parentheses
were
estimated
in
some
way
by
me
and
are
sometimes
less
ac-
curate
than
those
from
maps.
For
example,
a
site
designated
as
"20
km
SE
by
road"
might
be
estimated
to
be
15
km
SE
in
a
straight
line
and
coordinates
calculated
accordingly.
Different
maps
may
also
show
somewhat
dif-
ferent
coordinates
for
a
named
place.
Cross-references
are
provided
when
some
specimens
have
one
designation
and
others
from
the
same
place
have
a
different
desig-
nation
on
specimen
labels
or
in
published
re-
ports.
In
some
cases,
the
province
as
well
as
the
larger
department
is
given.
This
is
done
be-
cause
some
original
labels
show
both
prov-
ince
name
and
local
place
name
and
these
names
have
been
confused
in
museum
re-
cords
or
in
publications.
Consulting
the
gaz-
etteer
should
help
reduce
this
confusion.
Oth-
erwise,
provincial
names
have
not
been
in-
serted.
Recently,
Bolivian
collectors
have
in-
cluded
province
names
in
designating
localities
more
often
than
collectors
did
in
earlier
years.
WAC
ZFMK
NO.
231
82

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
The
sequence
of
localities
is
alphabetical
in
conventional
English
form,
thus
LI,
N,
and
Ch,
used
in
Spanish
as
letters
different
from
L,
N,
and
C
and
placed
in
Spanish
diction-
aries
after
all
entries
for
those
letters,
are
not
separated
here.
Locality
designations
are
sometimes
complex,
e.g.,
a
locality
is
des-
ignated
in
two
different
ways,
and
one
is
cit-
ed
one
time
and
the
other
at
other
times.
Some
designations
begin
with
an
article
such
as
el
or
las
or
with
a
general
term
such
as
no,
serrania,
or
laguna.
For
the
convenience
of
readers
these
are
cited
under
the
specific
term
rather
than
under
the
general
term
and
many
of
these
are
cross-referenced.
LIST
OF
LOCALITIES
ABAIXO
DA
LANTERNA,
Brazil
N.L.
On
rio
Guapore,
probably
on
the
Brazilian
side,
Natterer
(Pelzeln,
1883:
94).
ABAPO;
Santa
Cruz
1850/6328
(USBGN)
Pine
(specimen
from
Gene
Harris
of
Santa
Cruz),
Aug.
1980,
from
3
km
N
of
(and
7
km
S
of
rio
Grande;
1848/6328).
ABRA,
LA;
Santa
Cruz
1722/6302
Hibbs,
Aug.
1965,
18
km
NE
of
Warnes;
and
2
km
N
of
La
Abra
(1721/6302).
ABUNA;
Pando
0942/6523
Felis
pardalis
(L.
Salles,
personal
commun.);
RAP
team,
June
and
July
1992,
Puesto
Abufia
(0947/6532),
140
m,
Bolivian
naval
post
on
S
bank
of
rio
Abufia
in
Provincia
General
Federico
Roman,
opposite
Fortaleza,
Brasil;
same
RAP
team,
"Cachuela
Camp"
on
N
bank
of
rio
Abufia
at
first
cachuela
about
3
km
upstream
from
Puesto
Abufia
(0945/6533);
on
some
maps
as
Abuna
or
Abufia.
ACACIO;
Potosi
1800/6605
Kessler,
Aug.
1991,
31
km
from,
on
road
to
Uncia
(1806/6608).
ACAPULCO,
see
San
Joaquin.
ACERAMARCA,
RIO,
see
Aceromarca.
ACEROMARCA,
RfO;
La
Paz
1618/6753
(USBGN)
Tate,
May
1926,
3275
m,
tributary
to
rio
Un-
duavi,
Beni
drainage.
"The
stream
in
the
great
glaciated valley
that
is
visible
directly
across
the
Unduavi
valley
from
the
point
of
rails
at
Ichulo-
ma.
Camp
half
an
hour
up
valley
where
the
pro-
jected
railbed
crosses
the
stream."
Creighton,
Nov.
1979,
2600
m,
1
km
S
of
Yerbani.
Anthony
(1926,
pl.
1),
type
locality
of
Thomasomys
ladewi;
Tate
(1931b:
12),
type
locality
of
Marmosa
ac-
eramarcae
(=
Gracilinanus
aceramarcae);
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1992,
2990
m,
(1619/6753
GPS);
see
also
Yerbani.
"Cabezilla
de"
Hippocamelus
antisensis,
obtained
by
Jorge
Condon,
Apr.
1992
(1618/6753).
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1992,
2990
m
(1619/6753);
CBF
party,
Sept.
1992,
2080
(1619/6753).
ACHACACHI;
La
Paz
1603/6843
(USBGN)
Simons,
Oct.
1900,
Feb.
1901,
3827
m,
SE
of
Titicaca;
Thomas
(191
1b:
256),
as
Achacoche;
Gilmore,
Nov.
1942,
5
km
W
of
(1603/6846),
15
km
N
of
(1555/6843),
and
Hacienda
Poccata
(or
Pocoata)
to
the
north
(ca.
1600/6845),
in
province
of
Omasuyos;
Baudoin,
May
1968,
10
km
E
of
(1603/6838);
also
spelled
Achacach.
ACHACHAIRU;
Beni
1324/6404
(MARU)
Webb,
20
Apr.
1970,
on
rio
Itonamas.
ACHACHICOLA;
La
Paz
1621/6803
(ACB)
Pacheco,
1980s,
2
km
NE
of Alto
Achachicola,
sometimes
spelled
Achachicala.
ACHIRI;
La
Paz
1712/6900
Alvarado,
June
1989,
in
province
of
Pacajes.
ACHOCALLA;
La
Paz
1634/68
10
(ACB)
Mercado,
1987.
ACRE,
PUERTO;
Beni
1219/6428
(RON)
AMNH,
July
1964.
AGUADULCE,
see
San
Joaquin.
AGUA
DULCE;
Pando
1101/6612
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1986;
160
m.
AGUA
HEDIONDA;
Santa
Cruz
1810/6344
de
la
Barrera,
Nov.
1954,
1955
(Fonseca,
1959;
Hopkins
and
Rothschild,
1966:
120);
also
see
Florida
and
Floripondio.
AGUAIRENDA
MISSION;
Tarija
2151/6340
(USBGN)
ca.
850
m,
(MHA);
Thomas
(1898b).
AGUA
RICA;
Oruro
1820/6836
An
estancia,
40
km
E
and
22
km
S
of
the
vil-
lage
of
Sajama;
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1986,
3850
m.
AGUIRRE
N.L.
F
B.
Steinbach,
Mar.
1940.
AIQUILE;
Cochabamba
1807/6509
(USBGN)
F.
B.
Steinbach,
July
1936;
de
la
Barrera,
2225
m,
Sept.
1955
(Fonseca,
1959:
130);
also
spelled
Aiguile
or
Aquile.
ALALAY,
LAGUNA;
Cochabamba
1725/6609
EBD
party,
Sept.
1982,
or
Alalai,
at
S
side
of
city
of
Cochabamba.
ALASKA
MINE;
La
Paz
1617/6802
(Tate
field
map)
Tate,
Mar.
1926;
"A
...
tin
mine
lying
at
the
head
of
a
glaciated
valley
immediately
to
the
north
of
and
above
Pongo"
(1620/6757,
USBGN),
ca.
4300
m.
1997
83

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
ALCOCHE;
La
Paz
1542/6740
(USBGN)
MARU,
1963;
Creighton,
May
1978,
4
km
(by
road)
NW
of
(1540/6742)
1400
ft
(=
425
m);
cit-
ed
as
Aleoche
by
Pine
(1972:
22).
ALEJANDRIA;
Beni
1205/6509
(IGM)
AMNH,
May
1965,
on
rio
Mamor6,
5
km
NW
of,
on
left
bank
(1203/6510).
ALISUNI;
Cochabamba
1646/6637
(MAPA
as
Alisani)
Simons,
July
1901;
Thomas
(1902a),
2600
m,
"on
the
high
paramos
north
and
northwest
of
Co-
chabamba."
ALMACEN,
PUERTO;
Beni
1447/6451
(MAPA)
Pilleri
(1969b),
on
rio
Ibare
west
of
Trinidad;
Anderson,
Aug.
1983,
230
m.
ALMACEN,
PUERTO;
Santa
Cruz
1530/6225
EBD
party,
1986;
Pajuelo,
Jan.
1988;
Tapia,
Dec.
1989,
on
nro
Negro
in
province
of
Nuflo
de
Chavez.
ALOTA;
Potosi
Salazar,
May
1989,
3
km
NE
of
(2118/6720).
ALOTA,
VILLA;
Potosi
2124/6741
EBD
party,
Nov.
1982;
2
km
N
of
(2123/6741);
2
km
W
of
(2124/6741);
9
km
W
of
(2124/6747).
ALTAMACHI;
Cochabamba
1702/6626
(USBGN)
Gilmore,
Mar.
1943.
ALTIPLANO;
this,
like
other
terms
such
as
cha-
co,
yungas,
and
valles,
can
be
used
either
in
a
general
sense
or
as
a
proper
noun
or
part
of
the
name
of
a
specific
place
or
area.
When
used
in
the
specific
sense
to
refer
to
the
Bolivian
Altipla-
no
or
the
larger
Andean
Altiplano,
Altiplano
is
capitalized.
If
used
to
refer
to
high
plains
in
gen-
eral,
lower
case
altiplano
is
used.
ALTO
MADIDI,
see
Moire.
ALTO
PALMAR,
see
Palmar.
ALTWA
SAN
JUAN;
Beni
1308/6444
(MARU)
MARU
1963,
4
km
S
of
San
Juan.
AMBOR6,
see
also
San
Rafael
de
Amboro.
AMBOR6,
CERRO;
Santa
Cruz
1744/6339
(USBGN)
J.
Steinbach,
Mar.
1916
(Crespo,
1974:
16);
F.
Steinbach,
Sept.
1947;
Riddle,
Sept.
1985,
rio
Pi-
tasama,
4.5
km
N
and
1.5
km
E
of
Cerro
Amboro,
620
m
(1745/6340).
AMULLAJTA;
La
Paz
1702/6748
(USBGN)
Baudoin,
1970,
5
km
down
valley
from
Cara-
cato,
also
spelled
Amullachta.
ANDES
OF
BOLIVIA,
see
La
Paz.
ANDRJES
IBANEZ;
Santa
Cruz
1745/6315
(USBGN)
F
B.
and
J.
Steinbach,
Apr.-July
1937,
430 m;
a
province
later
known
as
Cercado.
APERE,
RIO;
Beni
1344/6518
(USBGN)
AMNH,
1965,
4
or
5
km
above
mouth
(1345/6519);
Tello,
July
1986,
rio
Apere
(1400/6515),
and
Aug.
1986,
rio
Apere
flood
plain
about
40
km
W
of
San
Ignacio
de
Moxos
(1448-
6555).
APOLO;
La
Paz
1443/6830
(MAPA)
1440
m,
on
rio
Beni
headwater;
now
province
of
Franz
Tamayo;
Weddell,
1853;
Deville
(1849:
55)
and
Weddell
(1853),
type
locality
of
Midas
Weddellii
(=
Saguinus
fuscicollis
weddellii)
as
Province
of
Apolobamba;
Abel
Fornes,
1969;
Emmons,
June
1990,
50
km
W
of,
at
1500
m,
5
km
beyond
Correo
on
new
road
to
La
Paz
(1455/6820);
Emmons,
June
1990,
17
km
N
of,
at
1000
m,
on
trail
to
Tuichi,
on
rio
Machariapo,
a
tributary
of
rio
Tuichi
(1434/6828).
APOLOBAMBA,
see
Apolo.
ARANI;
Cochabamba
1734/6546
(USBGN)
9000
ft
(=
2770
m),
d'Orbigny,
Oct.
1830,
d'Orbigny
(1834-1847);
F
B.
Steinbach,
Jan.
and
Feb.
1927,
Sept.
1928,
Feb.
1939;
Baptista
and
Salazar,
June
1987,
17
km
by
road
W
of
(1731/6555);
Kessler,
Aug.
1991,
3350
m,
25
km
S
of,
on
road
to
Mizque
area
(1738/6539).
ARAONAS;
La
Paz
Harada,
1984;
Iseki
et
al.
(1985).
1230/6830
ARIRUMA;
Santa
Cruz
AMNH-MSB
party,
June
1991,
7
km
(by
road)
SE
of
(1824/6419),
1750
m.
AROMA;
La
Paz
No
other
data.
1717/6734
ARQUE;
Cochabamba
1748/6623
Collins-Day
Expedition
(Osgood,
1916:
199);
perhaps
this
locality.
ARROYO
CANADA;
Pando
AMNH,
July
1986,
mouth
of.
1123/6658
ARROYO
MERCEDES,
see
Buena
Hora.
ARRUDA;
Beni
MARU,
1963-1964.
N.L.
ASCENSI6N
DE
GUARAYOS;
Santa
Cruz
1542/6305
(USBGN)
MARU,
June
1964,
in
province
of
Nuflo
de
Chaivez;
AMNH-MSB
Aug.
1985,
6
km
by
road
W
of
Ascension
(1543/6309).
ASTILLERO;
La
Paz
ca.
1616/6733
Simons,
Nov.
1900,
Feb.
1901,
Thomas
(1902a:
129),
2700
m;
Thomas
(1914:
362),
type
locality
of
Sciurus
cuscinus
ochrescens
(=
S.
ignitus
ig-
nitus);
Hershkovitz
(1962)
as
Astilleras.
ASUNTA;
Beni
1307/6523
(MARU)
MacKenzi,
Nov.
1971.
But
also
see
San
Joa-
quin.
84
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
ATACHEBA;
Cochabamba
N.L.
J.
Steinbach,
Aug.
1920
(FMNH)
ATOCHA;
Potosi
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1986,
40
km
by
road
SE
of,
4000
m
(2107/6602).
ATOLLADAR;
Chuquisaca
N.L.
Arduz,
Aug.
1951,
in
valley
of
rio
Bafiado.
AVAP6,
see
Abap6.
AXOJO;
Beni
N.L.
Boca
Axojo
(Inia).
AYACUCHO;
Santa
Cruz
1700/6355
Estaci6n
on
railroad,
AMNH
and
CENETROP,
Oct.
1987,
250
m.
AYACUCHO;
Santa
Cruz
1751/6320
(USBGN)
In
province
of
Ibafiez;
Acasigue,
Becerra,
Kerr,
Ridell,
Villalobos
(MARU),
Aug.
and
Oct.
1966;
also
1
km
E
of
Ayacucho.
AYANE,
see
Yani.
AYATA;
La
Paz
Yoneda,
June
1982.
1521/6845
(USBGN)
AYDAYO
17??/6822
Felis
concolor
at
USNM,
20
km
W
of
Aydayo;
minutes
of
latitude
unknown.
AYOPAYA;
Cochabamba
1630/6635
(USGBN)
Province
in
western
Cochabamba;
d'Orbigny,
Sept.
1830;
as
Ayupayo,
F
B.
Steinbach,
June,
July,
and
Aug.
1953,
some
recorded
as
Ayopaca,
3500
m.
AZERO,
RIO;
Chuquisaca
1912/6357
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Nov.,
1936,
1220
m;
Azuero
(USBGN)
AZUNTA,
see
San
Joaquin.
BAHIA
CHAPLIN,
LAGUNA;
Santa
Cruz
1428/6102
EBD
party,
Aug.
1986,
in
Velasco
province.
BAHIA
DAS
ONCAS;
Beni
1205/6445
(MAPA)
On
rio
Itenez
ca.
50
km
NW
of
Principe
da
Beira.
AMNH,
July
1964;
between
Bahia
das
On-
cas
and
Casa
Alta.
BAHIA
DE
LAS
PIEDRAS
N.L.
Hydrochaeris
specimen.
BAHIA
DE
LOS
CASARA;
Beni
1313/6220
AMNH,
Aug.
1964;
see
Larangeiras.
BAJO
PALMAR,
see
Palmar.
BALLIVIAN;
PROVINCE
OF;
Beni
BALNEARIO
LAS
POZAS;
Cochabamba
1657/6523
EBD
party,
Sept.
1982,
see
Villa
Tunari.
BALZON,
LAKE;
E.
Bolivia
N.L.
Tate
(1933:
198).
BANANEIRA,
CACHUELA:
Beni
1036/6525
(USBGN)
Natterer,
3
Sept.
1829
(Pelzeln,
1883:
127)
as
Cachoeira
do
Bananeira.
BANARES,
RIO;
Beni
(?)
N.L.
Natterer,
Aug.
1829
(Pelzeln,
1883:
127);
pos-
sibly
rio
Baures?
BARADOR,
PUERTO,
see
Puerto
Varador.
BARRANQUITA;
Beni
1313/6448
MARU,
1963,
or
10
km
S
of
(1318/6448);
also
Estacion
Barranquita;
probably
this
is
Bauricito
(MAPA,
USBGN,
1313/6448).
BARRERAS,
LAS;
Santa
Cruz
1726/6305
(MARU)
Hibbs,
July
1965;
11
km
NE
of
Warnes.
BASILIO;
Santa
Cruz
1808/6312
(USBGN)
Becerra,
Kerr,
Villalobos,
Acasigue,
Oct.
1966,
45
km
SSW
of
Santa
Cruz,
in
province
of
Cor-
dillera;
at
Basilio
and
3.4
km
S
of
Basilio
(1810/6312);
MNK
party,
Aug.
1992,
2
km
W
of
(1807/6313).
BATO;
Beni,
see
rio
Negro.
BAURES;
Beni
1335/6335
(USBGN)
MARU,
1963;
Ranck,
Nov.
1966.
BAURES,
RIO;
Beni
1230/6418
(IGM)
AMNH
party,
October
1964.
BELEM;
Beni
1230/6340
AMNH,
July
1964,
island
in
rio
Itenez
between
Santa
Rosa
and
Isla
de
Bispa.
BELGICA,
LA;
Santa
Cruz
1733/6313
MSB
party,
June
1988,
4
km
SW
of
(1735/6315);
MNK
party,
Feb.
and
June
1992,
2
km
S
of
(1731/6312).
BELLA
ESPERANZA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
Silva,
June
1948,
in
province
of
Cercado,
now
Iba'nez.
BELLA
VISTA;
Beni
1340/6550
Estancia
between
Santa
Ana
de
Yacuma
and
Santa
Rosa,
photo
of
Chrysocyon
skin
by
Jaime
Peralta
T,
23
Oct.
1992;
see
also
Boa
Vista.
BELLAVISTA,
SERRANIA;
La
Paz
1540/6735
Schmitt
and
Remsen,
June
1979,
a
tea
planta-
tion,
35
km
by
road
N
of
Caranavi,
1650
m
(1540/6735);
Webster,
1979
(Webster
and
Jones,
1980);
47
km
by
road
N
of
Caranavi,
1350
m
(1538/6732);
AMNH-MSB
party,
as
Bella
Vista,
July
1992,
at
1300
m
(1542/6729
GPS),
and
at
1525
m
(1541/6730
GPS).
BELLA
VISTA;
La
Paz
1520/6813
(USBGN)
Simons,
Aug.
1900,
1400
m;
Andersen
(1906:
419),
as
Bellavista,
type
locality
of
Uroderma
Thomasi
(=
Uroderma
bilobatum
thomasi).
BELLA
VISTA;
Pando
1123/6712
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1986,
170
m.
1997
85

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
BENI,
RIO;
1023/6524
(USBGN)
Gray
(1866b:
826),
type
locality
of
Cebus
pal-
lidus
(=
C.
apella
pallidus),
by
restriction
(Ca-
brera,
1958:
166);
Dr.
Heath,
prior
to
1901,
exact
location
unknown;
Mann,
June
and
Sept.
1922;
Scherrer,
Apr.-May
1925,
exact
location
un-
known;
AMNH,
MSB,
and
IBBA
party,
Sept.
1985,
(1304/6711,
1309/6712,
1315/6718,
1316/6717,
1401/6731,
1416/6732,
all
in
La
Paz,
and
1315/6717
and
1327/6721,
in
Beni);
Dicker-
man
and
Ruedas,
July
1986,
on
W
bank
opposite
Hamburgo,
160
m,
in
Pando
(1101/6606);
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1986,
left
bank,
160
m
(1057/6603);
see
also
Consuelo.
BENI
RESERVE;
Beni
Salazar,
Sept.
1987,
at
rio
Curiraba,
"BIOLAT
ZONA
2"
(1450/6623),
see
Estacion
Biologica
de
Beni
and
Porvenir.
BERMEJO;
Santa
Cruz
1810/6336
(MAPA)
Miller
and
Boyle,
Oct.
1915,
3500
ft
(=
1100
m).
BERMEJO,
RIO;
Tarija
2651/5827
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Sept.
1936,
410
m,
at
Bermejo
(2210/6442);
Carrizo,
Daneri,
and
Vinas,
July
1989
(Vaccaro,
1990),
left
bank
opposite
mouth
of
rio
Lipeo
(2227/6430).
BETHANIA;
Beni
N.L.
MARU,
1963,
Estancia
Bethania,
35
km
E
of.
BIATA,
RIO;
Beni
1144/6648
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1986,
170
m,
at
San
Jos6
about
1
km
above
mouth
of
rio,
designated
as
boca
del
rio
Biata
(1144/6647).
BIBOSI;
Pando
ca.
1150/6840
An
estancia;
CBF,
year
unknown.
BLANCO,
RIO;
Beni
N.L.
MNLP,
Sept.
1983.
BLANCO,
RIO;
Cochabamba
1636/6637
Simons,
June
1901;
see
Charuplaya,
coordi-
nates
erroneously
given
as
1550/6748
by
Smit
(1987:
215).
BOA
VISTA;
BENI
1306/6348
(MAPA)
Also
Bella
Vista
or
Buena
Vista;
Webb,
Apr.
1970;
Remsik
(specimen
from
Harris),
Mar.
1980,
about
1000
ft
elevation,
see
San
Joaquin
also;
which
location
uncertain.
BOBICA
N.L.
Wesmael
(1841:
59),
type
locality
of
Maston-
otus
popelairi
(=
Myocastor
coypus
popelairi).
BOLIVAR;
Tarija
2138/6234
An
estancia;
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1991,
400
m;
4
km
N
of
(2136/6234),
400
m;
5
km
W
of
(2138/6237),
400
m.
BOLIVIA,
LAGUNA;
Beni
N.L.
CBF
party,
June
1992,
TIPNIS;
1
km
N
of;
at
mouth
of
Arroyo
Negro;
W
bank
of
and
N
of.
BOLIVIA
Gray
(1846:
212),
type
locality
of
Jacchus
leu-
comerus
(=
Callithrix
argentata
melanura);
Gray
(1850b:
380),
by
inference
from
the
name,
type
locality
of
Coendou
boliviensis
(=
Coendou
pre-
hensilis
boliviensis);
Gray
(1873b:
16),
by
infer-
ence
from
the
name,
type
locality
of
Tatusia
bo-
liviensis
(=
Dasypus
novemcinctus
novemcinc-
tus);
Brass
(1911:
613),
by
inference
from
the
name,
type
locality
of
Chinchilla
boliviana
(=
C.
lanigera).
BOLIVIAN
CHACO
Thomas
(1898b:
2).
BOLIVIAN
CORDILLERA
d'Orbigny.
BOLPEBRA;
Beni
1330/6426
Estancia;
Yates
and
Salazar,
Mar.
1993.
BOROICA;
Beni
1313/6409
(USBGN)
P.
A.
Webb,
Apr.
1970,
in
Itonama
Province.
BOYUIBE;
Santa
Cruz
2025/6317
(USBGN)
de
la
Barrera,
1955,
spelled
Boyuiba;
Bromley,
Aug.
1957,
spelled
Boyuibi;
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1991,
53
km
E
of
(2027/6250),
600
m;
26
km
E
of
(2026/6302),
800
m;
1
km
S
and
4.5
km
E
of
(2027/6314),
815
m.
BRESTA;
Beni
ca.
1433/6720
(MHA)
Olalla,
1938;
Lonnberg
(1942:
55).
BUENA
HORA;
Brazil
1133/6512
(RON)
Used
to
designate
places
in
Beni;
AMNH,
May
1965,
Arroyo
Mercedes,
6
km
S
of
Buena
Hora
(1136/6512);
5
km
SW
of
(1134/6513);
See
RON,
there
are
two
places
named
Boa
Hora
in
Rondon-
ia,
fieldnotes
indicate
the
northern
one.
BUENA
VISTA;
Beni
1306/6348
(MAPA)
MARU,
1963,
on
rio
Blanco,
25
mi
E
of
Mag-
dalena,
also
termed
Bella
Vista
or
Boa
Vista.
BUENA
VISTA;
Santa
Cruz
1727/6340
(USBGN)
J.
Steinbach,
at
various
times
from
1914
through
1938,
500
m;
F.
Steinbach,
at
various
times
from
1926
through
1952;
Miller
and
Boyle,
Aug.
1915,
1300
ft
(=
400
m);
Thomas
(1928b:
293),
type
locality
of
Cyclopes
didactylus
catel-
lus;
Nelson
and
Goldman
(1929),
type
locality
of
Felis
concolor
osgoodi;
Tate
(1931b),
type
local-
ity
of
Marmosa
agilis
buenavistae
(p.
10,
=
Gra-
cilinanus
agilis
buenavistae);
Marmosa
ocellata
(p.
7,
=
Marmosops
dorothea);
Pocock
(1941b),
type
localities
of
Leopardus
pardalis
steinbachi
(p.
235,
=
Felis
pardalis
steinbachi)
and
of
Leo-
pardus
wiedii
boliviae
(p.
237,
=
Felis
wiedii
bo-
liviae);
Cabrera
(1958),
restricted
type
locality
of
Arctopithecus
gularis
Gray
(1850c)
(=
Bradypus
variegatus)
to
here;
Nelson
and
Goldman
(1933:
229),
type
locality
of
Felis
onca
boliviensis
(=
86
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Panthera
onca);
G.
L.
Ranck,
Nov.
1966;
Schmitt
and
Cole,
Dec.
1978
and
Jan.
1979,
7
km
N
and
17
W
of
Buena
Vista
(1724/6344),
at
km
119
on
road
to
Yapacani,
Propiedad
Nuevo
Mundo,
353
m;
Creighton,
Feb.
1980,
25
km
(by
road)
W
of
Buena
Vista,
on
W
bank
of
rio
Yapacani
(1724/6346),
400
m;
Harada,
Aug.
1984;
MSB
party,
Aug.
1987,
2
km
SW
of
(1728/6341),
2
km
WSW
of
(1728/6341),
4
km
SW
of
(1728/6342),
and
6
km
S
of
(1730/6340);
MSB
party,
July
1993,
16
km
by
road
E
of
(1723/6333).
BUEN
RETIRO;
Santa
Cruz
1717/6338
(MAPA)
Delgadillo,
1950,
province
of
Ichilo;
de
la
Bar-
rera,
Oct.
and
Nov.
1954
(Hopkins
and
Roths-
child,
1966:
120,
gave
coordinates
as
1716/6345);
AMNH-MSB,
Sept.
1984,
4.5
km
N
of,
300
m
(1714/6338);
Anderson
et
al.
(1987);
6
km
N
of,
300
m
(1713/6338,
restricted
type
locality
of
Ctenomys
steinbachi
Thomas,
1907b);
MSB
party,
Aug.
1987,
3
km
N
of
(1716/6338).
BUSURUCUCU;
Beni
1439/6617
Campamento
in
Estaci6n
Biologica
de
Beni;
Hinojosa
and
Salazar,
June,
Aug.,
and
Oct.
1988.
CABALLO,
see
Cabayu
Nambi.
CABALLO,
PUERTO;
Beni
1343/6521
(USBGN)
AMNH,
Sept.
1965.
CABANA;
Beni
1450/6621
An
estancia;
Flores,
Nov.
1985,
CBF,
40
km
[E
of]
San
Borja,
between
estancias
Tajibos
and
Flor-
ida;
see
also
Ulla
Ulla
and
Tabana.
CABAYU
NAMBI;
Tarija
2138/6301
(MAPA)
An
estancia;
Eisentraut,
Oct.
1979,
for
ZFMK;
90
km
SE
Villa
Montes,
as
Caballo
Nambia;
as
El
Cabayo
Nambi
(2138/6258)
in
USBGN.
CABEZAS;
Santa
Cruz
1846/6324
de
la
Barrera,
July
1955
(Fonseca,
1959:
93).
CABRADA,
POSTA
LA;
Chuquisaca
1905/6505
(Chubb,
1919:
5)
Simons,
Sept.
1901,
3500
m,
as
El
Cabrado;
Thomas
(1902c:
116),
type
locality
of
Andinomys
edax.
CABRERA;
Beni
1323/6440
(MARU)
Webb,
Feb.
1969.
CACERES;
Santa
Cruz
1857/5747
Daveron,
prior
to
1941,
to
W
of
[Laguna]
Cal-
ceres
near
Bolivian-Brazilian
border;
also
Sao
Luis
de
Caceres.
CACHIMAYO,
RIO;
Potosil918/6612
(USBGN)
Tributary
on
the
left
bank
of
the
rio
Pilcomayo;
Miller
and
Boyle,
1915;
Miller
(1918).
CACHOEIRA
DO
BANANEIRA;
Beni
1036/6525
(MAPA)
Natterer,
1829;
Wagner
(1842b),
type
locality
of
Callithrix
brunea
(=
Callicebus
brunneus),
by
revisor's
designation
(Hershkovitz,
1963a);
on
rio
Mamore.
CACHUELA
CAMP,
see
rio
Abuna.
CACHUELA
ESPERANZA;
Santa
Cruz
1647/6314
An
estancia;
AMNH-MSB,
Aug.
1984,
300
m.
CACHUELITA;
Beni
1312/6410
(MARU)
Webb,
23-24
Apr.
1970,
on
rio
Itonamas.
CAFECES,
see
Montegrande.
CAFETAL;
Beni
Barba
(USNM),
July
1966,
San
Ramon.
CAIGUA;
Tarija
Eisentraut
(1986)
reported
near
here.
CAIZA,
see
Villa
Ingavi.
CAJUATA;
La
Paz
MNLP,
1982,
1817
m.
CALABATEA;
La
Paz
Carriker,
Nov.
1934,
1981.
CALABATEA;
La
Paz
RAP,
May
and
June
1991).
N.L.
1325/6435
about
20
km
SE
2110/6326
Catagonus
from
1649/6715
ca.
1600/6750
1400
m;
MNLP,
Mar.
1458/6830
1990,
camp
(Emmons,
CALACOTO,
see
La
Paz.
CALAHUASI;
Cochabamba
1740/6446
Olrog,
Aug.
1959,
"250
km
E
of
Cochabam-
ba,"
also
Carahuasi.
CALIFORNIA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
Miller,
Oct.
1915;
a
valley
near
Comarapa;
Mil-
ler
(1918:
331).
CALLIPAMPA;
Oruro
ca.
1835/6657
Carriker,
June
1936,
12,000
ft
(=
3660
m).
CALUYO,
see
Kaluyo.
CAMACHO,
PUERTO;
Pando
1131/6742
CBF
party,
Oct.
1991,
in
Manuripi
province,
15
km
NO
de
[=
NW
of]
(1128/6750);
25
km
de
Comunidad
Camacho
at
Madrid
(coordinates
un-
known).
CAMANDUI;
Beni
M.
Ayala,
May
1988,
SW
of
rio
Matos
(prob-
ably
SW
of
1451/6621);
also
see
Katmandu.
CAMARGO;
Chuquisaca
2039/6513
(USBGN)
0.
P.
Pearson,
Oct.
1955,
8500
f
(=
2615
m);
Hershkovitz
(1962:
62);
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1986,
68
km
by
road
E
of,
3400
m
(2009/6517).
CAMATAQUI,
see
Villa
Abecia.
CAMATINDI;
Chuquisaca
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1991,
1
km
S
of
(and
in
Tarija;
2100/6323),
650
m.
1997
87

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
CAMIACO;
Beni
1519/6444
(AMNH
field
map)
AMNH,
Aug.
1965,
=
16
km
N
Limoquije;
"1515/6446"
(Eger,
1974:
4);
6
km
N
of
(1516/6444).
CAMIARE;
Beni
1415/6550
Cabot
and
Castroviejo,
Apr.
1982,
Yacuma
province,
near
Estancia
Venecia.
CAMINO
CUPESI;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
Silva,
Apr.
1938,
in
province
of
Cercado,
now
Ibaniez.
CAMINO
VILCHES;
Beni
1304/6448
(MARU)
MARU,
1963
and
Feb.
1966,
on
rio
Machupo
near
San
Joaquin.
CAMIRI;
Santa
Cruz
ca.
2005/6334
(MAPA)
Moll,
prior
to
1939,
"Camiri
and
Choreti
Regions,
Chaco
Frontier";
Cors
Medina,
1941,
5
km
S
of
Choreti
in
Azero
province;
Trusta,
near
Camiri,
Aug.
1964;
Acasigue
and
Becerra,
Sept.
1966;
Kerr,
Sept.
1966,
at
Cordillera
Yuti,
10
km
S
Camiri,
(2010/6330);
Cabot,
Nov.
1984,
15
km
[N
of]
(1955/6334);
Cook
and
Gardner,
July
1985,
17
km
N
of
(1955/6334).
CAMPAMENTO
ENDE,
see
Colorada,
Laguna.
CAMPAMENTO
I;
see
Sajama.
CAMPAMENTO
II;
Cochabamba
N.L.
Tapia,
Mar.
1990;
in
province
of
Carrasco;
a
field
station
of
the
University
of
Cochabamba.
CAMPAMENTO
6
DE
AGOSTO;
Beni
1517/6705
Cabot,
Nov.
1984
(Cabot,
1989;
Salazar
et
al.,
1994:
126).
CAMPAMENTO
08;
Beni
1444/6615
In
Estacion
Biologica
de
Beni,
Gomez,
Hino-
josa,
and
Salazar,
Aug.
and
Oct.
1988;
or
Cam-
pamento
Chima&n
08.
CAMPO
DE
GUANACOS;
Santa
Cruz
ca.
1900/6300
(Doutt,
1938:
100)
J.
Steinbach,
Aug.
1909;
Doutt
(1938),
450
m,
type
locality
of
Galea
spixi
campicola
(=
Galea
spixii
campicola);
in
the
western
part
of
the
prov-
ince
of
Cordillera;
also
spelled
Guanakos.
CANDELARIA,
PUERTO;
Pando
1102/6613
Flores,
Aug.
1985.
CANUMA;
La
Paz
Villalba,
1989,
Cabania,
rio
Caniuma,
province
of
Franz
Tamayo.
CAPAPARI
N.L.
Maddren,
1924,
10
mi
S
of,
perhaps
equals
Carapari.
CAPIRENDA,
RIO;
Chuquisaca
ca.
2028/6404
Hershkovitz
(1960:
561);
see
Ticucha.
CAPIRENDO;
Tarija
2107/6300
(MAPA)
Stager
and
Bromley,
Aug.
to
Nov.
1957,
15
km
NE
of
(2101/
6254),
7
km
N
of
(2103/6300),
8
km
NE
of
(2104/6257),
5
km
S
of
(2110/6300),
7
km
S
of
(2111/6300),
12
km
SW
of
(2112/
6305),
10
km
S
of
(2113/6300),
13
km
SW
of
(2113/6305),
20
km
SW
of
(2115/6308);
also
spelled
Capirenda;
as
Caipipendi
(USBGN
and
MAPA)
in
Chuquisaca.
CAPIVARA;
Beni
AMNH,
July
1964.
CARACATO;
La
Paz
Baudoin,
Aug.
1970;
1982,
2900
m.
1242/6308
(USBGN)
1659/6749
(USBGN)
Anderson
party,
Apr.
CARACOLLO;
Oruro
1739/6710
(USBGN)
3840
m,
(MHA);
Simons,
Mar.
1901;
Thomas
(1902a:
143)
as
Caracolto
at
4000
m;
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
May
1979;
Cabot
and
Yoneda,
1982.
CARAHUARANI;
La
Paz
ca.
1530/6758
Road
from
Carahuarani,
via
Tipuani
Gold
Mine,
to
Chuguini,
3000
m
down
to
2000
m
and
back
to
3000
m,
Tate,
Apr.
1926;
Tipuani
is
at
1533/6800.
CARAHUASI;
Cochabamba
IML,
1959.
1740/6446
CARANAVI;
La
Paz
1546/6736
(USBGN)
In
province
of
Nor
Yungas;
Webster,
Feb.
1978,
8
km
SE
of
(1548/6734),
in
June
1978
at
606
m,
July
and
Aug.
1979;
10
km
W
of
(1546/6741),
in
June
1978;
20
km
N
of
(1542/6736),
in
Jan.
1978;
5
km
E
of
(1546/6734);
Creighton,
May
1978,
20
km
(by
road)
NNE
of
(1542/6735),
2000
ft;
Schmitt
and
Cole,
two
localities-Mar.-Apr.
1979,
6.6
km
(by
road)
downstream
from
Caran-
avi
(1538/6739),
in
rio
Coroico
Valley,
east
bank,
653
m;
and,
June
1979,
35
km
(by
road)
N
of
Caranavi
at
Serranfa
Bella
Vista
(1540/6735),
1650
m;
Webster,
1979
(Webster
and
Jones,
1980),
606
m
at
the
town;
Remsen
and
Cardiff,
July
1980,
47
km
(by
road)
N
of
Caranavi
at
Ser-
rania
Bella
Vista
(1538/6732),
1350
m;
Hinojosa,
Mar.
1988,
5
km
N
of
(1544/6735),
and
8
km
N
of
(1541/6731);
EBD
party,
date
uncertain,
2
km
E
of
(1546/6735).
CARANDA;
Santa
Cruz
1732/6331
MSB
party,
Aug.
1987,
1.5
km
SW
of
(1733/6332),
2
km
S
of
(1733/6332),
3
km
SE
of
(on
rio
Metillas,
1734/6331).
CARANDAYTI;
Chuquisaca
2045/6304
(USBGN)
Bromley,
Aug.
to
Oct.
1957,
also
spelled
Car-
andaita
or
Carandaiti;
Stager,
July
1957,
10
SE
of
(2049/6308);
18
km
SE
of
(2053/6312);
30
km
SE
of
(2058/6251);
35
km
S
of
(2106/6304);
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1985,
4.5
km
by
road
W
of
(2045/6306),
3.8
km
by
road
E
of
(2046/6303),
9
km
by
road
E
of
(2046/6300),
9.7
km
by
road
E
of
(2046/6300).
88
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
CARAPARI;
Tarija
2149/6346
(USBGN)
Budin,
Apr.,
July,
and
Aug.
1924,
1000
m;
Tho-
mas
(1925),
type
localities
of
Akodon
sylvanus
pervalens
(p.
579,
=
A.
pervalens);
Mazama
sar-
ae
(p.
581,
=
Mazamna
americana
sarae);
Ory-
zomys
legatus
(p.
575);
Thomas
(1925:
580)
as
Carapiri;
type
locality
of
Oxymycterus
paramensis
jacentior;
F
Steinbach,
field
number
653,
year
un-
known;
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1991,
3
km
WNW
of
(2148/6347),
850
m.
CARAVANI,
see
San
Joaquin.
CARICARI,
see
Kari
Kari.
CARLAZO;
Tarija
2128/6432
(USBGN)
Budin,
Mar
1924,
Feb.,
Mar.,
and
May
1925;
Thomas
(1926b:
322),
2200
m
and
2300
m,
"40
km
to
the
east
of"
(2128/6410);
and
type
locality
of
Marmosa
janetta
(p.
327,
=
Thylamys
elegans
venusta),
see
also
Tarija.
CARMEN;
Beni
1356/6340
(MAPA)
C.
Gans,
Feb.
1954;
MARU,
1963,
or
El
Car-
men,
on
rio
Blanco.
CARNAVAL;
Beni,
see
Espiritu.
CARRASCO,
PARQUE
NACIONAL;
see
Villa
Tunari.
CASABINDO,
CERRO;
N.L.
Cabrera
(1961:
558).
CASARA,
see
Bahia
de
los
Casara.
CASARABE;
Beni
1448/6414
(USBGN)
Anderson,
Aug.
1983,
230
m,
6
km
W
of
(1454/6422);
Ruedas
and
Cuenca,
Aug.
1985.
CASCAJAL;
Beni
1213/6513
(USBGN)
AMNH,
May
1965,
collected
at
Cascajal
and
opposite
Cascajal
on
E
side
of
rio
Mamore.
CASTEDO,
see
San
Ramon.
CASTOR,
see
Khastor.
CATAGAITA;
Potosi
2050/6540
Pearson,
Sept.
1955,
30
mi
WNW
of
(2043/6557),
11,000
ft
(=
3385
m);
also
spelled
Cotagoita
or
Cotagaita.
CATAVI;
Potosi
1824/6636
(USBGN)
Carriker,
May
1936,
12,600
ft
(=
3840
m).
CATMANDUJ,
see
Katmandu.
CAVINAS;
La
Paz
1236/6701
(USBGN)
Dasyprocta
from
zoo,
in
USNM,
died
1927.
CAYOBA;
Beni
1310/6413
(MARU)
Webb,
Feb.
1969
and
Apr.
1970,
or
La
Cayoba;
SNCFHB,
Jan.
and
Feb.
1985
(Torres
et
al.,
1988).
CEDRITO,
EL;
Santa
Cruz
1748/6311
Tapia,
Sept.
1992,
cave
near
rio
Pirai
at
west
edge
of
Santa
Cruz
de
la
Sierra.
CENTINELA;
Beni
N.L.
MARU,
1963,
on
rio
Machupo,
also
spelled
Centenela.
CENTRO
DIECIOCHO;
Pando
1036/6647
RAP
team
in
June
and
July
1992,
18
km
NNW
of
San
Juan
de
Nuevo
Mundo,
a
seasonally
used
castania
camp.
CENTRO
GRANDE
(Centro
Branda);
Pando
1120/6908
(USBGN)
Izawa,
Nov.
and
Dec.
1979.
CERCADO,
see
Andr6s
Ibaiiez.
CERDAS:
Potosi
2048/6629
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Feb.
1938,
3900
m.
CERRO,
see
names
such
as
Amboro,
Itahuaticua,
etc.
CERRO
COLORADO;
Santa
Cruz
1927/6221
An
estancia;
EBD
party,
Sept.
1986;
10
km
S
of
(1933/6221);
50
km
S
of,
at
Perforaci6n
(1955/6233);
58
km
S
of
(2000/6233).
CHACALTAYA,
MT;
La
Paz
1620/6808
(USBGN)
Barker.
CHACO;
when
used
as
a
proper
noun
as
in
Gran
Chaco,
the
word
is
capitalized.
When
used
in
the
general
sense
of
any
clearing
or
open
area,
it
is
not
capitalized.
The
same
dichotomy
of
usage
arises
with
the
words
yungas
and
valles.
CHACO,
EL;
Beni,
see
Espiritu.
CHACO
LEJOS;
Beni
1324/6442
(MARU)
Barba,
July
1966,
ca.
20
km
SE
of
San
Ram6n;
also
as
Chaco
Lejo.
CHACO
MAIZ;
Beni 1333/6429
An
estancia;
Yates
and
Salazar,
Mar.
1993,
15
km
NW
of
El
Valle.
CHALLANA,
RiO,
see
Guanay.
CHALLAPATA;
Oruro
1854/6647
(USBGN)
Simons,
Oct.
1901,
3800
m,
east
of
Lake
Poop6
(Thomas,
1902b:
225),
type
locality
of
Phyllotis
hirtipes
(=
Eligmodontia
puerulus);
Thomas
(1902e:
161),
type
locality
of
Marmosa
elegans
pallidior
(=
Thylamys
pallidior);
Anderson,
Nov.
1979,
45
km
and
123°
[=
compass
bearing]
from
Challapata
(1910/6625);
Galictis
at
CBF
(Yensen
et
al.,
1994:
408).
CHAPARE;
Cochabamba
1709/6530
F
B.
Steinbach,
June
and
July
1927,
at
2000
m
(the
old
road
from
Cochabamba
into
the
Chapare
valley
passed
the
2000
m
elevation
just
above
El
Palmar
at
about
1709/6530),
Sept.
1939,
at
2700
m,
Dec.
1941,
Nov.
1948;
Zischka,
1945,
1954,
1962
(Munich,
R.
M.
Wetzel,
personal
commun.);
mouth
of
rio
at
1558/6841;
Yoneda,
Sept.
1982.
A
large
area
is
known
as the
Chapare.
89
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
CHAPARE,
RIO;
Cochabamba
1558/6442
Carriker,
Aug.
1937,
250
m.;
Arce
Pereira
et
al.
(1963)
reported
various
mammals
from
the
rio
Chapare,
without
specimens.
See
also
rio
Ichilo.
CHAQUECAMATA,
see
Choquecamata.
CHARAL,
EL;
Beni
1523/6706
CBF,
1989,
6
km
on
road
to
Yacumo
from
Qui-
quibey.
CHARAQUA;
Santa
Cruz
1948/6313
(USBGN)
Wavrin,
(Myotis),
BM;
de
la
Berrera,
July
1955
(Fonseca,
1959:
93),
or
Charagua.
CHARAZANI;
La
Paz
1512/6902
(MAPA)
Anderson,
Sept.
1980,
3450
m,
also
known
as
General
Juan
Jose
Perez;
also
2
km
W
of
(1512/6903).
CHAROPLAYA;
Cochabamba
ca.
1636/6637
Simons,
May
and
June
1901;
probably
on
the
rio
Santa
Elena
rather
than
the
headwaters
of
the
rfo
Secure,
at
1300
to
1400
m,
northward
of
La-
gunillas
(Chubb,
1919);
Thomas
(1902a),
type
lo-
calities
of
Coendou
simonsi
(p.
141,
=
C.
bicolor
simonsi),
Oryzomys
yunganus
(p.
130),
and
Proe-
chimys
securus
(p.
140,
=
P.
longicaudatus
se-
curus);
Allen
(1915a:
205)
as
Charumplaya;
Tho-
mas
(1916h:
478),
type
locality
of
Oxymycterus
doris
(=
Oxymycterus
inca
doris);
usually
spelled
Charuplaya.
CHASQUIPAMPA;
La
Paz
1631/6800
(Yoneda,
1984)
Yoneda,
Apr.
1982,
3750
m.
CHATARONA;
Beni
1422/6728
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Sept.
1934,
180
m,
as
Chaterona.
CHIANTA;
Oruro
N.L.
A
Phyllotis
presented
to
the
British
Museum
in
1912
by
Frank
A.
Moss;
12,000
ft
(=
3690
m),
Hershkovitz
(1962:
247).
According
to
Hershkov-
itz's
map
(p.
245),
Chianta
is
very
near
Challa-
pata,
Oruro;
also
spelled
Chayanta.
CHICO,
RANCHO;
Santa
Cruz
2015/6234
EBD
party,
Sept.
1986.
CHIJCHIPA;
La
Paz
1608/6744
(USBGN)
IBBA,
Feb.
to
Apr.
1985,
in
Nor
Yungas
prov-
ince,
ca.
1400
m;
or
Chijchipani,
Ruedas,
Aug.
1986;
AMNH-MSB
party,
as
Chijchijpa,
at
1114
m
(1609/6745
GPS)
and
1224
m
(1609/6744
GPS).
CHILCANI;
La
Paz
1544/6840
Olalla,
July
and
Aug.
1938,
near
Mt.
Illampu,
3700
m
(Patterson,
1992:
5).
CHILEAN
BORDER;
La
Paz
1730/6930
Specimens
in
Frankfurt,
"at
border
to
Bolivia
and
Peru."
CHILILAYA;
La
Paz
1613/6827
(Rusby,
1933)
0.
and
G.
Garlepp,
Aug.
1893,
on
Lago
Titi-
caca;
Simons,
Sept.
and
Oct.
1900,
4000
m;
also
spelled
Chililya.
CHIMASI;
La
Paz
1530/6753
(USBGN)
Simons,
Jan.
and
Feb.
1901,
June
1903,
1500
m,
Yungas,
as
Chimosi.
CHIMATE;
La
Paz
ca.
1525/6800
Simons,
Sept.
1900;
Thomas
(1901b:
369),
at
700
m,
type
locality
of
Rhipidomys
benevolens
(=
Oecomys
bicolor
bicolor);
Thomas
(1903b:
488),
type
locality
of
Sciurus
castus
(=
S.
spadiceus);
spelled
Chirimote
by
Gyldenstolpe
(1932:
40),
and
Chimote
by
Tate
(1932f:
20).
CHIMATE,
RIO;
La
Paz
ca.
1525/6800
(Tate,
1926)
Tate,
Apr.
1926,
1900
ft
(=
585
m);
tributary
of
rio
Mapiri
about
4
hours
below
the
rio
Velique
on
the
same
side.
CHIMATI;
La
Paz
N.L.
Pusch
(1941:
209),
type
locality
of
Cebus
apel-
la
sagitta
(=
C.
apella
pallidus).
CHIMOREI,
RIO;
Cochabamba
1643/6449
(USBGN)
Miller,
Aug.
1915;
Miller
(1918:
311);
AMNH,
July
1965,
2
km
N
of
mouth
of
the
river
(1642/6449);
Stearman,
Mar.
and
Apr.
1991,
in
Carrasco
province;
see
also
rio
Ichilo;
also
spelled
Chimori.
CHIMORI;
La
Paz
ANSP.
N.L.
CHIMOSI;
La
Paz
1530/6753(USBGN)
1700
m;
Thomas
(1910c:
505),
type
locality
of
Dasyprocta
variegata
yungarum
(=
D.
punctata
yungarum);
see
Chimasi.
CHINIRI;
La
Paz
1516/6745
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Aug.
1934,
335
m,
on
or
near
rio
Kaka.
CHIPIRIRI;
Cochabamba
1611/6518
Rio;
Arce
Pereira,
1962,
(Arce
Pereira
et
al.,
1963).
CHIPIRIRI;
Cochabamba
1635/6525
Cabot,
Aug.
1988,
450
m,
cercanias
de
San
Pe-
dro.
CHIQUITOS;
Santa
Cruz
1750/6048
300-1000
m,
d'Orbigny;
province
in
llanos
of
E
Santa
Cruz;
San
Jose
de
Chiquitos
(1749/6045);
Kreig,
1925,
1926;
Olrog,
ca.
1960;
San
Jose
de
Chiquitos,
Becarra,
Oct.
1966;
Heltne,
Freese,
and
Whitesides,
primate
census,
Aug.
1975
(Heltne
et
al.,
1976:
appendix
I;
near
Esperanza
at
1730/6052
some
40
km
N
and
12
km
W
of
San
Jose
de
Chiquitos;
near
Natividad
at
1755/6055
some
20
km
W
and
10
km
S
of
San
Jose
de
Chi-
quitos;
and
at
1750/6035
some
20
km
E
of
San
NO.
231
90

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
Jose
de
Chiquitos
on
road
to
Robore);
Cook
and
Moore,
Oct.
1984,
4
km
S
and
24
km
E
of
(1752/6031);
Olrog,
Aug.-Sept.
1959.
CHIVE;
Pando
1223/6835
(USBGN)
Yoneda,
July
1982,
as
"1250/6840";
Harada,
Sept.
1984;
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1986.
CHIYIJTE
N.L.
E
B.
Steinbach,
Feb.
1939.
CHOCAYA;
Potosi
2115/6545
(Paynter
et
al.,
1975)
Carriker,
June
1936,
3660
m.
CHONTA,
LA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
MNK
party,
Oct.
1992,
on
rio
Negro.
CHOQUECAMATA;
Cochabamba
1655/6637
(USBGN)
Simons,
July
1901;
Thomas
(1902a),
type
lo-
calities
of
Oxymycterus
paramensis
(p.
139,
=
0.
paramensis
paramensis)
and
of
Akodon
puer
(p.
136,
=
A.
lutescens
puer),
4000
m
on
high
para-
mos
northwest
of
Cochabamba;
usually
Chuqui-
camata;
Reed,
1939,
mountains
near,
as
Chaque-
camata.
CHORETI;
Santa
Cruz
2003/6335
(MARU)
MARU,
Sept.
1966;
see
also
Camiri.
CHORO,
El;
Cochabamba
1656/6642
(USBGN)
Simons,
May,
July
1901,
3200-3500
m,
en
el
Alto
S6cure,
province
of
Ayopaya;
Thomas
(1902a),
type
localities
of
Akodon
bacchante
(p.
138,
=
Chroeomys
jelskii
bacchante),
Akodon
fu-
meus
(p.
137);
Phyllotis
lutescens
(p.
131,
=
Phyl-
lotis
osilae
osilae);
Conepatus
chorensis
(p.
126,
=
Conepatus
chinga
rex),
Eligmodontia
carilla
(p.
133,
=
Calomys
lepidus
carillus);
Thomas
(1920b:
363),
type
locality
of
Eptesicus
montosus
(=
E.
furinalis
montosus);
F
B.
Steinbach,
June,
July,
and
Aug.
1953,
3500
m.
CHORO,
EL;
Oruro
1821/6708
AMNH-MSB,
Oct.
1986,
Chaetophractus
ob-
tained
by
Carminia
Miranda
Moreira
and
Freddy
Caceres
Vega.
CHUHUAYACO,
see
Chuyayacu.
CHULUMANI;
La
Paz
1624/6731
(USBGN)
d'Orbigny,
1830,
2000
m;
Kalinowski,
1896;
Simons,
Nov.
and
Dec.
1900,
Jan.
and
Feb.
1901,
at
1600,
2000,
and
2200
m;
Allen
(1901c:
411),
type
locality
of
Metachirus
nudicaudatus
bolivi-
anus;
(Thomas,
1907b:
163)
type
locality
of
Gri-
son
furax
luteola
(=
Galictis
vittata
luteola);
as
1800
m,
Thomas
(1917a:
158),
type
locality
of
Cavia
nana
(=
C.
aperea
sodalis);
Olalla,
Sept.
1938,
1740
m
(Patterson,
1992:
5);
Lonnberg
(1941:
42),
type
locality
of
Aotus
roberti
(=
Aotus
azarai
boliviensis);
capital
of
Yungas
Province;
1734
m.
CHUQUINI;
La
Paz
1534/6804
(USBGN)
Tate,
Apr.
1926,
ca.
3000
m,
"A
house
on
the
Gritado
River
which
is
tributary
to
the
Tipuani
on
its
right-hand
side,"
also
"road
from
Chuquini
to
Tora,
3000-3400
m."
CHUQUISACA,
see
Sucre.
CHURO
NEGRO,
see
Comarapa.
CHUSMAS,
RIO;
N.L.
Olrog,
Aug.
1957,
5
km
W
of
Las
Madrejones.
CHUSPIPATA;
La
Paz
1618/6748
(IGM)
Remsen
party,
July
1981,
1
km
S
of,
3050
m
(also
see
Sacramento
Alto
and
Cotapata);
Mer-
cado,
Nov.
1990;
CBF,
Apr.
1992,
Cerro
Chuspi-
pata.
CHUYAYACU;
Chuquisaca
1943/6352
Arduz,
Aug.
1951;
AMNH-MSB
party,
Aug.
1990,
2
km
E
of
Chuhuayaco,
1200
m
(1943/6351).
CIENEGA,
see
Vallegrande.
CINCO;
Beni
1249/6503
MARU,
1963,
designation
for
km
5
on
road
from
Puerto
Siles
to
San
Joaquin,
coordinates
are
as
measured
from
Puerto
Siles.
COBIJA;
Pando
1102/6844
(USBGN)
On
"Rio
Madeira";
the
alleged
origin
of
a
specimen
of
Saguinus
imperator
(Hershkovitz,
1977:
684);
Hill
(1957:
237),
as
Colija;
Freese,
1975,
as
1110/6858;
Heltne
et
al.
(1976:
appendix
I;
20
to
25
km
west
of
Cobija
on
rfo
Acre,
1100/6845;
on
foot
between
Espirito
Santo,
1100/6858,
to
rio
Nareuda,
at
1120/6900;
and
on
rio
Acre
from
Espirito
Santo
to
Buenos
Aires,
at
1120/6900);
Swing,
Feb.
1982;
D.
Lopez
for
MNLP,
no
date;
see
also
Tahuamanu;
10
km
S
of
Cobija
(1108/6844);
Harada,
Aug.
1984;
Iseki
et
al.
(1985).
COCABOMBA
N.L.
J.
Steinbach,
June
1920,
Aug.
1921,
Dec.
1928;
on
rio
Tajajos.
COCAPATA;
Cochabamba
1731/6517
Kessler,
Aug.
1991,
3200
m,
above
Cocapata
on
Cochabamba
to
Santa
Cruz
road
(1730/6516).
COCAPUNCO;
La
Paz
1530/6829
(Tate
fieldno-
tes)
Tate,
Mar.
1926,
3100
m,
"on
trail
from
Sorata
to
Mapiri
via
Ingenio,"
also
"road
from
Coco-
punco
to
Pararani";
Anthony
(1926:
2),
type
lo-
cality
of
Thomasomys
oreas.
Hershkovitz
(1959b:
45),
type
locality
of
Mazama
chunyi
(=
M.
bri-
cenii
chunyi).
COCHABAMBA;
Cochabamba
1724/6609
(USBGN)
Simons,
Apr.
1901,
at
2400
m
and
at
2600
m;
J.
Steinbach,
at
2700
m
(Hershkovitz,
1962:
248);
Thomas
(1902a),
type
locality
of
Akodon
varius
1997
91

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
(p.
134),
at
2400
m,
and
of
Conepatus
porcinus
(p.
128,
=
Conepatus
chinga
rex);
Collins-Day
Expedition,
1915
(Osgood,
1916:
199);
F
Stein-
bach,
Dec.
1928,
Aug.
1929,
July
1936;
EBD
party,
Sept.
1985,
15
km
E
of
(1724/6559);
Cabot,
Sept.
1988,
at
Country
Club,
2560
m,
near
Co-
chabamba;
Szwagrzak,
Nov.
1985,
owl
pellets;
Serrano,
1986,
owl
pellets;
Kessler,
Aug.
1991,
km
79
on
Cochabamba
to
Oruro
road
(coordinates
unknown);
capital
city
of
department.
COIMBRA;
Brazil
1129/6518
(RON)
Used
to
designate
places
in
Beni
opposite
Coimbra
(1129/
6519)
and
5
km
SE
of
Coimbra
(1
131/6517)
AMNH,
July
1965.
COLCHANI,
EL;
Potosi
2020/6656
EBD
party,
Nov.
1982,
entre
Colchani
y
Uyuni
(2024/6653).
COLINA
CACHAPA;
La
Paz
1640/6800
Mercado,
Feb.
1987,
Feb.
1989.
COLLANA;
La
Paz
1638/6858
(Yoneda,
1984b)
Baudoin,
Aug.
1968;
Yoneda,
Apr.
1983,
3750-
3800
m.
COLOMI;
Cochabamba
1721/6552
(USBGN)
F
B.
Steinbach,
Jan.
and
Aug.
1928,
3800
and
4000
m,
June,
July,
and
Dec.
1936,
3075
m,
Dec.
1941;
5
km
N
of
(1718/6552);
1993
expedition;
13
km
N
of,
3125
m
;
Poseidon
Resort,
12.5
km
N
of,
3200
m
(1713/6553,
GPS
data);
16.5
km
NW
of,
3500
m
(1714/6557).
COLONIA
PIRAY;
Santa
Cruz
1620/6339
Minezawa
et
al.
(1985),
Alouatta.
COLORADA,
LAGUNA;
Potosi
2217/6747
(USBGN)
Walcott,
Feb.
1924,
4196
m.;
EBD
party,
Sept.
and
Nov.
1982;
AMNH-MSB,
Sept.
1986,
21
km
by
road
SE
of
ENDE
camp,
4500
m
(2218/6744),
7
km
E
of
ENDE
camp,
4280
m
(2210/6745),
2
km
E
of
ENDE
camp
(2210/6742);
Salazar,
Oct.
1989,
1
km
E
of
Campamento
Sol
de
Manana
II,
(2210/6743),
22.5
km
E
of
ENDE
camp
(2210/6730).
COLORADO,
CERRO;
Santa
Cruz
1927/6221
Iba'niez,
Sept.
1986,
hacienda
on
rio
Parapeti.
COLORADO,
EL;
Chuquisaca
EBD
party,
Nov.
1982,
near
Villa
Abecia
(2100/6523).
COLORADO,
RIO;
La
Paz
1547/6717
Mann,
Sept.
1921.
COMARAPA;
Santa
Cruz
1754/6429
(USBGN)
F.
B.
Steinbach,
Sept.
and
Oct.
1926,
at
2500
m,
as
Comparapa
(USNM);
Pearson,
Sept.
1955,
5
mi.
W
of
(1754/6434),
7500
ft
(=
2310
m);
Crossin,
Mar.
1973,
28
km
W
of
(1751/6440),
Dec.
1972,
30
km
W
of
(1751/6440),
in
Cocha-
bamba;
Schmitt
and
Cole,
Feb.
1979,
6
km
S
and
10
km
E
of
(1757/6424),
in
rio
Pulquina
Valley,
Propiedad
Bado
Hondo,
1527
m;
Anderson,
Nov.
1979,
13
km
SE
of,
by
road
(1758/6425);
Creigh-
ton,
Feb.
1980,
in
the
Siberia
cloud
forest,
25
km
(by
road)
W
of
(1751/6440),
2800
m,
in
Cocha-
bamba,
originally
judged
to
be
in
Santa
Cruz;
Cabot,
July
1982,
Mar.
1983,
11
km
[by
road]
W
of,
at
Churo
Negro
(1755/6433),
2180
m;
EBD
party,
Mar.
1983,
3
km
NW
of
Churo
Negro
(1751/6440);
EBD
party,
Nov.
1983,
30
km
W
of
(1751/6441);
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1984,
31
km
(by
road)
W
of,
2800
m
(1751/6442),
in
Co-
chabamba;
28
km
by
road
W
of,
2800
m
(1751/6440),
in
Cochabamba;
Myers
and
Patton
(1989a:
4),
type
locality
of
Akodon
siberiae;
Hi-
nojosa
et
al.
(1987:
15),
type
locality
of
Oxymyc-
terus
hucucha;
21
km
by
road
W
of,
2900
m
(1751/6437);
15
km
by
road
W
of,
2700
m
(1753/6435);
8.5
km
by
road
W
of,
2300
m
(1754/6432);
1
km
N
and
8
km
W
of,
2450
m
(1755/6434);
3
km
by
road
SE
of,
1700
m
(1757/6430);
5
km
by
road
SE
of,
1695
m
(1758/6429);
AMNH
and
MNK,
Nov.
1987,
5
km
SW
of,
1750
m
(1757/6432);
8
km
SW
of,
1700
m
(1758/6433);
Glanz
and
Anderson
(1990;
23),
type
locality
of
Abrocoma
boliviensis;
AMNH-
MSB
party,
July
1992,
1800
m,
4
km
E
of
(1754/6427).
COMAUCHI;
La
Paz
1658/6829
BM
13.3.18.1,
Ctenomys
leucodon;
EBD
party,
Felis
concolor,
1982,
on
map
as
Comanche.
CONCEPCION;
Santa
Cruz
1615/6204
(USBGN)
d'Orbigny,
1831;
Mision,
490
m;
d'Orbigny
and
Gervais
(1847),
type
locality
of
Noctilio
af-
finis
(=
N.
albiventris).
Goodfellow,
July
1919;
Thomas
(1921a:
136),
type
locality
of
Ctenomys
goodfellowi
(=
C.
boliviensis
goodfellowi)
is
Es-
peranza
(1628/6116),
near
Concepci6n.
Davis,
Mar.
1986
(she
gave
coordinates
as
1608/6202);
Nov.
1985,
80
km
by
road
SE
of,
at
Zapocoz
(1633/6140);
Oct.
1985,
35
km
S
of,
at
El
Carmen
(1625/6200);
Szwagrzak,
1980s,
year
unknown,
owl
pellets
(1615/6204).
CONDO;
Oruro
1903/6644
EBD
party,
Nov.
1982.
CONQUISTA;
Beni
N.L.
A
hacienda;
Miranda,
1990
and
1991,
in
prov-
ince
of
Ballivian.
CONSUELO,
EL;
Beni
1420/6715
(Gyldenstolpe,
1945,
map)
A.
M.
Olalla,
1937,
1938;
Lonnberg
(1939:
17),
type
locality
of
Callicebus
modestus;
Lonnberg
(1942:
30),
estancia
on
pampas
about
12
km
E
of
Reyes;
(Patterson,
1992:
5).
COPACABANA;
La
Paz
1610/6905
(USBGN)
Yepes
and
Crespo,
Mar.
1941.
NO.
231
92

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
COPACABANA,
see
also
Montero.
CORANI;
Cochabamba
1713/6552
(GPS)
June
and
July
1993,
MSB
expedition,
2630
m,
hydroelectric
plant;
July,
Laguna
de
Corani,
12.5
km
N
of
Colomi,
3200
m
(1714/6553,
GPS
data).
CORDILLERA
[RIO
GRANDE];
Santa
Cruz
J.
Steinbach,
1909
(FMNH).
COROICO;
La
Paz
1610/6744
(USBGN)
In
province
of
Nor
Yungas;
Creighton,
May
1978,
31
km
(1618/6748,
on
road
to
La
Paz)
southward
of
river
crossing
near
Coroico,
2900
m;
S.
and
R.
J.
Anderson,
May
1982,
1715
m;
EBD
party,
Oct.
and
Nov.
1982,
4
km
from,
on
road
to
Caranavi
and
on
right
bank
of
rio
Coroico
(1611/6743);
Hinojosa,
1988,
3
km
N
of,
at
co-
munidad
Marka
(1608/6744).
COSMINI;
La
Paz
1655/6812
(USBGN)
Simons,
Mar.
1901,
as
4300
m;
Thomas
(1902a:
134).
COSTA
MARQUES;
Brazil
1228/6417
(RON)
Used
to
designate
localities
in
Beni
across
the
no
Itenez,
opposite
bank
(1229/6417),
500
m
aba-
jo
de
(1229/6417),
and
40
km
by
river
above
town
(1232/6403);
4
km
above
(1229/6415),
1
km
above
(1228/
6417);
2
km
above
(1229/6416);
1.5
km
below
(1229/6418);
0.5
km
S
of
river
and
4
km
SW
of
town
(1230/6418);
AMNH,
1964; also
spelled
Costa
Marquez.
COTACAJES,
RIO;
Cochabamba
1630/6650
CBF
party,
Aug.
1992,
San
Antonio,
in
prov-
ince
of
Ayopaya;
Seque
Rancho
(1635/6645).
COTA
COTA;
La
Paz
1633/6805
MNLP,
Nov.
1982;
see
also
La
Paz.
COTAGAITA,
see
Catagaita.
COTAPATA;
La
Paz
ca.
1613/6754
Remsen
and
Cardiff,
June
1980,
4.5
km
by
road
WNW
of
Chuspipata,
at
3300
m;
Hinojosa,
Feb.
1991,
at
Santa
Barbara
(coordinates
uncertain);
Apr.
1992,
4
km
N
of
(1611/6754).
COTOCA;
Santa
Cruz
1745/6257
(MAPA)
Becerra,
Sept.
1966;
Flores,
May
1985,
and
Szwagrzak,
Oct.
1985,
owl
pellets;
in
Province
of
Iba'nfez;
MSB
party,
May
1988
(1746/6258).
CRETA,
ISLA
DE,
see
Estaci6n
Biologia
de
Beni.
CRUCE
VENTILLA;
Oruro
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1986,
7
km
S
and
4
km
E
of,
3450
m
(1908/6607).
CRUCES,
LAS;
Santa
Cruz
1746/6321
UAGRM
party,
June
and
July
1990;
2
km
SW
of
(1747/6322);
3
km
SW
of
(1747/6322).
CRUS,
LA;
Beni
1320/6340
An
estancia,
Flores,
Sept.
1983.
CRUZ,
LA;
Pando
AMNH/MSB,
Aug.
1986,
170
m.
1124/6713
CUCHARCA,
RIO;
Beni
Bats
reported
by
Barquez
(1984a)
from
Santa
Rosa,
rio
Cucharca,
70
km
N
of
Trinidad,
date
and
collector
not
given.
Cocharcas
on
some
maps.
CUCHICANCHA;
Cochabamba
ca.
1721/6543
(MHA)
Miller
and
Boyle,
1915,
3400
m;
or
Cuchacan-
cha.
CUESTA
CUCHO;
Cochabamba
1715/6545
Olalla,
May
1938,
2300
m
(Patterson,
1992).
CUEVAS;
Santa
Cruz
1807/6343
An
estancia;
de
la
Barrera,
November
1954;
AMNH-MSB
party,
May
1991,
1
km
NE
of
(1811/6344),
1300
m.
CUEVO;
Chuquisaca
2027/6332
de
la
Barrera,
July
1955
(Fonseca,
1959).
CUMBRE,
LA;
La
Paz
1622/6803
(USBGN)
Tate,
Feb.
1926,
15,200
ft
(=
4675
m);
the
highest
point
reached
by
the
former
La
Paz-Yun-
gas
railroad;
Carriker,
Jan.
1935;
Sanborn
(1950),
type
locality
of
Hesperomys
lepidus
montanus
(=
Calomys
1.
carillus);
Mercado
and
Miralles,
1987.
CUPESI,
PUESTO
DE;
Santa
Cruz
2012/6233
EBD
party,
1986,
donated
skins,
98
km
S
of
Cerro
Colorado;
40
km
[S]
of,
at
Rancho
Chico,
in
Cordillera
province.
CURICHE;
Santa
Cruz
1844/6316
(USBGN)
Rio
Grande,
J.
Steinbach,
Aug.
1909
(FMNH);
de
la
Barrera,
1955.
CURICHI
GRANDE;
Santa
Cruz
ca.
1530/6016
(MAPA)
As
"about
150
S.,
a
few
miles
from
Brazilian
border,"
Daveron,
May
1932,
USNM,
about
15°
30'
on
Brazilian
border,
Daveron,
Dec.
1935;
name
means
simply
'big
swamp.'
MAPA
uses
"Bahia
Grande."
CURICHE,
RIO;
Beni
ca.
1236/6354
(MAPA)
AMNH,
July
1964,
at
mouth
of
W
end
of
Isla
Capim.
CURIRABA,
RIO;
Beni
1450/6623
Wilson
and
Salazar,
Sept.
1987
(Wilson
and
Sa-
lazar,
1990:
47);
Salazar,
July
1988
(1451/6621);
also
spelled
Curiaba
or
Cureraba;
see
Beni
Re-
serve.
CURUYUQUI;
Santa
Cruz
1846/6214
Emmons,
Oct.
1991
(Parker
et
al.,
1993).
CUSI,
LAS;
Beni
Tello,
Sept.
1986.
1355/6450
CUTIKHUCHU;
La
Paz
1608/6807
(GPS)
MSB
party,
June
1993,
2697
m,
or
Cuticucho.
93
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
CUYAMBUYO;
Tarija
2215/6436
(USBGN)
Creighton,
Jan.
1980;
4
km
(by
road)
N
of
(2213/6436),
980
m;
8
km
(by
road)
N
of
(2212/6436),
Hacienda
Conzelmann,
1000
m;
AMNH
party,
Aug.
1991,
3
km
SE
of
(2216/6433),
900
m.
Ch,
see
in
list
with
names
beginning
with
C.
DESAGUADERO,
RIO;
La
Paz
1634/6902
(USBGN)
Pentland,
1850;
Thomas
(1911:
256).
DESIERTO;
Beni
1342/6732
(Gyldenstolpe,
1945)
Olalla,
1937
(Lonnberg,
1940c);
on
rio
Beni,
also
termed
El
Desierto.
DOLORES,
RIO;
Santa
Cruz
1722/6341
(USBGN)
Province
of
Sara;
headwaters
of
Yapacani,
near
Buenavista;
J.
and
F
Steinbach
(Sanbom,
1932a:
175).
ECUADOR;
Beni
MARU,
Mar.
1971.
1412/6526
(MARU)
EL,
used
with
names
such
as
Astillero,
Choro,
Consuelo,
etc.
ELE
ELE,
see
Mizque,
Rio.
EL
PUENTE;
department
uncertain
N.L.
Tello,
July
1986.
EMBOCADA,
LA;
Beni
1503/6658
Creighton,
Nov.
1979,
1
km
E,
Estancia
La
Ca-
bania,
600
m,
on
some
maps
spelled
as
Embos-
cada.
ENCANTO,
EL;
Beni,
see
Espiritu.
ENCANTO,
EL;
Santa
Cruz
1436/6042
Cascades;
MSB
party,
July
1990;
Emmons,
Nov.
1992.
ENGENHO
DO
CAP.
GAMA;
Brazil
N.L.
"Du
rio
Guapori."
Natterer,
8
Sept.
1826
(Pel-
zeln,
1883:
18,
104).
ENTRE
RIOS;
La
Paz
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1992,
1000
m,
2
km
W
of
(1539/6726).
ENTRE
RIOS;
Tarija
2132/6412
(USBGN)
Carriker,
Oct.
1936;
Gilmore,
July
1943,
in
Province
O'Connor,
1200
to
1300
m;
Crossin,
Jan.
1973,
25
km
NW
of
(2123/6421);
AMNH-
MSB
party,
Aug.
1991,
5
km
NNW
of
(2129/6412),
1600
m.
EPIZANA,
Cochabamba,
see
Siberia
Cloud
For-
est.
ERQUIS;
Tarija
2128/6448
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1991,
2100
m.
ESCOMA;
La
Paz
1540/6908
EBD
party,
Nov.
1984,
at
Lago
Titicaca.
ESPEJILLOS;
Santa
Cruz
1758/6327
Ibainez,
1986,
10
km
W
of
San
Jose,
in
province
of
Andres
Ibainez.
ESPERANZA;
Beni
1401/6446
Pilleri
(1977b:
21),
Puesto
La
Esperanza
on
rio
Ipurupuru.
ESPERANZA;
Beni
1425/6532
(MARU)
MARU,
1963;
Barba,
Sept.
1966,
42
km
NE
of
San
Joaquin
(1251/6436);
also
La
Esperanza,
see
San
Joaquin
for
another
place
of
this
name.
ESPERANZA;
La
Paz
1749/6847
(USBGN)
4000
m,
northeast
of
Mt.
Sahama
in
province
of
Pacajes,
G.
Garlepp,
Apr.,
May,
June
1897;
Thomas
(1898a),
type
localities
of
Conepatus
rex
(p.
278,
=
C.
chinga
rex),
Phyllotis
(?)
garleppii
(p.
279,
=
Galenomys
garleppii),
Chinchillula
sa-
hamae
(p.
280),
Akodon
berlepschii
(p.
281,
=
Akodon
albiventer
berlepschii,
Cavia
niata
(p.
282,
=
Microcavia
niata
niata);
Thomas
(1907a:
443),
Viscaccia
lutea
(=
Lagidium
viscacia
cu-
vieri);
Thomas
(1914:
357),
Pseudalopex
cul-
paeus
andina;
F
Steinbach,
Nov.
1941,
at
4200
m
(Hershkovitz,
1962:
247);
Cabrera
(1958:
230)
cited
as
"Esperanza,
departamento
de
Oruro"
and
(1961a:
496)
as
department
of
La
Paz.
ESPERANZA;
Santa
Cruz
1628/6116
Thomas
(1921a:
136),
type
locality
of
Cteno-
mys
goodfellowi.
ESPERANZA;
Santa
Cruz
1954/6259
Zalles,
May
1990,
Rancho
La
Esperanze
or
Ha-
cienda
Nueva
Esperanza,
40
km
from
Charagua.
ESPERANZA;
"Tarija,"
see
Concepci6n,
Santa
Cruz.
ESPIRITU;
Beni
1413/6640
La
Estancia
Elsner
Hermanos
"Yacuma"
(Han-
agarth,
1993:
4);
coordinates
differ
as
given
by
different
sources
(e.g.
Hanagarth,
1993:
4,
1408/6624;
Instituto
Nacional
de
Estadistica,
1982:
255,
1413/6640;
USBGN,
1412/6640;
MAPA,
1413/6640;
Aguirre,
1994:
6,
1413/6624;
Aguirre
and
Urioste,
1994:
71,
1413/6624);
Han-
agarth,
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
Sept.
1980,
May
and
Aug.
1981;
Mendez,
Jan.
1986;
Salazar
and
Sar-
miento,
June
1986;
Aguirre,
June
into
Oct.
1992.
Thirteen
collecting
sites
within
6
km
of
the
estan-
cia,
as
follows,
vicinity
of
the
ranch,
tusecal
de
Espiritu,
islas
de
bosque
Peru,
El
Encanto,
and
Don
Herbert
(all
near
1413/6640);
tajibal
de
Peru
(1413/6641);
isla
de
bosque
Vacia
(1413/6639);
isla
de
bosque
and
tajibal
de
Espiritu
Viejo
(1411/6638);
islas
de
bosque
El
Encanto
and
Don
Herbert
(1413/6640);
Arroyo
Carnaval
y
Puerto
Senda
and
isla
de
bosque
El
Chaco
(1410/6640);
rio
Yacuma
(1410/6639);
"Pastizal"
(1413/6640).
ESTACI6N
BIOL6GICA
DEL
BENI;
Beni
1451/6621
EBD
parties,
Oct.
1983
to
Nov.
1985;
6
km
N
of
Isla
de
Creta
(1445/6621);
5
km
N
of
rio
Cu-
NO.
231
94

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
riraba,
Isla
de
Creta
(1449/6621);
Isla
de
Creta,
3
km
N
of
EBB
(1449/6621);
60
km
E
of
San
Borja
on
road
(1451/6621);
Arroyo
Aguas
Negras
(co-
ordinates
unknown);
AMNH,
MSB
and
IBBA,
Aug.
1985;
1
km
SW
of
(at
Totaisal,
1451/6621),
6
km
E
of
(at
rio
Matos,
1451/6617);
Sarmiento,
1986;
also
known
as
Estancia
El
Porvenir;
Cabot
et
al.
(1986);
Wilson
and
Salazar
(1989);
Merca-
do,
1987,
15
km
N
of
Porvenir
(1443/6621);
Mir-
anda,
Aug.
1990;
Paynter,
Oct.
1990;
other
des-
ignations
are
Estacion
Biologica
Beni
and
Esta-
cion
Biologica
de
Beni;
see
also
Beni
Reserve,
Florida,
Trapiche,
Pascana,
Campamento
08,
Porvenir,
Villa
Dorita,
and
Busurucucu.
ESTANCIA,
see
name
of
the
estancia,
such
as
Estancia
Bethania.
EUCALIPTUS;
Oruro
1735/6731
(MAPA)
Schmitt
and
Cole,
Dec.
1968;
11.2
km
S
and
0.8
km
W
of
(1741/6731),
at
3365
m;
12
km
S
and
1.6
km
E
of
(1742/
6730);
and
9
km
S
of
(1740/6731);
9
km
S
and
0.8
km
W
of
(1740/6731);
see
also
Huancaroma.
EVA
EVA,
SERRANIA;
Beni
1536/6638
Hinojosa,
Oct.
1990.
EXALTACION;
Beni
1316/6515
(USBGN)
MARU,
1963;
AMNH,
Sept.
1965,
8
km
N
of
Exaltacion
(1312/
6515),
on
rio
Mamore;
2
km
S
of
(1317/6515);
7
km
S
of
(1319/6516).
FIERROS,
LOS;
Santa
Cruz
1430/6110
EBD
party,
Aug.
1986,
450
m,
2,
3,
3.5,
4,
or
5
km
N
of,
at
Campamento
Precimbrico
(1432/6054);
MSB
party,
June
1990,
3
km
E
de
Campamento
"Los
Fierros" (1433/6052);
MSB
party,
July
1991,
3
km
S
of
(1434/6053);
4
km
S
of
(1434/6053);
6
km
S
of
(1434/6053);
7
km
S
of
(1435/6052);
17
km
S
of
(1433/6049);
23
km
S
of
(1438/6045);
27.5
km
S
of
(1438/6044);
52
km
S
of
(1445/6035);
see
also
Florida
and
Moira.
FILADELFIA;
Beni
MARU,
1963.
1259/6453
(MARU)
FLOR
DE
ORO;
Santa
Cruz
1535/6034
MNK
party,
Sept.
1991,
187
m,
Parque
Na-
cional
"Noel
Kempff
Mercado."
FLORIDA,
see
Pitiguaya.
FLORIDA;
Beni
1451/6621
Cabot,
June
1985;
Miranda,
Aug.
1990,
an
es-
tancia
or
hacienda
near
EBB.
FLORIDA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
Delgadillo,
Aug.
1950,
near
Floripondio,
or
near
Agua
Hedionda.
FLORIDA,
LA;
in
La
Paz,
see
Pitiguaya.
FLORIDA,
LA;
Santa
Cruz
1436/6111
Village
on
rio
Paragua;
Iba'nez,
Aug.
1986;
50
km
E
of
(1436/6047);
38
km
E
of
(1436/6054
=
Los
Fierros);
Braza
and
Garcia
(1988)
observa-
tions
of
primates
at
various
localities
from
La
Florida
to
60
km
E
thereof.
FLORIPONDIO;
Cochabamba
1804/6445
de
la
Barrera,
Feb.
1955
(Smit,
1987:
350).
FORESTAL,
LA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
MNK
party,
Apr.
1990,
Florida
province
[or
Andres
Ibainez].
FORTALEZA;
Beni
1412/6528
(MARU)
Webb,
Feb.
1971
and
Nov.
1972,
95
km
S
of
Santa
Ana,
in
Yacuma
province.
FORTIN
CAMPERO;
Tarija
2255/6418
(MAPA)
Carriker,
Sept.
1936,
350
m.
GENERAL
PEREZ,
see
Perez.
GLAVIR;
Beni
1451/6610
An
estancia,
65
km
on
road
from
San
Borja
to
Trinidad;
EBD
party,
Oct.
1985;
adjacent
to
EBB.
GRANDE,
RIO;
Santa
Cruz
1551/6439
(USBGN)
d'Orbigny,
June
1831,
at
ca.
1745/6245
and
ca.
1845/6415
(d'Orbigny,
1846:
162);
J.
Steinbach,
Sep.
1909,
ca.
1855/6320;
Miller,
Oct.-Nov.
1915
(perhaps
near
1850/6416;
Miller,
1918:
344);
Steinbach,
Oct.
1942,
at
Bajo
Rio
Grande,
1000
ft
AMNH,
Aug.
1965,
5
km
NW
(some
specimens
were
erroneously
labeled
4
km
NE
and
some
as
5
km
NE)
mouth
of
rio
Grande,
on
rio
Mamore
(1550/6441),
in
Beni;
Humberto
Montero,
Dec.
1988
(1740/6245).
GRANJA,
LA;
Beni
1318/6409
Webb,
Apr.
1970;
Kunz,
July
1971;
Pine
(1975:
321),
type
locality
of
Monodelphis
kunsi,
W
bank
of
rio
Itonamas,
4
km
N
of
Magdalena.
GUADALOUPE;
Santa
Cruz
1833/6405
(USBGN),
1827/6406
(MAPA)
Marzana
and
Macchiavello,
May
1949,
1800
m;
as
Guadalupe,
10
km
S
of
Vallegrande.
GUALEVA;
Beni
Kuns,
Feb.
1972;
in
province
of
Itenez.
N.L.
GUANACOS;
Santa
Cruz
1849/6309
(USBGN)
J.
Steinbach,
Sept.
1915,
in
Cordillera
province;
MCZ
no.
26948,
see
also
Campo
de
Guanacos.
GUANAY;
La
Paz
1528/6752
(USBGN)
Tate,
Apr.
1926,
1800
m,
"small,
neatly
laid-
out
village
at
junction
of
R.
Tipuani
and
the
Ma-
piri,"
also
"road
from
Guanay
to
Carahuarani,
1800-3000
m";
Carriker,
Aug.
1934,
460
m;
Creighton,
June
1978,
5
km
(by
road)
SE
of,
on
rio
Challana
(1530/6750),
1100
ft;
20
km
NNE
of
(1518/6748);
also
spelled
Huanay.
GUAPORJt,
RIO;
see
Itenez,
rio.
GUARAYITOS;
Santa
Cruz1735/6146
(USBGN)
Kreig,
1926.
95
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
GUARAYOS;
Santa
Cruz
1614/6037
(Hershkov-
itz,
in
litt.)
"Province
in
Santa
Cruz";
d'Orbigny
(1834:
89),
type
locality
by
restriction
(Elliot,
1913)
of
Callithrix
boliviensis
(=
Saimiri
sciureus
boli-
viensis),
as
Sierras
Guarayas;
d'Orbigny
(1837:
plate
9),
type
locality
of
Noctilio
rufipes
(=
Noc-
tilio
leporinus
rufescens),
as
rio
San
Miguel,
Lla-
nos
de
Guarayos;
at
present
there
is
no
province
of
Guarayos
in
Santa
Cruz.
See
also
Ascension
de
Guarayos.
Pilleri
and
Arvy
(1977)
mapped
San
Miguel
at
1619/6026.
GUARINA,
see
Huarina.
GUARIPEMBI,
see
Guirapembi.
GUAYARAMERIN
(Puerto
Sucre);
Beni
1049/6525
(MAPA)
AMNH,
1964,
1965;
2
km
N
of,
on
island
(1048/6525);
1.5
km
N,
on
island
in
rio
Mamore
(1048/6525);
1.5
km
NW
of
(1048/6526);
4
kLm
S
of
(1051/6525);
5
km
S
of
(1052/6525);
Fugler
and
Swing,
Feb.
1982;
Tello,
July
1986.
GUAYARAMERIN
AND
GUAYARA
ASSU,
CACHUELAS;
Beni
1045/6525
(RON)
Natterer,
1829
(Pelzeln,
1883:
127)
as
Cach-
oeiras
Guayara
mirim
and
guacu.
GUIRAPEMBI;
Santa
Cruz
1926/6231
EBD
party,
Sept.
1986,
on
rio
Parapeti,
in
prov-
ince
of
Cordillera,
as
1930/6730.
GUTIERREZ;
Santa
Cruz
1925/6334
(USBGN)
de
la
Barrera,
July
1955
(Smit,
1987:
350).
Be-
cerra
and
Acasigue,
Sept.
1966,
in
province
of
Cordillera;
Schmitt
and
Cole,
Jan.
1979
and
Feb.
and
Apr.
1984,
10
km
E
of,
at
Laguna
Caucaya
(1925/6329),
875
m.
HABANA;
Beni
1410/6449
An
estancia,
Pilleri,
1976
(Pilleri,
1977b:
21).
HACHA,
see
Jhacha.
HAMACAS;
Santa
Cruz
1744/6311
(USBGN)
Silva,
July
1938,
also
spelled
Hamecas.
HAMBURGO,
see
rio
Beni.
HARDEMAN;
Santa
Cruz
1620/6340
Harada,
Sept.
1984.
HENEY,
RIO
N.L.
Pine
and
Wetzel
(1975).
HERBERT,
DON;
Beni,
see
Espiritu.
HORCUS;
Chuquisaca
1929/6433
(USBGN)
Prince,
March
1965,
80
km
SE
Sucre,
or
Hor-
cas
(USBGN,
MAPA).
HORQUILLA;
Beni
1234/6425
(MAPA)
MARU,
1963;
AMNH,
Sept.
1964,
15
km
above
Horquilla,
on
rio
Machupo
(1241/6432);
20
km
above
Horquilla,
on
rio
Machupo
(1243/6435).
HOSANE,
CERRO;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
1200
m,
J.
Steinbach,
Aug.
1917;
Tate
(1933:
75)
as
Cerro
Hosana.
HOYADA,
see
Vallegrande.
HUACARAJE;
Beni
1333/6345
(USBGN)
MARU,
1963;
Acasigue,
Nov.
1966,
in
Itenez
Province;
also
spelled
Huancaraje.
HUACHI;
La
Paz
1540/6715
(USBGN)
Mann,
"1921-2"
(USNM);
also
known
as
San
Miguel
de
Huachi,
on
rio
"Boki"
[=
Bopi].
HUACULLANI;
La
Paz
1627/6845
or
1658/6850?
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
Feb.
1979.
HUAJCHILLA;
La
Paz
1637/6803
Yoneda,
1984
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
Yoneda,
Feb.
1982
to
Feb.
1983,
3050
m;
Mercado,
Feb.
and
May
1982,
4
km
SW
of
(1639/6805);
EBD
parties,
Sept.
and
Oct.
1982,
Oct.
1984.
HUAKARANI:
perhaps
in
Oruro
N.L.
Pujol,
April
1969,
"Departamento
d'Urumo";
specimens
in
Paris,
see
Microcavia.
HUANAY,
see
Guanay.
HUANCARAJE,
see
Huacaraje.
HUANCAROMA;
Oruro
1739/6731
(MAPA
1980)
Baudoin,
Aug.
1968,
Mar.
and
Apr.
1971,
ranch
near
Eucaliptus;
AMNH-MSB,
Aug.
1984,
3720
m
(1740/6729);
1
km
W
of,
3730
m
(1740/6730);
2.5
km
NE
of,
3720
m
(1739/6728);
3.5
km
E
of,
3720
m
(1740/6727);
1
km
E
and
3
km
S
of,
3720
m
(1742/6728);
AMNH-MSB
party,
Oct.
1986,
(1740/6729),
3.5
km
E
of
(1740/6727,
1
km
W
of
(1740/6730);
3
km
W
of,
rio
Desaguadero
(1740/6732).
HUANCASAYA;
La
Paz
N.L.
Villalba,
Feb.
1990,
prov.
Franz
Tamayo.
HUANCHACA,
SERRANIA;
Santa
Cruz
1425/6050
EBD
party,
Aug.
1986,
or
Serrania
Caparus.
HUANCUNI;
La
Paz
1544/6835
Olalla,
July
1938,
3050
m
(Patterson,
1992).
HUANDA;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
MNK
party,
1990,
in
province
of
Andr6s
Iba-
fnez;
see
Wenda.
HUANUNI;
Oruro
1816/6651
Anderson
and
Olds,
July
1983,
at
4150
m;
3
km
E
[or
NE]
of
(1815/6648).
HUARACO;
La
Paz
1710/6755
(Yoneda's
notes)
Instituto
de
Ecologia,
June,
Nov.,
and
Dec.
1980;
Jan.,
May,
Aug.,
Sept.,
and
Nov.,
1981;
Feb.
1982;
Pefiaranda,
Jan.
1991
(as
1722/6738)
and
June
1991,
as
Huaraco-Antipampa
(1727/6737);
Kessler,
Aug.
1991,
3700
m
(1710/6755).
96
NO.
231

ANDERSON:
MAMMALS
OF
BOLIVIA
HUARI;
Oruro
AMNH-MSB
party,
Sept.
1986.
HUARINA;
La
Paz
1612/6838
Simons,
Aug.
1900,
at
4000
m
(191
lb:
255),
type
locality
of
Kerodon
Galea
musteloides
auceps);
as
Guarina
HUARINILLA,
RIO;
La
Paz
CBF,
early
1990s.
HUARMECHI;
Tarija
Skin
of
Felis
jacobita
from
hur
3300
m.
HUATAJATA;
La
Paz
Niethammer,
Nov.
1951.
HUCHULA;
Beni
1252/642
USNM
no.
461038,
Apr.
1970.
HUCUCHA
Specimen
of
Akodon
albiventer
in
(Vanzolini,
in
litt.);
hucucha
is
the
word
for
mouse,
so
this
may
not
be
name
at
all.
HUERRASCA;
Beni
MARU,
Mar.
1965,
Feb.
1967,
10
kl
Ram6n.
HUESOS,
LOS;
Santa
Cruz
Marzana
and
Macchiavello,
Apr.
19
dillera
Province,
900
m.
HUMAHUACA;
Argentina
Cornalia
(1865:
3),
type
locality
of
I
ita
"circa
Potosi
et
Humacuaca
in
m
elevatis";
this
may
refer
to
Humahuac
Argentina,
in
which
case
the
type
spec
have
come
from
either
Argentina
or
E
HUMAITA;
Pando
1203/6817
(M
Flores,
Sept.
1985.
IBANES,
see
Santa
Cruz
de
la
Sierra.
IBARE,
RfO;
Beni
1437/6457
AMNH,
June
1965;
1
km
abc
(1438/6457);
24
km
from
mouth
(1444
km
from
mouth
(1447/645
1);
27
km
f
(1447/6451).
IBIETO;
Beni
Townsend,
Mateo,
Mendoza,
and
o
ous
months
from
Mar.
1991
through
also
spelled
Ibiato
or
Eviato.
IBOPAITI;
Chuquisaca
2001/635C
Kreig,
1926,
as
Ibopeite.
ICHILO,
RIO
1557/6442
Delgadillo,
Nov.
1950,
near
Buen
boundary
between
Cochabamba
and
at
the
point
given
by
Paynter
et
al.
AMNH,
July
1965,
13
localities
on
most
measured
as
distances
below
(no]
er
is
the
rio
Mamore
if
the
Chapare
an
regarded
as
merging
to
form
the
TV
1900/6645
above
(south)
mouth
of
rio
Chapare,
two
mea-
sured
below
(north)
mouth
of
rio
Chimore,
those
(USBGN)
on
left
bank
in
Cochabamba,
those
on
right
bank
GThomas
in
Santa
Cruz;
right
bank,
5
km
N
of
mouth
of
auceps
(=
Chapare
(1555/6442);
right
bank,
2
km
N
of
3
auceps
mouth
of
Chapare
(1557/6441);
left
bank,
2
km
N
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1557/6442);
left
bank,
at
1611/6744
mouth
of
Chapare
(1558/6442);
right
bank,
9
km
S
of
Chapare
(1603/6442);
right
bank,
34
km
S
2127/6505
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1617/6442);
right
bank,
51
Titer,
1991,
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1627/6444);
left
bank,
51
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1627/
6445);
right
1612/6842
bank,
52
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1628/6444);
left
bank,
52
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
2
(MARU)
(1628/6445);
right
bank,
54
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1629/6444);
right
bank,
56
km
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1630/6445);
right
bank,
70
km
N.L.
S
of
mouth
of
Chapare
(1636/6448);
right
bank,
SQo
Paulo
27
km
N
of
mouth
of
Chimore
(1627/6444);
left
Quechuan
bank,
27
km
N
of
mouth
of
Chimore
(1627/6445);
a
locality
right
bank,
2
km
N
of
mouth
of
Chimor6
(1642/6449);
see
rio
Chapare;
Pilleri,
Nov.
1976
1317/6438
(1977:
16),
at
Vita
Lei,
a
farm
near
Puerto
Vil-
m
E
of
San
larroel
(1648/6447).
ICHILO
PROVINCE;
Santa
Cruz
N.L.
F
Steinbach,
June
1924,
June
1945.
149,
in
Cor-
ILLATACO;
Cochabamba
1720/6607
Olalla,
Dec.
1938,
2600
m
(Patterson,
1992).
ILLIMANI;
La
Paz
Fnelisjacob-
Hartmann,
1978,
south
slope
of
Nevado
Illi-
ontibus
sat
mani
at
1637/6748.
imen
muight
INCACHACA;
Cochabamba
1714/6541
imen
might
~~~~(USBGN)
ol*via.
Miller
and
Boyle,
May
1915,
7700
ft
(=
2370
APA
1980)
m);
J.
and
F
B.
Steinbach,
Sept.
1921,
May,
June,
and
Sept.
1927,
2225
m,
2600
m
and
3000
m;
Anthony
(1925:
2),
type
locality
of
Thomasomys
7
(USBGN)
daphne
australis;
Carriker,
May
and
June
1937,
)ve
mouth
2130
to
2440
m,
Doutt
(1938:
100),
type
locality
6/645
1);
26
of
Monodelphis
peruvianus
osgoodi
(=
Monodel-
from
mouth
phis
osgoodi);
Cabot,
Aug.
1988,
near
Locotal,
spelled
as
Inkachaka
(1700/6610),
2250
m.
1448/6418
INDEPENDENCIA;
Pando
1126/6734
thers,
vari-
AMNH-MSB,
July
and
Aug.
1986;
170
m;
at
Apr.
1992;
recent
settlement
on
left
bank;
also
right
bank
of
no
Madre
de
Dios,
opposite
Independencia.
)
(USBGN)
INGAVI;
Pando
1057/6650
RAP
team,
June
and
July
1992,
150
m,
barraca
2
(USBGN)
(=
small
settlement)
on
N
bank
of
nro
Orton,
in
(USBGN)
on
Provincia
Abuna.
Retiro;
on
Santa
Cruz
INGAVI,
see
Villa
Ingavi,
Tarija.
(1975:
28);
INGENIERO
MORA;
Santa
Cruz
1810/6316
rio
Ichilo,
Straney,
Dec.
1979
and
Jan.
1980,
Los
Tabijos
rth;
the
riv-
[a
misspelling
of
Tajibos],
2
km
N
and
7
km
E
of
d
Ichilo
are
(1809/6312);
10
km
E
of
(1810/6311);
Pine
and
4amore)
or
Remsik,
August
1980,
localities
15
km
E
of
97
1997

BULLETIN
AMERICAN
MUSEUM
OF
NATURAL
HISTORY
(1810/6308),
at
1600-1900
ft
(=
490-580
m)
and
7
km
E
and
3
km
N
of
(1808/6312),
same
elevation.
INQUISIVI;
La
Paz
1652/6708
CBF
party,
Aug.
1991,
2500
m.
IPATI;
Chuquisaca
2033/6326
de
la
Barrera,
1955
(Fonseca,
1959:
93);
EBD
party,
Nov.
1984,
81
km
from
(1954/6346),
at
Mullupampa
or
Vaca
Guzmain,
"hacia
Montea-
gudo,
Pasado
Mullupampa,
junto
al
rio
Ifiao
o
Parapeti,
Prov.
Luis
Calvo."
IPUNO;
department
uncertain
N.L.
A.
Fornes,
Mar.
1969,
specimen
at
TTU.
IPUROPURO,
RIO;
Beni
1347/6438
(USBGN)
Pilleri,
Dec.
1976,
at
Estancia
La
Havana
(1410/6449;
Pilleri,
1977b:
21);
(Pilleri
and
Pil-
leri,
1984),
as
Ipurupuru;
on
some
maps
as
Iru-
rupuro.
IRUPANA;
La
Paz
1628/6728
(USBGN)
Mercado,
July
1986,
2120
m;
Mendez,
Apr.
1987;
Hinojosa,
Salazar,
and
other
students,
Jan.
1988,
and
2
km
S
of
and
3
km
S
of
(1630/6728),
2135
m;
in
province
of
Sud
Yungas.
IRUPLUMO,
RIO;
Beni
CBF
party,
May
1992,
tributary
of
Secure,
at
mouth
of
Iruplumo
(1601/6615).
ISAMA,
RIO;
Santa
Cruz
1727/6351
(USBGN)
Crespo
(1959:
10),
F
Steinbach,
May-June
1943
at
420
m,
in
province
of
Ichilo
(FMNH;
also
in
Buenos
Aires,
R.
M.
Wetzel,
personal
com-
mun.,
as
Isamo
or
Isame).
ISCAYACHI;
Tarija
2129/6458
(MAPA)
Pearson,
Dec.
1971,
12
mi
NW
of
(2121/6506),
10,000
ft
(=
3075
m);
AMNH-MSB,
Sept.
1986,
1
km
E
of,
rfo
Tomayapo,
3450
m
(2129/6457);
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1991,
1
km
E
of
(2129/6457),
at
rio
Tomayapo,
3416
m;
4.5
km
E
of
(2129/6455)
3750
m.
ISIAMAS,
see
Ixiamas.
ISIBOBO;
Santa
Cruz
An
estancia;
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1991,
1
km
S
and
3
km
W
of
(1931/6336),
930
m.
ISIBORO,
RIO
1528/6505
(USBGN)
d'Orbigny,
1835,
as
Isibara.
ISLA
DE
LA
LUNA:
La
Paz
1603/6904
CBF
party,
Apr.
1992.
ISLA
DEL
SOL;
La
Paz
1601/6910
(MAPA
1980)
Libermann,
1986;
Bernal,
Apr.
1992
ISLA
GARGANTUA;
Pando
1223/6835
Maps
are
inconsistent,
some
show
it
as
in
La
Paz
department.
Harada,
1984;
Iseki
et
al.
(1985);
AMNH-MSB,
July
1986,
across
the
north
channel
of
rio
Madre
de
Dios
from
town
of
Chive.
ITACHEBA;
Cochabamba
CM
5080.
N.L.
ITAHUATICUA,
CERRO;
Santa
Cruz
1948/6331
AMNH-MSB
party,
July
1990.
ITAN,
see
Itau.
ITAU;
Tarija
2142/6354
(USBGN)
Budin,
Sept.
1924,
at
the
foot
of
a
range
of
hills,
the Sierra
Santa
Rosa,
near
Itau,
at
about
1600
m;
Thomas
(1925),
type
localities
of
Rhip-
idomys
collinus
(p.
578,
=
R.
leucodactylus
col-
linus)
and
of
Cavia
tschudii
pallidior
(p.
580,
=
C.
t.
sodalis);
Cabrera
(1961a:
421)
as
Itan.
ITENEZ;
see
Magdalena.
ITENEZ,
RIO;
Beni
1155/6504
(USBGN)
AMNH,
Oct.
1965,
about
20
km
above
mouth
(1200/6502);
Guapore
is
the
Brazilian
name
for
this
river.
ITONAMA,
RIO;
Beni
1228/6424
(USBGN)
Natterer,
1829
(Pelzeln,
1883:
127);
d'Orbigny,
Mar.
1832.
IXIAMAS,
La
Paz
1345/6809
(USBGN)
Mann,
1922;
Eger
(1974:
4)
cited
for
Eumops
auripendulus,
USNM;
sometimes
spelled
Isiamas,
or
Xiamas;
Freese,
1975,
as
1340/6810,
221
m;
Heltne
et
al.
(1976:
appendix
I;
on
foot
from
1333/6805
to
approximately
35
km
N
of
Ixiamas
at
1345/6807;
and
from
1345/6810
to
5
to
10
km
W
of
Ixiamas);
35
km
N
of
(Hershkovitz,
1984),
1340/6810;
Yoneda
and
Sarmiento,
July
and
Aug.
1990,
Aserradero
San
Francisco
(1333/6800);
Emmons,
June
1990,
about
13
km
SW
of,
400
m,
on
rio
Satariapo
(1353/6815);
Smith,
May
1993,
25
km
W
of,
on
road
to
Alto
Madidi
(1353/6821).
IZOZOG;
Santa
Cruz
1924/6245
(USBGN)
Wavrin,
May
1921;
Davis
(1966:
267);
550
m;
at
Gamachindy
(=
Tamachindi,
1927/6232).
JACHA
KHACA;
Oruro
1809/6859
CBF
party,
Nov.
1992,
4800
m,
S
of
Sajama.
JAMACHUMA;
Cochabamba
MSB
expedition,
July
1993,
1.3
km
W
of,
2800
m
(1732/6607,
GPS).
JAPACANI,
RIO;
see
Yapacani.
JARIMAYO,
RIO;
see
Totora.
JERUSALEN;
Beni
1543/6444
(USBGN)
AMNH,
July
1965,
as
Jerusaleum;
2
km
N
of
(1542/6444).
JESUS
DE
MACHACA;
La
Paz
AMNH-MSB,
Oct.
1986,
3850
m,
12
km
by
road
SW
of
(1648/6852).
JHACHA
TOLOKO;
La
Paz
1621/6802
Miralles
and Mercado,
May
and
June
1987,
4740
m,
several
nearby
localities
at
different
el-
evations.
98
NO.
231

[Document text truncated for crawler view.]